,
,
, Headings…
, Bold and italic tags, Horizontal line tags -04 3. Tags for creating lists - Ordered Lists, Unordered Lists -03 4. Tags for creating hyperlinks -03 5. Tags for creating and modifying images -03 6. Tags for creating Tables -02 7. Tables for creating frames Tags for creating forms - 02 Creating and hosting a web page - 03 ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-V:- HTML & Web page Design:Creating Lists and frames.- 02, Creating hyperlinks. -03, Tags to create forma and form objects. -03 UNIT-VI:- DHTML [11]:Introduction to DHTML -01, Advantages of DHTML. -02, 205
Applet initialization and Termination-01, the HTML applet tag and writing code to create simple applets.-02 UNIT-IX:- - THE JAVA ABSTRACT WINDOWING TOOLKIT –[10]:The Java AWT concepts, its purpose, -02, commonly used AWT classes,-02 , creating and managing forms with simple controls to implement common arithmetic operations like adding two numbers etc-06 .UNIT-IV:- EVENT HANDLING –{01}:Concepts of event, event sources and listeners..1 Practical Periods: 22 UNIT –VII:- Creating Packages And Interfaces07 UNIT –VIII:- Working With Awt, Java Applets And Event Handling -15 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus
triggers.-04 UNIT-VI:- SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND LIFE CYCLE [07]:Definition of system, -02, analysis and design -02, Study of software life cycle – 03
Components of DHTML -, , HTML , o CSS , o Scripting , o DOM 05 Events- Mouse events-03
Practical Periods: 22 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER – [22]:contd..:Creating a Keyline Manipulating with the Control Palette -02 Positioning and using the Magic Scale , Rotating, Skewing and Mirroring , Ordering, Aligning, Distributing and Grouping objects, - 03 Image Control and Bitmap Effects Non Printing Items -03 Working with the Story Editor -02 Working in Long Documents - Document Setup, Setting Up Master Pages -02 Working with layers, Sorting Pages and Managing Links -02 Working with Tables- Creating, Formatting and Exporting Tables -04 Printing, Exporting to PDF, Building a Booklet -03
Practical Periods: 22 UNIT –V-[01]:- CREATING WEB PAGES using HTML:Creating and hosting a web page - 01 UNIT –V-[20]:-. DHTML:1. Writing DHTML code for the following: Create a webpage with HTML to display current date and time using document. -02 Change an HTML element – change the content of a h1 element using java script-02 Change the ‘src’ attribute of an image from one picture to a second using JavaScript-02 Change the content of the h1 element when a user clicks on it -02 Change Style of the Current HTML Element-2 Writing code to change the visibility of text on a page -02 Writing code to change the background colour of a page -02 Writing code to change the objects properties on events like on click, on dblclick, on mouse move etc.-02 Create a form that accepts data and copies it to other controls on clicking a button-02 206
February 2017 22 08
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-X:- EVENT HANDLING –{08}:Common event classes and methods. -03, Creating Forms and writing code to manage simple Events on buttons and mouse.(click, double click, mouse move over)-05
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22
REVISION/IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-VI:- SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND LIFE CYCLE [08]:Requirement analysis , -02 , design ,-01, development, -01, testing,-01, implementation and maintenance.-03 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/IPE 2017
Create dropdown menus to link to relevant websites.-02 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-VI:- DHTML [08]:DHTML in Layer TAG -01, Layer Attributes,-01 The Style Object of IE ,-01 Dynamic Contents in IE4-01, Introduction to CSS -04 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/IPE 2017
207
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the course Electronics Engineering Technician is to impart the following skills in students during the 2-year Intermediate course. 1. Assembling, Testing and maintenance of Electronic equipment. 2. Repairing of different electronic equipments. 3. Installation and maintenance of electronic equipments. 4. Installation and maintenance of P A System. 5. Installation and maintenance of Inverter type Power supply. 6. Repairing of Radio/Tape recorder/Television. 7. Electronic equipment sales and service. 8. Computer hardware technician. 9. Dealership/agency of Electronic Equipment. 10. Manufacturing of electronic equipments. 11. Computer Assembling.
208
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN :: COURSE COURS E CODE :: 312 :: FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Circuit Theory & Electronic Components Theory Paper - I
Theory Periods :23 1. RESISTORS 1.1. TYPES OF RESISTORS, Fixed & Variable 1..2. Fixed-carbon film, wire wound, metal film 1.3. Colour codes 1.4. Measurement of resistance 1.5. VARIABLE-types: potentiometers, presets 1.6. Power rating :1/8 watt, ¼ watt, ½ watt, 1 watt, 2 watt, Metal/carbon film resisters, wire wound resisters from 5 watts to few 1000 watts etc. 1.7. Resistors in series and parallel 2.INDUCTORS & TRANSFORMERS 2.1. Electromagnetic induction2.2. Faraday’s laws and Lenz law2.3. Self inductance2.4. Mutual inductance concept2.5. Co-efficient of coupling
Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory Paper - II
Theory Periods :23 1. SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS 1.1. State the electrical properties of solid state Semiconductor materials 1.2. Describe the formation of P type and N type materials 1.3. Identify Majority and Minority carriers in P and N Type materials. 1.4. Explain the formation of PN junction diode. 1.5. Describe the working of PN junction Diode forward/Reverse Bias with graph 1.6. Interpret the manufacturer specifications of a given diode from data sheet 1.7. Know the formation of transistor & Draw the symbol of transistor. 1.8. Explain the working of PNP and NPN Transistors with characteristics 1.9. Define alpha, beta and gamma Factors 1.10. Understand the specifications in DATA SHEET of transistors 1.11. FET & MOSFET principle of working and symbols 1.12. Advantages over BJT
Digital Electronics & Computer Fundamentals Theory Paper - III
Theory Periods :23 1. NUMBER SYSTEMS 1.1. Explain Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems and compare with decimal system..1.2. Convert a given decimal number into Binary, Octal, and Hexadecimal numbers and vice versa. 1..3. Convert a given binary number into octal and hexadecimal number system and vice versa. .1.4. Perform binary Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division.1.5. Write 1’s complement and 2’s complement numbers for a given binary number.1.6. Perform subtraction of binary numbers in 2’s complement method.1.7. Explain the use of alphanumeric codes (ASCII & EBCDIC)1...8. State different postulates in Boolean algebra. 2. LOGIC GATES & DIGITAL IC FAMILIES 2.1. Explain AND, OR, NOT gates with truth table. 2.2. Explain the working of universal logic gates (NAND, NOR gates) using truth tables. 209
July 2016 23 20 19
Electronic Devices & Circuits Lab Practical Paper – I Practical Periods : 21 1. Measurement of Resistance, Capacitance and inductance by E and I method and verification of Resistance by Colour code. 2. Resistors in Series and Parallel Circuits 3. Measurement of Coefficient of coupling of an iron core transformer ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods:20 2.6. Inductors in series and parallel 2.7. Ratings and specifications 2.8. Factors effecting the inductance 2.9. TRANSFORMER – working principle 2.10. Types of transformers: Step UP/DOWN, AF, RF & IF 2.11. Types of cores used and usage 2.12. Power transformer and other types 2.13. Ratings and specifications 3. CAPACITORS
1.13. Understand the naming convention of Semiconductor components 2. POWER SUPPLIES & FILTERS 2.1. Draw the block diagram of regulated DC power supply and explain the function of each block. 2.2. Draw and describe the working of half wave rectifier with waveforms. 2.3. Write the equations for RMS value, average value, ripple factor and efficiency for the half wave rectifier. 2.4. Draw and describe the working of centre tapped full wave rectifier with waveforms. 2.5. Draw and describe the working of bridge rectifier with waveforms. Digital Electronics and Computer Fundamentals Lab Practical Paper – II Practical Periods: 21 1. Logic gates - I - AND, OR, NOT (Using IC's) 2. Logic gates - II - NAND, NOR, EX-OR (Using IC's)
2.3. Explain the working of an exclusive – OR gate with truth table. 2.4. State and explain De-Morgan’s theorems. 2.5. Develop AND, OR, NOT operations using NAND, NOR gates.
ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods:20 2.6. Derive the equations for RMS value, average value, ripple factor and efficiency for the full wave rectifier. 2.7. Compare the above rectifier circuits. 2.8. Explain the need for a filter in power supplies and list different types of filters. 2.9. Explain the operation of a rectifier circuit using capacitor input, series inductor and CLC filters. 2.10. Define voltage regulation.
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods:20 2.6. List different digital logic families. 2.7. Explain the characteristics of digital ICs such as logic levels, propagation delay, Noise margin, Fan-in, Fan-out, and Power dissipation. 2.8. Compare the TTL, CMOS and ECL logic families. 2.9. List the numbers of Digital IC Logic gates and understand the specifications
Engineering Drawing Practical Paper III Practical Periods : 21 Importance of Engineering Drawing Drawing instruments
210
3.1. Working principle 3.2. Types of capacitors: Fixed & Variable 3.3. Types of Dielectrics used: air, paper, mica, glass, ceramic, electrolyte and its applications 3.4. Types polarized and non-polarized 3.5. Color codes 3.6. Measurement of capacitance 3.7. Capacitors in series and parallel 3.8. Ratings and Specifications
Practical Periods : 19 4. Series Resonance Circuit and determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 5. Parallel resonance circuit, determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 6. PN Diode Characteristics - Forward and Reverse characteristics ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST - I August 2016 Theory Periods:23 24 4. FUNDAMENTALS OF DC & AC 23 CIRCUITS 4.1. Electrical quantities :voltage, current, 24 resistance, conductance, admittance, power, VA etc 4.2. OHM’s Law 4.3. Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law
2.11. Explain the operation of simple Zener regulator 3. SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS 3.1. Explain the need for proper biasing in amplifier circuits and List the types of biasing circuits. 3.2. Explain the need for stabilization 3.3. Draw the different transistor configurations & list applications 3.4. Know cut off, saturation and active regions. 3.5.Compare characteristics of CB, CC and CE configurations
Practical Periods:19 4. Full adder - Sub tractor (Using IC Logic gates) 5. Verification of truth tables of RS, RST, D, T 6. To study details of counters IC's like 7490
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST – I Theory Periods:23 4. POWER AMPLIFIERS 4.1. Explain why a voltage amplifier cannot be used as a power amplifier. 4.2. Distinguish between voltage amplifiers and power amplifiers. 4.3. Classify the amplifier circuits on the basis of frequency, period of conduction, and
3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS 3.1. Give the idea of combinational logic circuits. 3.2. Draw Half adder circuit using Exclusive OR gate and AND gate and explain its function using truth table. 3.3. Realize a Half-adder using NAND gates only and NOR gates only. 3.4. Draw the full adder circuit and explain its operation with truth table. 3.5. Show that two Half-adders and an OR – gate constitutes a full-adder. 3.6. Draw and explain a 4 Bit parallel adder using full – adders. 3.7. Draw and explain the operation 4 X 1 Multiplexer 3.8. Draw and explain the operation 1 to 4 demultiplexer. Practical Periods:19 Geometrical construction Projection of points, Free hand lettering & Numbering Dimensioning Practice
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST - I Theory Periods:23 3.9. Draw and explain 3 X 8 decoder. 3.10. List the applications of multiplexers and decoders. 3.11. List some of the popular digital ICs and appreciate the applications 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 4.1. Give the idea of Sequential logic 211
4.4. Kirchhoff’s Current Law 4.5. Series & Parallel circuits-simple calculations 4.6. Power calculations 4.7. AC Fundamentals : Sinusoidal ac, frequency 4.8. Instantaneous values, peak values, average values, notations used 4.9. AC power : real power & apparent power 4.10. AC circuits containing RL,RC & RLC in Series & Parallel 4.11. Derive expression for Resonance(for above circuits)
configurations. 4.4. Define efficiency of a power amplifier. 4.5. Draw the circuit of a class-A amplifier with resistor load at the collector and explain the operation. 4.6. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.7. Draw the circuit of a class-A amplifier with transformer at the collector and explain the operation. 4.8. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.9. List the advantages of push pull power amplifier 4.10. Explain the operation of class-B push-pull amplifier and mention its disadvantages. 4.11. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.12. List the applications of power amplifiers. 4.13. List different IC numbers for power amplifiers. 5. FEEDBACK APLIFIERS & OSCILLATORS 5.1. Compare Negative and Positive feedback. 5.2. Draw the block diagram of negative feedback amplifier and explain 5.3. List the types of negative feedback amplifiers
Practical Periods: 24 5. Parallel resonance circuit, determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 6. PN Diode Characteristics - Forward and Reverse characteristics 7.ZenerDiode characteristics
Practical Periods :24 6. To study details of counters IC’s like 7490 7. To study shift register IC’s like 7495 8. Observe the output of decade counter 7490 On a seven segment display using a decoder
circuits. 4.2. Explain NAND and NOR latches with truth tables 4.3. State the necessity of clock and give the concept of level triggering and edge triggering, 4.4. Draw and explain clocked SR flip flop using NAND gates. 4.5. Study the need for preset and clear inputs . 4.6. Construct level clocked JK flip flop using S-R flip-flop and explain with truth table 4.7. Explain the level clocked D and T flip flops with the help of truth table and circuit diagram. 4.8. Give only the truth tables of edge triggered D and T flip flops with their symbols. 4.9. List the applications of flip flops. 4.10. State the need for a Register and list the types of registers. 4.11. Draw and explain working of 4 bit shift left and shift right registers(7475) 4.12. Draw and explain parallel in parallel out shift register 4.13. Explain the working of Universal shift register (74194 ) 4.14. Draw and explain asynchronous decade counter. Practical Periods:24 Lines, Planes and Solids Orthographic Projection
212
September 2016 22 20 18
ASSIGNMENT-III, UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods :20 5.1 Wires – Single core/multi core 5.2 SWG’s – ratings and wire jointing 5.3 Connections and types 5.4 Termination and types 5.5 Making terminations using tools 5.6 Clasify switches according to the poles and lengths 5.7. Relays: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.8. Contactors: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.9. Microphone: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.10. Loud speaker: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.11. Testing of all above components
Practical Periods :18 9. FET Characteristics 10. SCR Characteristics 11. Zener Voltage regulators and measurement
ASSIGNMENT-III, UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods:20 5.4. State the condition for an amplifier to work as an oscillator. 5.5. Classify oscillator circuits. 5.6. Draw and Explain the working of an R.C. phase shift oscillator 5.7. Draw and Explain the working of tuned collector oscillator 5.8. Draw and explain the working of Hartley oscillator. 5.9. Draw and Explain the working of Colpitts oscillator 5.10. Write the expressions for frequency of above oscillators 5.11. Explain the disadvantages of RC and LC oscillators. 5.12. List the advantages of crystal oscillators over other types 5.13. Draw and explain the working of transistor crystal oscillator. 5.14. State the reasons for instability in oscillator circuits. 5.15. List the applications of oscillators. 6. ANALOG IC’s 6.1. Explain the operation of transistor series voltage regulator. 6.2. Explain the operation of transistor shunt voltage regulator 6.3. List the types of IC regulators and give the advantage of IC regulators. Practical Periods :18 9. A/D, D/A Converter 10. Identify the various peripherals 11. Know how to open an application program
ASSIGNMENT-III, UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods:20 4.15. Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous countersation 4.16. List applications of counters. 4.17. List the IC numbers of flip flops, registers and counters. 5. D/A & A/D CONVERTORS 5.1. State the need for A/D and D/A converters. 5.2. Explain the terms resolution, Accuracy, Mono tonicity and settling time of D/A converter. 5.3. Explain D/A conversion using binary weighted resistors. 5.4. Explain D/A conversion using R-2R ladder network 5.5. Explain A/D conversion using counter method. 5.6. Explain A/D conversion using successive approximation method.
Practical Periods :18 Sectional views Development of surfaces 213
October 2016 15 12 14
of percentage of regulation 12. RC coupled Amplifier : obtain the frequency response and calculate the gain 13. Study of Push pull power Amplifier 14. Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier with and without filter, calculate the ripple factor and percentage of regulation Theory Periods:12 6. SOLDERING & PCBs 6.1. Soldering basics 6.2. Soldering irons, de soldering pumps – types, soldering lead-types, ratings, fluxes 6.3. Temperature controlled soldering/Desoldering stations 6.4. PCB-types, single sided, double sided, multilayered 6.5. Soldering drills 6.6. Steps in preparation of PCB 7. SMD COMPONENTS 7.1. SMD components –types 7.2. SMD soldering stations 7.3. Give an idea of Surface Mount Technology (SMT). 7.4. State the advantages of SMT over pin through hole (PTH) mounting
12. Know how to create a folder in a specified location 13. Open MS-word and Identify the components on the screen
Theory Periods:12 6.4. Explain the operation of fixed positive and negative voltage regulators.( using 7800 series and 7900 series) 6.5. Explain the operation of adjustable voltage regulator (LM317). 6.6. Draw and explain the differential amplifier. 6.7. State the function of an operational amplifier. 6.8. Know the operational amplifier characteristics like Input impedance, Open loop gain, Slew rate, CMRR, Input offset voltage, Input offset Current, 6.9. List the specifications of ideal operational amplifier. 6.10. Draw the block diagram and pin out diagram of IC 741 and explain each block and pin 6.11. Illustrate the use of operational amplifier as summer, integrator, differentiator, inverter and multiplier, voltage follower, voltage to current converter, current to voltage converter, comparator, square wave generator 6.12. Draw the block diagram of 555 IC and explain. 6.13. Explain the working of As table multivibrator using 555 IC. 6.14. State PLL 6.15. Draw and explain the block diagram of PLL – LM565. 6.16. Explain the operation VCO (LM566)ion
Theory Periods:12 6. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORIES 6.1. State memory read operation, writes operation, access time, memory capacity, address lines and word length. 6.2. Classify various types of memories. 6.3. Differentiate between ROM and RAM 6.4. Explain basic principle of working of diode ROM 6.5. Distinguish between EEPROM and UVPROM. 6.6. List different ROM and RAM Ics 6.7. Explain the working of basic dynamic MOS RAM cell. 6.8. Compare static RAM and dynamic RAM 6.9. Explain the working principle of NVRAM 6.10. State difference between Flash ROM and NV RAM 6.11. Give an idea of memory modules used in computers 7. COMPUTER HARDWARE & NETWORKING BASICS 7.1. Study the layout of components in the motherboard. 7.2. List different expansion slots available on the motherboard. 214
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
6.17. Define lock range of PLL 7.3. Describe the functions of chip set & 6.18. Define capture range of PLL. know chipset numbers in use. 6.19. List the applications of PLL. 7.4. Know the specifications of processor. 6.20. Explain frequency multiplier and FM 7.5. Know different types of RAMs in use. demodulator using PLL. 7.6. Know about cache memory. 7.7. Know about accelerated graphics port/card. 7.8. Study about power supply connectors and external devices. Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods:14 Practical Periods :14 15. Measurement of frequency of Hartley and 14. Create a document using MS-word and save it Sectional views Colpitts oscillators 15. Familiarize with spell checker facility of MS- Development of surfaces 16. Measurement of frequency of Tuned Word Collector and Crystal Oscillators 16. Open MS-Excel and identify the components 17. Study of different IC packages and pin on the screen identification 17. Create a Worksheet in MS-Excel and save it 18. Study of different types of batteries 18. Sort and filter data in a worksheet HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods– 20 Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 7.9.Know about Serial, parallel and USB 8. BATTERIES & CELLS 7. POWER ELECTRONIC DEVICES 8.1. Primary cells and secondary cells-uses 7.1. List different thyristor family devices. ports(basics). 8.2. Types: NiCad, Alkaline, Ni-ion, Li-ion, 7.2. Sketch the ISI circuit symbols for each device. 7.10. Know the connector details for printer, Li-polymer –Uses 7.3. Describe constructional details of SCR. serial port, mouse, keyboard and USB. 8.3. Charging and discharging of cells 7.4. Draw & Explain the Volt – Ampere 7.11. Know different voltages in SMPS and 8.4. Cells in series and parallel-effect on characteristics of SCR. connector details. 215
current/voltage 8.5. Testing of Cells
February 2017 22 17 21
7.5. Mention the ratings of SCR. 7.6. Give constructional details of DIAC & TRIAC 7.7. Draw & Explain the Volt-ampere characteristics of DIAC & TRIAC under forward / reverse bias. 7.8. State the different modes of TRIAC triggering. 7.9. Draw & Explain SCR circuit triggered by UJT. 7.10. Explain power control circuits DIAC, TRIAC & SCR’s. 7.11. Briefly explain the working of Reverse conducting thyristor (RCT), Asymmetrical SCR (ASCR), Power BJT, Insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), MOS-controlled thyristors (MCT) with characteristics. 7.12. Study of Manufacturer’s data sheet of power electronic devices. 7.13. List the applications of all power electronic devices 7.14. Power control schematic Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 19. Photo diode characteristics 16. Open MS-Excel and identify the components 20. Know the various cut-in voltages of on the screen different LEDs (All colors) 17. Create a Worksheet in MS-Excel and save it 18. Sort and filter data in a worksheet 19. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small unit 20. Backup required files and folders to a CDROM Theory Periods – 17 Theory Periods – 17 8.6. Ratings & specifications 8. OPTO ELECTRONIC DEVICES 8.7. Batteries – Lead acid & maintenance free 8.1. Classify optoelectronic devices batteries 8.2. Explain the operation of LDR 8.8. Testing of batteries 8.3. Explain the construction, working principle 8.9. Ratings & specifications and characteristics of LED
7.12. Know about SCSI Hard Disk controller. 7.13. Describe the functioning of Network card and list its specifications. 7.14. Understand BIOS, Operating system, application software 7.15. Appreciate the need for networking of computers 7.16. Explain the concepts of router and routing 7.17. Categorise the computer networks 7.18. Explain the working of LAN 7.19. Understand Bluetooth technology 7.20. Write the role of DNS server. 7.21. Explain how email is transferred. 7.22. Explain file transfer operation (FTP) in web applications 7.23. Explain the working of Web server. 7.24. Explain the working of Web browser. 7.25. Discuss about hyperlinks. 7.26. Know the concept of remote login Practical Periods: 18 Sectional views Development of surfaces
Theory Periods – 17 8. MICROSOFT OFFICE 8.1.Word: Basics of creating a document, editing and formatting 8.2.Excel: Basics of creating a excel sheet, editing and formatting 216
Practical Periods: 21 Revision/
PRACTICAL EXAMS PREFINAL EXAMS - II March 2017/22
IPE MARCH 2017
8.4. Understand the generation of different colour LEDs, their forward voltages, and specifications. 8.5. Explain the construction and working principle of LCD. 8.6. Explain the applications of LED and LCD in discrete displays, dot-matrix and seven segment displays. 8.7. Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of photo diode. 8.8. Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of photo transistor. 8.9. List the applications of photo diode and photo transistor 8.10. Give an idea of opto-coupler 8.11. Explain the principle and working of photo conductive cells(LDR) Practical Periods: 21 19. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small unit 20. Backup required files and folders to a CDROM PRACTICAL EXAMS PREFINAL EXAMS – II
8.3.Power point: Basics of creating a power point presentation, editing and formatting
IPE MARCH 2017
IPE MARCH 2017
Practical Periods: 21 Revision/
PRACTICAL EXAMS PREFINAL EXAMS - II
217
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN CO URSE CODE :: 312 SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Measuring Instruments & Consumer Electronics Theory Paper - III
Communication Engineering Theory Paper - I
T.V. & Modern Communications Systems Theory Paper - II
Theory Periods :22 1.MODULATION 1.1. Basic elements of a communication system. 1.2. Block diagram of communication system. 1.3. Need for modulation in communication systems. 1.4. Distinguish between base band, carrier, and modulated signals with waveforms. 1.5. Explain the relationship between channel bandwidth, base band bandwidth and transmission time 1.6. Define the modulation index of AM signal 1.7. Measurement of modulation index using oscilloscope. 1.8. Significance of bandwidth in a communication system. 1.9. Introduction to Angle modulation. 1.10. Explain the types of Angle modulation. 1.11. Explain the differences between Amplitude and Angle modulation techniques Communication Engineering Lab Practical Paper - I Practical Periods:23 1. Study of Servicing tools and instruments
Theory Periods :22 1. TV Transmitter 1.1. Introduction to the TV transmitters 1.2. Draw the block diagram of basic TV system and explain the function of each block. 1.3. Explain formation of picture. 1.4. State the need for horizontal and vertical scanning. 1.5. CCIR - B standards and specifications for Monochrome TV. 1.6. Explain the interlaced scanning. 1.7. Sketch the composite video signal as per ISI specification.
Theory Periods :22 1. MEASURING & TESTING OF COMPONENTS V Transmitter 1.1. Measurement of AC/DC Voltages and currents using voltmeters and current meters 1.2. Study and use of various regulated power supply units 1.3. Measurement of voltages, currents and resistance using analogue and digital Millimeters and continuity test. 1.4. Test and measure the values of capacitor using R.L.C meter and compare with the marked/color code value 1.5. Test the given Transformer and measure Primary and secondary DC resistance and Voltages by using Millimeter
T V Servicing Lab Practical Paper - II Practical Periods:23 1. Study of pattern generator and its use
Measuring Instruments and Servicing Lab Practical Paper – III Practical Periods:23 1. Conversion of Ammeter into Voltmeter. 218
July 2016 23 20 22
(Soldering Iron, Screw Driver Set, Tweezers, Nose Pier, Cutter, Hammer, File, De-solder pump, Squeezer) 2. Electronic Lab safety precautions (Regarding wiring, Flooring, First Aid Treatment) 3. Soldering Practice on PCB and wiring practice ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods :20 1.12. Write the time-domain equation for an FM signal. 1.13. Calculate bandwidth, sideband frequencies of FM signal. 1.14. Define modulation index for FM signal. 1.15. Explain the merits and demerits of FM over AM 2.TRANSMITTERS & BASICS OF DIGITAL COMMUNICATION 2.1. Introduction to transmitters and receivers. 2.2. List specifications of transmitters. 2.3. Distinguish between high level and low level modulation. 2.4. Draw the block diagram of a Low level AM transmitter. 2.5. Draw the block diagram of a High level AM transmitter. 2.6. DIGITAL COMMUNICATION CONCEPT 2.7. Compare analog and digital communication techniques. 2.8. Describe pulse-code modulation 2.9. Describe delta modulation. 2.10. Describe the basic types of digital modulation. 2.11. State the need for digital modulation. 2.12. Briefly explain ASK, FSK and PSK Practical Periods -22
2. Study of wobbuloscope and its use for 2. Study and use of Analog Multi-meter alignment of T.V. receiver 3. Study and use of Digital Multi-meter 3. Study of operating controls and servicing controls of B/W T.V and typical voltages
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods -20 1.8. State the need for vertical synchronization, horizontal synchronization, blanking pulses, front porch, back porch and equalizing pulses. 1.9. Name the different types of camera tubes. 1.10. Describe the construction and working of Image Orthicon tube. 2. TV RECEIVER 2.1. Draw the block diagram of a T.V. receiver and state the function of each block. 2.2. Sketch the types of signals at various input and output stages in the block diagram. 2.3. Introduction to Color Television System. 2.4. Explain the main characteristic of human eye with regard to perception of colors. 2.5. Distinguish between additive and subtractive mixing of colors. 2.6. Explain complementary colors, hue, saturation, and Color circle.
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods -20 1.6. Test the given Loud speaker and measure the Voice coil resistance –using Multi-meter 1.7. Test the working of different types of switches ,Relays ,Connectors and Cables 2. CRO AND FREQUENCY GENERATORS 2.1. Study and Use CRO(single trace and Dual Trace) for measuring frequency and amplitude (CRT type) 2.2. Study and use of A.F/R.F signal generators 2.3. Study and use DSO for measuring frequency, Amplitude, Phase, Modulation Index of A.M
Practical Periods -22
Practical Periods -22 219
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
4. Familiarization and Testing of Electronic 4. Tracing of different stages in B/W T.V. 4. Study and use of Audio Frequency Oscillator Components like resistor, capacitor, inductor, Receiver 5. Study and use of AMSSG transformer, loud speaker, switches, relays, 5. Familiarization of different stages with 6. Study and use of Digital R-L-C meter connectors, fuses and cables and semi conductor Transistors, IC's used in B/W T.V., typical devices like diode, transistor, IC packages voltages 5. Study of power supply stage in Radio 6. Tracing of different stages of Colour T.V. Receiver (Full wave Bridge Rectifier with receiver Filter) 6. Study of output stage, voltage measurement ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.
Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 3.TRANSMISSION LINES, WAVE PROPAGATION & ANTENNAS 3.1. Introduction to transmission lines and different types. 3.2. Know the losses in transmission lines. 3.3. Explain the importance of impedance matching with respect to transmission lines. 3.4. Describe the nature and behavior of radio waves. 3.5. Describe reflection, refraction and diffraction of EM waves.
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 2.7. Explain compatibility and reverse compatibility in TV system. 2.8. Mention the different standards of Color transmission system like NTSC, PAL and SECAM. 2.9. Draw the block diagram of a Color TV receiver and state the function of each block. 2.10. State the different Color receiveroperating & servicing controls. 2.11. Describe constructional features of Color picture tubes.
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 2.4. Identify leads and testing of different diodes and transistors. 2.5. Study of data manuals/ application manuals for diodes and transistors 3. UPS AND INVERTERS 3.1. Compare online UPS and OFF line UPS 3.2. Classify inverters 3.3. Explain the working of single-phase bridge inverter using MOSFET 3.4. Explain the working of voltage source inverter 220
3.6. Describe the ground wave propagation of EM waves. 3.7. Describe the space wave propagation of EM waves. 3.8. Describe the sky wave propagation of EM waves. 3.9. Know about the impedance of free space. 3.10. Introduction to antenna systems. 3.11. Sketch the radiation pattern of isotropic and half wave dipoles. 3.12. Define radiation resistance. 3.13. Define antenna gain, directivity, beam width, and front to back ratio. 3.14. Explain the basic principles of operation of antenna systems. 3.15. Explain the concept of grounding. 3.16. Describe the principle of Marconi (monopole) antenna. 3.17. Describe the operation and applications of folded dipole. 3.18. Describe the operation and applications of loop, helical antennas.ucation 3.19. Explain radiation pattern and applications of Yagi antenna. 3.20. Explain the principle of parabolic reflector. 3.21. Explain the operation of Dish antenna system Practical Periods: 24 7. Study of Detector and AF Voltage Amplifier, Voltage measurement 8. Study of IF Amplifier Stage and Voltage measurement. 9. Study of RF Amplifier, Mixer, Local oscillator stage and voltage measurement 10. Study of FM receiver
3. LCD/LED TVs 3.1. Understand the principle of LCD/LED monitor 3.2. Understand block diagram of LCD/LED TVs
Practical Periods: 24 7. Familiarization of different stages with transistors, IC's used in Color T.V. and Typical Voltages. 8. Measurement of picture tube voltages of B/W, Color T.V. and picture adjustments 9. Assemble and erection of T.V. antenna 10. Front panel controls and adjustments
Practical Periods: 24 7. Measurement of DC and AC Voltage using CRO 8. Measurement of Frequency and phase using CRO. 9. Measurement of Modulation Index using CRO 10. Study and use of pattern generator
221
December 2016 23 20 24
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 4.RADIO RECEIVERS 4.1. Basic functions of a Radio receiver. 4.2. Define sensitivity, selectivity, fidelity of a receiver. 4.3. Compare AM and FM receivers. 4.4. Explain the process of super heterodyning in radio receiver. 4.5. Draw block diagram of super heterodyne receiver and explain its operation. 4.6. Explain the need for AVC (AGC). 4.7. Explain the process of demodulation in FM receivers (Foster-Seely ) 4.8. Draw the block diagram of TRF receiver and explain its working. 4.9. List various ICs used receivers with internal block diagrams 4.10. List common faults and servicing techniques 5.PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM 5.1. Define speech, music and noise. 5.2. Know the nature of sound, reflection, refraction, diffraction and absorption. 5.3. Know the concept of Hi-Fi and Stereo. 5.4. Know the need of bass, treble, balance, and volume control in stereo amplifier. 5.5. Explain a simple circuit showing the above controls. Practical Periods: 24 11. Study of IC version 2-band Radio AM/FM Radio receiver 12. Study of Multiband Radio receiver 13. Mention typical faults in a Radio receiver and observe the effect on voltage data and
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 3.3. List various ICs USED in the above with a typical schematic circuit 3.4. List advantages of LCD/LED TV technology 3.5. Discuss common faults in all the above with servicing procedures to rectify 4. CABLE TV/DTH SYSTEM 4.1. Draw and explain the block diagram of CATV. 4.2. Explain the cable TV components such as amplifiers directional couplers and converters. 4.3. Explain the necessity of midband and super band channels 4.4. State the need for satellite for TV broadcasting over wide area. 4.5. Explain the DTH reception with block diagram. 4.6. List the deficiencies in the existing TV system. 4.7. Explain how the existing TV system can be improved in HDTV system. 5. OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION FUNDAMENTALS 5.1. Basic Introduction to Fibre Optic communication.
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 3.5. State the need for uninterrupted power supply(UPS) 3.6. Explain the working of three-phase inverter 3.7. List different types of UPS 3.8. Draw and explain the block diagram of offline UPS 3.9. Draw and explain the block diagram of online UPS 3.10. Understand a typical schematic of each and 3.11. Discuss ICs used and servicing procedures
Practical Periods: 24 11. T.V. picture, sound djustments by using pattern generator 12. Study the faults in various stages of B/W T.V. and rectification 13. Rectify the given faults in various stages
Practical Periods: 24 11. Study of Battery Eliminator and measurement of standard voltages at various points. 12. Rectify the faults in the Battery Eliminator 13. Study of Electronic Stabilizer and 222
performance of the Radio Receiver 14. Study of PA system and measurement of standard voltages at various points 15. Rectifying the faults in PA system
January 2017 23 20 22
UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV Theory Periods: 20 5.6. Briefly describe disc recording of audio signal with block diagram. 5.7. Briefly describe reproduction of audio signal recorded on disc with block diagram. 5.8. Briefly explain the principle of magnetic recording and reproduction. 5.9. List the advantages and disadvantages magnetic recording. 6.MODERN DISC RECORDERS/PLAYERS 6.1. List the types of optical recording. 6.2. Explain the method optical recording of sound on film. 6.3. Explain the method optical recording of sound on Compact Disc. 6.4. List the advantages and disadvantages of CDs. 6.5. Explain optical pick-up system. 6.6. Explain working of compact disc player with block diagram. 6.7. Know the MP3 format and differentiate this with audio CD.
of colour T.V. 14. Study of SMPS and measurement of the output voltages 15. Identify the stages of SMPS, and mention the faults in SMPS and rectification of the Faults UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV Theory Periods: 20 5.2. Explain total internal reflection phenomena used in optical fibres. 5.3. Define numerical aperture, modes, dispersion. 5.4. List various losses with reference to optical fibre. 5.5. Explain the advantages of optical fibres in communication. 5.6. Explain types of fibre optic cables, 5.7. Mention different splices and connecters, optical couplers, switches and relaysducation 5.8. Explain the operation of LED used in optical fibre communication 5.9. Explain the operation of Laser diodes used in optical fibre communication. 5.10. Explain the operation of PIN diode used as detector in optical fibre Communication 5.11. Explain the operation of APD used as detector in optical fibre Communication 6. FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 6.1. Explain basic fibre optic communication system with block diagram. 6.2. Explain repeaters and optical amplifiers. 6.3. Define wavelength division multiplexing. 6.4. Explain the principle of DWDM.
measurement of standard voltages at various points. 14. Rectify the faults in the Electronic stabilizer. 15. Study of Emergency Light and measurement of standard Voltages at various UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV Theory Periods: 20 4. TELEPHONE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION 4.1. Understand a basic telephone system 4.2. Explain the operation of basic telephone equipment 4.3. Understand the working of digital dialing instrument(push button type) 4.4. Understand a simple intercom system 4.5. Basic concepts of Mobile Communication system 4.6. Intelligent network concept 4.7. Explain cellular concept 4.8. Describe cellular system operation 4.9. Significance of frequency re-use and hand off features.
223
6.5. Discuss use of optical fibre in local area network.
February 2017 22 8
March 2017 22
Practical Periods: 22 16. Study of Tape Recorder, Two-in-one and Audio CD player 17. Rectify the faults in the Tape Recorder, Two-in-one 18. Rectify the faults in Audio CD player 19. Rectify the faults in DVD player 20. Familiarization of SMD handling tools used for soldering/ De-soldering PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods:8 6.8. Differentiate CD and DVD. 6.9. Explain the working principle of DVD player. 6.10. Explain the concept of noise reduction using DOLBY system. 6.11. Arrange the Public Address system and test the performance. 6.12. Know the block diagram and understand with a typical schematic diagram
Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 16. Study of different types of Tuners 16. Rectify the faults in the TV remote control. 17. Study of LCD TV 17. Identify the different stages of TV remote 18. Familiarization of different voltages in control Transmitter and receiver. LCD TV 18. Identify the different faults in cardless 19. Familiarization of different voltages in telephone and cell phone LED TV 20. Connection and Tuning of Cable TV PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods:8 6.6. Discuss Ethernet on fibre and gigabit Ethernet. 6.7. Mention the applications of optical fibres. 6.8. Discuss the applications of optical fibres in local telephone and cable TV applications 6.9. Know the various tools used and methods for measurement of parameters on OFCs 6.10. OTDR applications in servicing
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods:8 4.10. Concepts of digital cellular mobile system. 4.11. Know GSM standards and service aspects 4.12. List the radio characteristics of GSM 4.13. Basic concepts of CDMA systems used in mobile communication.
IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2017 Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2
IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2017 Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2
IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2017 Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2
IPE MARCH 2017
IPE MARCH 2017
IPE MARCH 2017
224
ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the course Electricial Technician is to impart the following skills in the student. 1. Basic concept on fundamentals of Electrical Technology 2. Basic concept on Electrical Wiring materials and Accessories used for Electrical wiring. 3. Design, Installation and Testing of different types of Domestic Wiring. 4. Fundamental principles of Electrical Domestic Appliances 5. Construction, working, troubleshooting and Assembling of Domestic Appliances. 6. Re-winding of simple machines. 7. Estimation of Electrification for small residential buildings Work-shops, business establishments etc., 8. Establishment and maintenance of Electrical workshop. 9. Electrical maintenance of Buildings/Offices 10. Electrical Contractor/wireman.
225
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 17 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN :: COURS E CODE :: 313 :: FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Elements of Electrical Engineering (Theory Paper I)
Electrical Engineering Materials and Wiring (Theory Paper II)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Electric Current-Ohms Law Kirchhoff’s law 1.1 Electric current conductorsSemiconductorsInsulators (4) 1.2 Electric potential resistance laws of resistance (1) 1.3 Problems on laws of resistance(2) 1.4 Effects of temperature simple problems (2) 1.5 Ohms law-simple problems (1) 1.6 Resistance in series parallel simple problems (2) 1.7 Definitions of network elements-junction, branch, loop (3) 1.8 Kirchhoff’s law-Wheatstone bridge (3) 1.9 Solution of networks using Kirchhoff’s law (3) 1.10Transformation of STAR to DELTA and DELTA to STAR simple problems (2) Elements of electrical lab (Practical Paper I) Practical periods: 21 1. Verification of ohms law by using ammeter,
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction (9) 1.1 Structure of Atom (2) 1.2 Atomic number, valence electrons (2) 1.3 Atomic bonds (2) 1.4 Classification of electrical engg. Materials (3) 2.0 Conducting & Semiconducting materials (14) 2.1 Concept on conducting materials (1) 2.2 Conducting materials effect of alloying temperature –applications (2) 2.2 Low resistance materials and applications (2) 2.3 Properties of Aluminum, Copper (2) 2.4 High resistance materials and applications (1) 2.5 Properties of Eureka, Nichrome and Tungsten (1) 2.6 Concept on semiconducting materials (2) 2.7 Atomic structure of silicon germanium (1) 2.8 Classification and application of semi conducting materials (2) Electrical wiring and workshop (Practical Paper II) Practical periods: 21 1. Study of electrician tools. .(7)
Electrical Measuring Instruments and Electronic Devices (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction to Electrical Measuring System (5) 1.1 Fundamental units, derived units, system of units, SI system (2) 1.2 Multiplication factors, Electrical Quantities and their units. (2) 1.3 Classifications of Measuring Instruments (1) 2.0 Indicating Instruments (18) 2.1 Classification of Indicating type measuring instruments (2) 2.2 Effects of currents used in indicating instruments, torques/forces in electrical instruments (4) 2.3 Basic requirements of indicating instruments (2) 2.4 Moving Iron Instruments (4) 2.5 MC instruments –difference between MI and MC instruments., Extension of MI & MC Instruments (6) Engineering drawing (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 1. Practice on drawing instruments by drawing 226
July 2016 23 20 19
voltmeter in dc circuit or low voltage. (6) 2. Verification of the characteristics of dc series circuits (7) 3. Verification of the characteristics of dc parallel circuits. (8) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Units-Work-Power and energy (9) 2.1System of units-SI system (1) 2.2Work-power-energy definitions and units (1) 2.3Conversion of Electrical units to thermal units (1) 2.4 Problems on Work power- energy (1) 2.5 Energy consumption and monthly billing-problems (5) 3.0Heating Effects of Electric Current (11) 3.1 Effects of Electrical Energy (1) 3.2 Heating effect of electric current (1) 3.3 Heat produced by flow of current- Joule’s law- Mechanical equivalent of heat (2) 3.4 Applications of heating effect of electric current (2) 3.5 Simple problems (5)
Practical Periods: 19 4. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws by using Meter Bridge or appropriate method or by
2. Simple carpentry practice like cutting, chiselling drilling on teak wood..(7) 3. Practice on fixing electrical accessories on switch boards/main boards .(7)
simple figures (sheet1). (11) 2. Practice on dimensioning-aligned system.(10)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 3.0Magnetic materials (7) 3.1 Classification of magnetic materials (1) 3.2Permiability- susceptibility currie point magnetostriction (1) 3.3 Soft and hard magnetic materials- general properties & applications (1) 3.4 Properties of pure Iron, Silicon steel, Nickel, Cobalt, Alnico, Ferrites & applications (2) 3.5 B-H curve ,cycle of magnetization, (2) 4.0 Insulating materials (13) 4.1 General properties of insulating materials (1) 4.2 Factors affecting insulation resistance & Di-electric strength, dielectric loss (1) 4.3 Classification of insulating materials & applications (1) 4.4 Properties and uses of Fibrous materials like wood, paper, textiles etc., (2) 4.5Properties and uses of Asphalt, Bitumen, Mineral insulating Liquids , synthetic liquids and special insulating liquids (2) 4.6Properties and uses of Ceramics-mica etc. (2) 4.7Insulating glasses - rubbers – PVC (1) 4.8 Insulating resins-amber, wood resins, shellac, Thermo plastics-thermo sets, Bakelite (2) 4.9 Applications of Insulating gasses- Air, N, H2, SF6 (1) Practical Periods: 19 4. Practice on wire joints-married joint , T joint , pig tail joint and familiar with thimbles/lugs (5)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Indicating Instruments contd (9) 2.6 Dynamometer type and induction type inst., (3) 2.7 Different types of Errors in indicating inst., (5) 3.0 Integrating Instruments (12) 3.1 Definition and classification of integrating instruments (5) 3.2 1-ph, 3-ph phase induction type energy meters (5) 3.3 Errors in energy meters (2)
Practical Periods: 19 3. Practice on dimensioning-Uni directional system. (9). 227
August 2016 24 23 24
using series and parallel circuits. (7) 5. Verification of Resistance laws by using ohm meter. (6) 6. Testing of accumulator/lead acid battery by hydrometer and tongue tester on charging and discharging. (6) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 4.0. Electro Magnetism (23) 4.1 Introduction to magnets (4) 4.2 Magnetic pole magnetic axis-pole strength 4.3 Properties of magnets (1) 4.4 Typical shapes of magnets (1) 4.5 Classification of magnets (1) 4.6 Rules to find polarity (1) 4.7 Magnetic fields (1) 4.8 Inverse square law(2) 4.9 Simple problems (2) 4.10 Magnetic effect of electric current (1) 4.11 Force on a current carrying conductorFleming left hand rule (1) 4.12 Field pattern field strength of long straight conductor, solenoid and teroid-(1) 4.13 force between conductors (1) 4.14 Magnetic circuits definitions of flux, mmf, flux density, magnetizing force and reluctance and their relation (2) 4.15Comparison between magnetic circuit and electric circuit (1) 4.16 Simple problems on electromagnetism 2) Practical Periods: 24 7. Measurement of Power by wattmeter. (10). 8. Measurement of Power by voltmeter and ammeter. (7) 9. Verification of Faraday laws of
5. Practice on simple lamp circuits-one lamp controlled by one switch by surface conduit wiring. (6). 6. Lamp circuits- connection of lamp and socket by separate switches in surface conduit wiring. (8)
4. Practice on single stroke lettering (10)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 5.0 Di-electric materials and Special purpose materials (10) 5.1 Di-electric strength, Permittivity, Polarization, Di-electric loss, Applications (5) 5.2 Protective materials like lead, steel tapes, wires, strips etc (2) 5.3 Thermocouple, Bimetals, soldering materials(1) 5.4 Fuse, galvanizing and Impregnations (1) 6.0 Wiring accessories (14) 6.1 Types of wires (2) 6.2 Types of switches (2) 6.3 Other accessories like lamp holders, ceiling roses, sockets, fuses etc.(detailed study) (3) 6.4 Main boards, Distribution boards, Switch boards (2) 6.5 Fuses and fuse materials (2) 6.6 MCB & CBs (3)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 4.0 Special instruments (13) 4.1 Power factor meter (5) 4.2 Frequency meter, (1) Synchronoscope (1) 4.3 Multi meter, Megger (4) 4.4 Tongue tester (2) 5.0 Digital Instruments (10) 5.1 Need of digital instruments (3) 5.2 Digital Voltmeter, Ammeter and frequency meter (3) 5.3 Digital multimeter, tachometer (4)
Practical Periods: 24 7. Practice on simple lamp circuits- connects two lamps in series/parallel in casing capping wiring. (11). 8. Practice on simple lamp circuits-install
Practical Periods: 24 5. Geometric construction-bi section of lines, bi section of angles, tangents. (11) 6. Geometric construction-Polygons (sheet 1). (6) 228
electromagnetic induction. (6)
September 2016 22 20 18
October 2016 15 12 14
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 5. Electro Magnetic Induction (20) 5.1 Concept of electromagnetic induction Lenz’s law -Fleming's right hand rule (5) 5.2 Faraday laws of electromagnetic induction- types of emf’s - dynamically induced emf and statically induced emf (6) 5.3 Self and mutual induction and their emf’scoefficient of coupling (5) 5.4 Energy stored in a magnetic field-lifting power of electro magnet simple problems (4)
Practical Periods: 18 10. Measurement of Power factor by p.f. meter. (6). 11. Measurement of power factor by voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter. (6) 12. Measurement of energy by energy meter. (6) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 6. Cells and Batteries (12) 6.1 Chemical effects of electric current faraday laws of electrolysis- simple problems 6.2 Cells and their components-Definition of battery-Primary cells -defects and remedies,
bedroom lighting in casing capping wiring. (6). 9. Simple lamp circuits- install stair case wiring in surface conduit wiring. (6). ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Wiring tools and wire joints (10) 7.1 Wiring tools (3) 7.2 Wire joints (3) 7.3 Soldering, taping and termination of wires/ joints (4) 8.0. Wiring Systems & Types of House Wiring (10) 8.1 Looping system and ring system (2) 8.2 Ring system and distribution box system selection of particular system of wiring (3) 8.3 Types of house wiring- Cleat wiring, CTS/ TRS wiring, Conduit wiring, Casing capping wiring detailed study (3) 8.4 Comparison between different wiring Methods (2) Practical Periods: 18 10. Practice on simple lamp circuits- install godown wiring in conduits.. (6) 11. Preparation of main board/distribution board based on sub circuits. . (6) 12. Testing of wiring by ohmmeter/ megger. (6). ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 9.0. Wiring circuits (12) 9.1 Simple lamp circuit and bedroom lighting Circuits (2) 9.2 Stair case wiring, series and parallel Circuits (3)
7. Geometric construction-conic sections like parabola, hyperbola and ellipse. (6) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Semi conducting components 6.1Introduction to Conductors, insulators and semi conductors (2) 6.2 P type and N type materials (2) 6.3 PN junction diode-detailed study (2) 6.4 Brief study of special diodes- Zenar diode, LED, LCD, Tunnel diode Varactor diode, solar cell, PV array (4) 6.5 Transistor-construction and working (1) 6.6 Transistor biasing and configuration (1) 6.7 Brief study on special transistorsUJT, FET and SCR (8)
Practical Periods: 18 8. Orthographic projections like projection of points, lines, plans and projection of Solids. (6) 9. Isometric Projections, like Isometric views of prism and Pyramids. (6) 10. Electrical symbols (6) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 7. Power supplies (12) 7.1 Regulated power supply (2) 7.2 Rectifiers (2) 7.3 Metal rectifiers (1) 7.4 Study of Inverter (2) 229
dry cell-Secondary cell-comparison between primary cells and secondary cells (2) 6.3 Lead acid cell-principle and working of lead acid cell detailed study- Wh & Ah efficiencies of cell (2) 6.4 Charging methods of secondary cells (2) 6.5 Maintenance of Lead acid cell and testing of lead acid battery (2) 6.6Basic concept on Special types of cellsSilver oxide cells-Solar cells- fuel cells. (2) Practical Periods: 14 13. Testing of energy meter. (7) 14. Tracing of magnetic lines of bar magnet. (7)
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
9.3 Master switch circuits, Corridor wiring circuits (3) 9.4 Fluorescent tube light circuit, flashers, moving lights and sodium vapour and mercury vapour lamp circuits (2) 9.5 Selection of number of sub circuits and selection (2)
7.4 Servo voltage stabilizers Non automatic voltage stabilizers Automatic voltage stabilizers (2) 7.5 Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) (3)
Practical Periods: 14 13. Installation of pipe earthing.(7) 14. Installation of plate earthing. (7)
Practical Periods: 14 11. D.C. Starters like 3-point & 4-point Starters. (7) 12. A.C. Starters like DOL, Star/Delta Starters. (7) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Electrostatics (20) 10.0 Earthing (11) 8.0 Amplifiers & ICs (14) 7.1Deffination of Electric charge& its Units 10.1 Necessity of earthing definitions of 8.1 Definition, working principle and (3) fundamental terms in earthing like earth, earth Classification of amplifiers (3) 7.2Deffination of unit charge (1) lead, earth electrode, earth wire etc (4) 8.2 What is IC and its advantages (2) 7.3State Coulombs Law of Electrostatics (3) 10.2 Types of earthing detailed study of pipe 8.3 Discrete Circuits (2) 7.4 Absolute & Relative Permittivity (1) earthing ,Strip earthing and plate earthing (3) 8.4 Comparison between integrated 7.5 Field Pattern of +ve, - ve, Like & Unlike 10.3 Specifications of materials used for circuits and discrete circuits (2) Charges (2) Earthing (3) 8.5 Classification of Integrated circuits (3) 230
7.6 Field intensity, (1) 7.8 Capacitance Definition and formula (2) 7.9 Types of Capacitors (2) 7.10 Capacitors in series and parallel (3) 7.11 Applications and simple problems. (2)
Practical Periods: 18 15. Tracing of magnetic lines of U-magnet.(8) 16. Testing of maintenance free Batteries. (10)
February 2017 22 17 21
March 2017/22
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Elements of Electrical Engineering Practical Periods: 21 Revision and preparation for practical exams as per the question bank supplied by BIE PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II Revision/IPE 2017
10.4 Measurement of Earth Resistance (1) 11. Safety precautions and IE rules for wiring (9) 11.1 Precautions in handling tools (2) 11.2 Electric shock-First aid on electric shock (3) 11.3 Precautions to be observed while installing different electric appliances in houses (2) 11.4 I E Rules regarding house wiring (2)
8. 6 Applications of IC’s (2) 9.0 Optical Fiber Cables (6) 9.1Basic introduction to Fiber optics, (1) 9.2 Types of Fiber Optic cables (1) 9.3Properties & applications of optical Fibers (1) 9.4 Cabling and Cable Jointing (1) 9.5 Optical Transmitters (1) 9.6 Optical Nodes and Trouble Shooting (1) Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 15. Soldering practice. (6) 13. Drawing of Plate Earthing & Pipe 16. Connection of Fluorescent lamp/tube light. (4) Earthing. (8) 17. Prevention of Electric Shock - First Aid. (8) 14. Drawing for 1-Phase Energy meter and Distribution Board in a house hold connection.(10) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I Theory Periods: 17 Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Electrical Engineering Materials and Revision of Electrical Measuring Instruments wiring and Electronic Devices Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21 Revision and preparation for practical exams as Revision and preparation for practical exams per the question bank supplied by BIE as per the question bank supplied by BIE PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017
231
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 16 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE :: 313 :: SECO ND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Electrical Machines and Power Systems (Theory Paper I)
Domestic Appliances and Rewinding (Theory Paper II)
Electrical Estimating and Utilization (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 22 1.D.C.Generators 1.1 Generator Principle, simple loop generator (2) 1.2 Production of induced EMF and its nature (2) 1.3 Construction details of DC Generator Yoke poles- pole shoes - ArmatureCommutator - brush assembly bearing Field coils (2) 1.4 Armature winding-lap and wave winding (2) 1.5 E.M.F. equation (2) 1.6 Simple problems (2) 1.7 Types of Generators separately-Self excited series-shunt-compound wound (2) 1.8 Failure of Building up of voltage in a shunt generator ,OCC of DC Shunt Generator (2) 1.9 Losses and efficiency of generators Losses-iron copper- mechanical losses (2) 1.10 Efficiency of generator (2) 1.11 Applications of different types of Generators (2)
Theory Periods: 22 1.Introduction (6) 1.1Classification of domestic appliances (2) 1.2General Procedure for servicing-Drives used in domestic appliances. (4) 2.Heating appliances (16) 2.1Construction,working and trouble shooting of electric room heater, electric stove, Electric Rice cocker, Toaster (4) 2.2Construction,working and troubleshooting of Electric kettle, coffee maker (4) 2.3 Construction, working and troubleshooting Electric iron, immersion heater, geyser (4) 2.4Construction,working and trouble shooting of Hair drier, dish washer and micro-wave oven (4)
Theory Periods: 22 1.Domestic Wiring 1.1Various types of house wiring and basic requirement of various utilities, estimate, and Format of estimation. (2) 1.2. Material and accessories used in domestic wiring and their cost, types of loads and sub Circuits. (3) 1.3Types of service mains. (2) 1.4Design of number of sub circuits and distribution boards as per IE rules. (4) 1.5Preparation of wiring installation plan, layout with light load, power load and control point (switch board). (3) 1.6Selection of main switch, cable etc., based on the load in circuit/sub circuits (2) 1.7Calculation of length of wiring, cable and labour charges. (2) 1.8Preparation of detailed estimate in standard Proforma. (2) 1.9 Estimation of wiring of small residential building, offices and Commercial establishments like shops, sales counter, stores etc. (2)
232
July 2016 23 20 22
Electrical Machine Lab (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Identification of terminals and measurement of resistance of windings of DC machine by multimeter. (8) 2. Familiarization with various parts and connections of D.C Shunt motor by 3-point starter. (8) 3. Familiarization with various parts and connections of D.C Compound motor by 4point Starter. (7) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.D.C.Motors (7) 2.1 Principle of working-Significance of back EMF(Eb) (1) 2.2 Types of dc motors Series-shunt and compound motors(1) 2.3 Losses and efficiency Losses-iron-copper mechanical losses Simple problems (1) 2.4 Speed and Torque equation- Simple Problems (1) 2.5 Speed Control of Motors-Field control method for series & shunt motors-Armature control methods (for shunt motors only) (1) 2.6 DC motor starters-Necessity of starter working of 3-point starter-4-point starter (1) 2.7 Applications of different types of motors 1 3. A C fundamentals & Circuits (13) 3.1Definations of Alternating currents and voltage, different wave forms (1) 3.2 Definition of cycle, time period, Frequency, Amplitude, Instantaneous value ,maximum ,Average and RMS values of A.C
Domestic Appliances Lab (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1. To be familiar with testing of domestic appliances. (8) 2. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric room heater (rod type) (7) 3. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of ordinary/automatic electric iron, Immersion Heater, kettle etc. (8)
Electrical Estimation and Utilization lab (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 23 1. Making connections of 1-ph service mains, main board and distribution board (load 1000W) (8) 2. Making connections of 3-ph service mains, main board and distribution board (load 4500W) (8) 3. Taking the measurements of residential building and preparation of wiring layout. (7)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 3.Motarised appliances (20) 3.1Construction,working,troubleshooting of electric fans, mixer, grinder, washing machine (10) 3.2Construction working troubleshooting of room cooler, vacuum cleaner, domestic water pumps. (10)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.Power Wiring (20) 2.1Discussion on various loads and wiring methods, circuits and in small industries, agriculture etc (2) 2.2Materials and accessories used in motor installation and their cost. (2) 2.3Designing of distribution boards, cable, motor control panel etc. (2) 2.4Preparation of wiring installation plan and single line diagram. (4) 2.5Calculation of length of wiring, cable and labour charges. (2) 2.6Detailed estimate in the standard proforma. (3) 2.7Related problems on installation of motors for small workshops and irrigation pump sets. (5)
233
voltage & Current (1) 3.3 Form factor , Peak factor of sinusoidal wave (1) 3.4 Phaser representation of A.C, Phase & Phase difference of ac ,Power & Power Factor. (1) 3.5 Simple problems (2) 3.6Single phase A.C. Through Pure Resistive/ Inductive/capacitive circuit-current voltagephaser diagrams power-power factor (1) 3.7 A.C. through R-L/RC/R-L-C Circuit Current -voltage-phasor diagram- PowerPower factor (1) 3.8 Simple problems on RL- C circuits (1) 3.9 Poly phase circuits- advantages of poly phase over single phase (1) 3.10 Star and delta connection- voltage & current Relation in star connection - Delta or mesh connections (1) 3.11 The vector diagram of star and delta connections-3-phase power equation & simple problems (2) Practical Periods: 22 4. Determination of OCC of D.C. Shunt Generator. (7) 5. Speed control of DC Shunt motor by Armature or Field Control Method. (6) 6. Testing of 1-ph (2 to 5A) transformer-Open Circuit and Short Circuit test . (8)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I
Practical Periods: 22 4. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric stove (7) 5. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric geyser (7) 6. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Table fan and Ceiling fan (8)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I
Practical Periods: 22 4. Taking the measurements of shop and preparation of wiring layout. (4) 5. Taking the measurements of college block and preparation of wiring layout. (5) 6. Preparation of detailed estimate in standard format for installing surface conduit wiring in a small residential building. (6) 7. Preparation of detailed estimate in standard format for installing casing and capping wiring in a small shop. (7) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I 234
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 4. Transformers (12) 4.Other Appliances 3. Low Tension(LT)Distribution Lines and 4.1Deffination and working Principle -E.M.F 4.1Different lamps(light sources), (6) Village Electrification (13) equation (No derivation)-Transformation ratio 4.2Construction,working and trouble shooting of 3.1Types of distribution lines, line supports (3) electric bell , buzzer, emergency light, (9) and main components of O.H. lines (3) 4.2 Step up and step down transformers (1) 4.3Construction, working and troubleshooting of 3.2Estimation of quantity of material and 4.3Construction details and types of voltage stabilizer, Inverters and UPS. (5) accessories required for erecting OH lines to transformers meet the requirement of single phase, three Like Auto transformers, Instrument phase domestic and industrial consumer Transformers with/without street light provision – simple , Welding Transformers. (2) problems. (3) 4.4 Losses and efficiency of transformer (1) 3.3Load survey in village and location of 4.5 All-day efficiency of transformer (1) distribution transformer. (2) 4.6 Simple problems (2) 3.4Preparation of single line diagram of OH 4.7 Cooling systems of transformers (1) Distribution line of colony/village/small town. 4.8Maintanance of Transformers (1) (2) 5.0 Alternators (8) 3.5Preparation of Estimation in standard 5.1 Principle and operation of Alternators (2) proforma with quantity of material and 5.2 Relation between speed, no. of poles and accessories only-Simple problems. (3) frequency. (2) 4.0 Estimation of Distribution 5.3 Constructional details of alternator – Substation (7) Salient pole type and smooth cylindrical type 4.1 Types of transformer substations and (2) various components in errection of 5.4 EMF equation and simple problems (2) transformer substation (2) 235
December 2016 23 20 24
Practical Periods: 24 7. Measurement of 3-Ph Power by using Two Watt meter method. (8) 8. To be familiar with parts & connections of 3-Ph Induction motor by DOL starter . (8) 9. Verification of voltage & current relations in 3-Ph star and Delta systems. (8)
Practical Periods: 24 7. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of room air cooler (8) 8. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Voltage stabilizer (8) 9. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Florescent Tube (8)
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Three-Phase Induction Motors 6.1 Classification of 3-Ph motors (2) 6.2 Working principle of 3- Ph Induction motors (1) 6.3 Relations between Ns, no. of poles and supply frequency-Definition of Slip & slip speed –Simple problems (2) 6.4 Constructional details of Induction Motors Schematic diagrams of squirrel cage and slip ring Motors (2) 6.5 Losses-iron & copper, mechanical lossesPower stages-efficiency- Problems (3)
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 5.General Procedure for Rewinding 5.1Tools required for rewinding- (2) 5.2Removing of stator and rotor, old coils collecting of winding information (2) 5.3Preparation of stator & rotor coils (2) 5.4 End connections & Testing of winding. (2) 5.5 Varnishing, baking and re assembling of motor. (2) 6.0 DC Machine Winding 6.1 Fundamental definitions (2) and materials used for dc winding 6.2 Lap and Wave winding (2)
4.2 Detailed elevation and single line representation of transformer substation (3) 4.3 Preparation of estimation, schedule of materials and accessories for errection of Pole mounted and plinth mounted substations. (2) Practical Periods: 24 8. Install a casing capping/surface conduit wiring in a model building/ class room, make the list of materials. (7) 9. Preparation of main board, distribution board, and motor control panel for controlling of 1-ph motors. (for 1/2/3 motors of different ratings). (5) 10. Preparation of main board, distribution board, and motor control panel for controlling of 3-ph motors. (for 1/2/3 motors of different ratings) . (6) 11. Preparation of an estimate in standard proforma for installation of 5-HP motor in a small work shop. (6) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 5.0Theatre/Auditorium wiring and Public Address system(Field visit) (12) After field visit detailed report should be submitted on the following Units. 5.1Basic requirement of an auditorium. (2) 5.2General wiring layout of an auditorium. (2) 5.3Preparation of estimation for electrification of small auditorium in standard proforma. (2) 5.4Public address system major components of P.A system (2) 5.5Layout of P.A system for a hall, open ground and Estimation of quantity of material, 236
January 2017 23 20 22
6.6 Starters for Induction Motors-Necessity o f starter-D.O.L starter- Star/delta starterRotor resistance starter for slip ring Induction Motor effect of Ra On torque and speed (4) 7.0 Single phase Induction Motors 7.1Principle of operation of Single phase Induction Motors (2) 7.2 Types of 1-Ph Induction motor like Split phase, capacitor start -capacitor start capacitor run-shaded pole motors-universal motor and their applications (4)
6.3 Simple winding diagrams (2) 6.4 Generalized troubleshooting. (2)
Practical Periods: 24 10. To be familiar with parts & connections of 3-Ph Induction motor by STAR-DELTA starter. (8) 11. Identification of terminals of 3-ph induction motor. (8) 12. Connecting, starting, running and reversing the direction of rotation of 1-ph capacitor start motor. And observe the current and speed at different loads . (8)
Practical Periods: 24 10. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of emergency light. (7) 11. Testing of burnt/faulty motor like (ceiling fan, 3-ph motor and mixer motor. (8) 12. Preparation of motor for re-winding. (9) a. -name plate details b. -dismantling the motor c. -noting the winding data, d. -connections e. -stripping off the winding f. -slot insulation
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Generation of Power 8.1 Sources of Electrical Energyconventional-non conventional energy sources (3) 8.2 Generation of Electrical power-working of
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 7.0 AC Motor Winding 7.1Fundamental definitions materials used in AC motor winding (2) 7.2Types of AC winding placing of coils-starting winding and running winding (3)
accessories and equipments to install P.A. Systems-simple problems. (3) 6.I.E.Rules (8) 6.1Extracts from IE rules 1956 and code of practice by APTRANSCO to supply electric energy. (2) 6.2I.E rules connected with domestic and industrial wiring. (2) 6.3Testing of electrical installation as per IE rules (2) 6.4Deparmental procedure for obtaining a service Connection (2) Practical Periods: 24 12. Prepare a detailed schedule of material, layout to install an OH distribution line about 2 km along with street lights (use nearby street light/distribution line). . (6) 13. Prepare a single line diagram of OH distribution line for a model colony/village along with marking of T/f. . (6) 14. Preparation of detailed list of materials and accessories (schedule) of pole mounted Transformer (make a visit and record the observations). (7) 15. Preparation of detailed list of materials and accessories (schedule) of plinth mounted transformer (make a visit and record the observations). (5) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 7.Contracting 7.1Tender form, caution deposit, earnest money deposit (EMD). (2) 7.2Procedure for filling up of tender forms agreement forms for contracting and 237
Hydal, Thermal and Nuclear power stations. 7 9. Transmission and Distribution of Power 9.1Tansmisssion of power from generating station to receiving stations (2) 9.2Use of step-up and step down transformers and associated equipment (1) 9.3Use of Circuit breaker isolators-earth switches, C.T.’s etc. (2) 9.4Line diagram of Transmission line from generating station to receiving station. (1) 9.5Distribution of power. (1) 9.6Line diagrams of a feeder from HV substation to distribution substation. (1) 9.7Transformer substations (1) 9.8Distribution T/F substation-Double Pole structure-Pole mounted and Plinth mounted T/F (1) 9.9Substation associated equipment such as A.B. switch, L.A.-H.G. Fuse- Circuit Breaker. (1) Practical Periods: 22 13. Connecting, starting and running of shaded pole motor (cooler pump motor). . (6) 14. Connecting, starting and running of the universal motor (mixer grinder motor). And observe (5) the current and speed at different loads . 15. To study the effects of improvement of power factor by adding a capacitor to an inductive load/ induction motor (concept on static capacitors) . (6) 16. Measurement of power in RLC circuits (Use 1-ph Induction motor /ceiling fan). (5) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I
7.3Diferent motors used in domestic appliancessimple winding diagrams for mixer grinder motor ,ceiling fan , table fan ,water pump (9) 7.4 Generalised troubleshooting and maintenance of domestic motors and starters. (6)
receiving back the EMD after completion of work. (2) 8.0 Utilization of Electrical Energy (16) 8.1 Illumination lighting schemes lamps levels of illumination for various application. (2) 8.2Design of lighting and lighting schemes (2) 8.3Lamps for decoration and Advertisement (4) 8.4Neon sign, flasher, halide lamps. (4) 8.3Industrial application of electric energy like Heating ,welding, (2) 8.4Refrigeration and Air-conditioning –Basic concept and wiring diagrams (2)
Practical Periods: 22 13. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding the table fan. (8) 14. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding the ceiling fan . (7) 15. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding of 3-ph Induction motor. (7) .
Practical Periods: 22 16. Prepare detail schedule of material for Pipe earthing or Plate earthing. (7) 17. Preparation of lighting scheme and Estimation of wiring for classroom/small auditorium/meeting hall.. (6) 18. Visit near-by sub-station and prepare a single line diagram, list of accessories and equipment. (5) 19. Visit nearby auditorium/cinema theatre and prepare a single line diagram, list of accessories and equipment (general wiring layout of auditorium) and PA system. (4) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I
238
February 2017 22 08 March 2017 22
Theory Periods: 21 Revision of Electrical machines and power systems PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Theory Periods: 21 Revision of Domestic appliances and rewinding
Revision/IPE 2017
Revision/IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Theory Periods: 21 Revision of Estimating and utilization PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision/IPE 2017
239
Mechanical Engineering Technician Basic aim of the course Mechanical Engineering Technician is to impart the following skills in the student. 1. Technician in fabrication unit. 2. Technician in repairing unit (mechanical). 3. Pump mechanic. 4. Technician in farm equipment. 5. Refrigerator and Air conditioner technician. 6. Tractor mechanic. 7. Non conventional energy appliances technician. 8. Domestic appliances Technician (Electrical).
240
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 MECHANICAL ENG INEERING TECH NICIAN ::CO URSE CODE:: 314:: FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Basic Work Shop Technology (Theory Paper-1)
Mechanical Technology (Theory Paper-1I)
Electrical Technology (Theory Paper-III)
Theory Periods: 23 ENGINEERING MATERIALS :(17) Properties and uses of common engineering materials (03) cast iron, types properties (02) classification of steels mild steel, Low Carbon steel, High Carbon steel (02) Non ferrous metals, Copper brass, Tin zinc, Aluminum (03) Non Ferrous Alloy metals, Gun metal Bronze white metal, Aluminum.(03) Non metals Wood, Plastic, rubber (02) Importance of safety precautions of work shop ( 02) 2. MEASURING INSTRUMENTS Introduction (02) 2.1 Venire calipers (02) (B) Micrometer (02) Work Shop Practice (Practical Paper-1) Practical periods: 21 1. FITTING & DRILLING: (21) Identification & usage of tools,(02) sawing practice,(04) Filing practice(04)
THERMO Periods: 23 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Thermo Dynamic system (02) 1.3 Types of Thermo Dynamic system (02) 1.4 Properties of Thermo Dynamic Systems (02) 1.5 Definitions of properties like Pressure (P) Volume (V) Temperature (T) Enthalpy, Atmospheric pressure Internal energy Specific heat. (08) 2. LAWS OF THERMO DYNAMICS: (08) 2.1 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics (03) 2.2 First law of thermodynamics.(02) 2.3 Second Law of Thermodynamics.(03)
Theory Periods: 23 1. SAFETY (08) 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Safety Precautions (02) 1.3 Re moral form electric shock (01) 1.4 Methods of Artificial respiration (02) 1.5 Hand tools of an Electrician (02) Basic Electricity(15) : 2.1 Introduction (01) 2.2 Electric Potential,(01) 2.3 Potential Difference, (01) 2.4 Resistance,(01) 2.5 Current,(01) 2.6 Ohm’s Law,(02) 2.7 Problems on Ohm’s Law,(03) 2.8 Laws of Resistance,(01) 2.9 Specific Resistance (02) 2.10 Specific conductivity (02) 2.11 Effects of Temperature on Resistance..1 Mechanical Electrical Engg. Lab (Practical Paper-III) Practical Periods: 21 A. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB: (21) 1.1 Flash Point (5) 1.2 Fire Point (5) 2.1 Viscosity Measurement (11)
Engineering Drawing (Practical Paper-II) Practical Periods:21 1. INTRODUCTION (06) 1.2 Importance of Engineering Drawing (03) 1.3 Description of Drawing Instruments (03) 2. FREE HAND LETTER WRITING: (15)
241
chiseling practice,(04) preparation of ‘T’ (04) ‘L’ sections.(03) ASSIGNMENT-I July 2016 Theory Periods: 20 23 2.MEASURING INSTRUMENTS(8): Height gauge(03) Dial Indicator (02) Since 20 bar (03) 19 3. FITTING & DRILLING: (12) Cutting tools – chisels, Hack saws files, scrapers, Drill bits reamers taps and Dies and sockets (3) striking tools, Hammers, (01) Holding Devices (02), marking tools(02), checking and measuring Instruments(02), Miscellaneous(01) various fitting and Drilling Operations(02). Practical Periods: 19 1.FITTING & DRILLING(06) Drilling,(03) Tapping. (03) LATHE & GRINDING: (12) 2.1 Plain turning (03) 2.2 Step turning (03) 2.3 Chamfering (02)2.4 Knurling(02) 2.5Threading(02) 2.6 cylindrical Grinding(02) 2.7 Surface Grinding(03 UNIT TEST-I / ASSIGNMENT-II August 2016 Theory Periods: 23 24 4.SHEET METAL WORK(12) Metals used for sheet metal work (01) 23 sheet metal hand tools-(02) measuring and 24 cutting tools(02), stakes(01), sheet metal operation(01) -shearing, bending Drawing(01), squeezing, sheet metal Joints Hem & Seam joints(02)
2.1 Free hand letter writing Numbers, Dimensions (08) 2.2 Different types of lines their use (02) capital & small letters (05) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 3.LAWS OF PERFECT GASES: (13) Charles Law, Avogadro’s law, Joules Law, Renaults Law, Boylies Law (05). 3.3 Characteristic of gas (02) Equation 3.4 General gas Equation(01) 3.5 Problems (05). Thermodynamic Process in gases(10) 4.1 Types of thermodynamic processes (02), 4.2 Constant volume process, constant pressure process, Adiabatic Process, polytrophic process,(08) Practical Periods: 19 3.GEOMETRICALCONSTROCTION:(19) 3.11 Division of line into Equal parts(05) 3.12 Construction of regular polygons(04) 3.13 Construction of Ellipse, Parabolic and Hyperbolic. (10)
UNIT TEST-I / ASSIGNMENT-II Theory Periods: 23 4. THERMODYNAMIC PROCESS INGASES: 4.3 Equation for work done during the above process and calculations of change of internal energy. (05) 4.4 Equation of heat supplied or rejected during the process (05)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.BASIC ELECTRICITY: (10) 2.12 Series and Parallel connections in Resistance (03), 2.13 Simple Problems on series and parallel (05)2.14 kickoffs Law 2.15 Problems on Kirchhoff’s Law(04) 2.16 Wheat stone bridge.(03) 3. WORK POWER ANO ENERGY: (08) 3.1 work and it’s units (02) 3.2 Power and it’s units (02) 3.3 Energy and it’s units(02) 3.4 Electrical power (02) Practical Periods: 19 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 3.1 Calorific value tests. (15) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 1. A.C. CIRCUITS: 1.1 Determination of voltage & Current in series (4) 1.2 Determination of voltage & current in parallel. (4) UNIT TEST-I/ ASSIGNMENT-II Theory Periods: 23 3.WORK POWER AND ENERGY: 3.5 Electrical Energy (01) 3.6 Simple Problems on electricity bills (06) 4. CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS: 4.1 Conductors (01) 4.2 Properties of conductors (01) 4.3 Insulators(01) 242
Fastening methods-Riveting soldering Brazing and spot welding(02). 5. FOUNDRY: (08) Advantages and limitations of casting (01), foundry Equipment (02) – Hand molding tools(02), molding Boxes (02) Types of sand and properties.(01) Practical Periods:24 3.BLACK SMITHY: (20) Practicing of usage of tools (02), making & round bar (05), a square bar. Marking of crane hook.(05) S-hook, T-bolt,(03) Flat chisel Gib head sunk key (03)
September 2016 22 20 18
UNIT TEST-II ASSIGNMENT-III Theory Periods:22 5. FOUNDARY: (12) Patterns: Classifications and making cores & core mocking castings (03), Green sand and Dry sand molding(02), Shell molding(02). Ceramic molding (02) special casting(01). defects in casting(02) 6. FORGING AND WELDING(08) Hand Forging (01) ,hand tools Heating Devices,(02) smith operations, (01) m/c Forging(01) Forging hammers(01) Forging press, (01) m/c Forging operations(01).
4.4 Properties of insulators (01) 4.5 Semi conductors (01) 4.6 Grading of Conducting wires (01) 5.ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES: 5.1 Electrical Accessories and Their uses (02) 5.2 Switch and their types (02) 5.3 Lamp holders and their types (02) 5.4 ceiling rose. (01) Practical Periods: 24 Practical periods: 24 4. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS:20 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 4.1 Different angle methods of projections(02) 1.A.C CIRCUITS: 4.2 concept of plan Elevation and side view.(06) 1.3 Calibration of single phase energy meter. 4.3 Orthographic Projections of Triangle square (6) pentagon, and hexagon prisms and pyramids.(11) 2. DCCIRCUTS: 2.1 Verify the ohms Law (06) 2.2 Practice the Ammeter –voltmeter (07) UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III Theory Periods:22 Theory Periods : 22 6.AIRSTANDARD CYCLES: 5. ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES:(06) 6.1 Introduction (01) 5.5 Pin Plug (01) 6.2 Study of Carnot cycle (02), Otto cycle,(02) 5.6 Socket & Adapter(02) and Diesel cycle.(02) Comparison of Otto cycle 5.7 Fuses (01) and Diesel cycle. (01) 5.8 Wires and Cables.(02) 7. IC ENGINES : (12) 6. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRO 7.1 Introduction Heat Engines(01) MAGNETISM: (14) 7.2 Classification of engines(02) 6.1 Some important definitions of 7.3 Classification of IC Engines(02) Magnetism.(02) 7.4 Working Principle of Two stroke petrol and 6.2 Magnetic field (01) Diesel Engine.(07) 6.3 Magnetic Poles (01) 6.4 Magnetic line of force.(02) 6.5 Magnetic Flux(02) 6.6 Flux density (01) 6.7 Magneto motive force (02) 6.8 Reluctance (01) 5. FUELS AND COMBUSTIONS: 5.1 Introduction (01) 5.2 Types of fuels Liquid fuels, (03) Gaseous fuels 5.3 Merits and demerits of liquid fuels (03) 5.4 Merits and demerits of gaseous fuels. 5.5 Calorific value (03)
243
6.9 Care and maintenance of Magnets.(02)
October 2016 15 12 14
Practical periods : 18 4. TINSMITHY : (14) 4.1 Make a rectangular tray( 03) make a Rectangular Scoop,(03) Funnel.(03) 4.2 Riveting Practice(02) 4.3 Soldering the joints (02) 4.4 Elbow(02) 5. WELDING Arc Welding : 5.1 Making a square(04) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGNMENT-IV Theory Periods:12 6. FORGING AND WELDING: Welding: Arc & Gas welding (03) Welding: T/G & M/G welding (02) 7. LATHE AND GRINDING Lathe main parts,(02) simple lathe operations (03) Grinding-(02)
Practical Periods:18 4. ORTHO GRAPHIC PROJECTIONS: 4.3 Circles, cube, cylinder. Cone and different engineering objects in 1st Angle. (11) 5. SETIONAL VIEWS: 5.1 Need for drawing sectional views (02) 5.2 Location of cutting plane (02) 5.3 Meaning of full. Half revolved local (or) partial sections (02); 5.4 Hatching (02) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGNMENT-IV Theory Periods:12 7. ICENGINES: 7.5 Working Principle of four stroke petrol and diesel engine.(08) 7.6 Comparison between two stroke and four stroke cycle Engine. (04)
Practical Periods:18 2.DC CIRUTS(07) 2.3 Practice the Multi Meter. Finding the Resistance (04) 2.4 Practices on Rheostat. (03) .3. DC MACHINES: (12) 3.1 Identify the components in & DC motor 3.2 Identify the components in & DC Machine 3.3 Practice & DC Machine (04) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGNMENT-IV Theory Periods: 12 6. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRO MAGNETISM: 6.10 Magnetic Field & around a current carrying conductor (02) 6.11 Comparison Between Electric and magnetic circuits (02) 7. ELECTRO MAGNETIC INDUCTION: 7.1 Friday’s laws of Electromagnetic Induction 7.2 Lenz’s law (02) 7.3 Fleming Right hand Rule (02) 7.4 Self inductance. (01) 7.5 Mutual inductance. (01) Practical Periods:14 Practical Periods:14 Practical Periods:14 5. WELDING: 5. SECTIONAL VIEW\S(06) 4. BATTERY: (06) Making of ‘T’ joint (02) 5.5 Conventional Practices to represent the 4.1 Charging procedure of Battery(03) lap joint (02 sections of Ribs, shafts, and bolts nuts screws 4.2 Discharging procedure of Battery (03) corner joint, Identification of welding rivets spokes we baskets cotters thin sections etc 5. WIRING: positions (04) as per B.I.S. specification. (06) 5.1 Connect one lamp from two different G & S Welding: phases in stair case wiring (08) 6. PICTORAL DRAWING(08) Identification of Gas welding Equipment 6.1 Brief Description of Isometric oblique and (06) perspective drawings and uses(01) 244
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
6.2 Isometric drawing of common features like rectangular circular shapes non-isometric lines. 7 HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 7. LATHE AND GRINDING: 7. IC ENGINES: 8. ELECTRICAL MACHINES: (10) Working Principle of Grinding(03) wheel 7.7 comparisons between petrol and diesel 8.1DC Generator (01) materials, (03) engine. (03) 8.2 Principle of working (01) Applications of Grinding (04) 7.8 Carburetor,(03) 8.3 Parts of Generator (01) fuel injection pump (03) 8.4 DC motors (01) 8. CNC TECHNOLOGY: CNC Machines Advantages. (10) 8.5 of Principle of working (01) 8. PUMPS: 8.1 Introduction (01) Functions of & pumps (03). 8.6 Parts of motor (01) 8.7 Fleming left hand Right hand Rule. (02) 8. PUMPS: 8.2 Classification of Pumps (04) 8.8 Trouble shooting in an electric motor(02) 8.3 Applications of Pumps (01) 9. ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES: 9.1 Immersion Rod (02) 9.2 Electric Iron. (03); 9.3 Electric Stove (03) 9. ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS: 9.4 Geyser(01) ;9.5 Water heater(01) 9.6 ceiling Fan (02) Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods:18 Practical Periods:18 5. WELDING: 6.PICTORIAL DRAWINGS: (08) 5 wiring: Setting of Gas welding (06) 6.3 Use of Box and offset construction (02) 5.2 Practice Conduct wiring (06) Equipment setting of welding flames 6.4 Preparation Isometric projections (02) for 5.3 Setting of fuse. (06) practicing (06) given orthographic drawings(02) 5.4 Connect the fluorescent lamp (06) 245
Gas welding techniques (06)
February 2017 22 17 21
6.5 Oblique drawing of common features like rectangular. Circular and inclines surfaces.(02) 7.CAD: (10) 7.1 Study of Auto CAD Screen Tools bars menus & various commands.(05) 7.2 Exercises on mirror rotate Array move commands.(05) PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods:16 Theory Periods: 16 8. CNC TECHNOLOGY: 8. PUMPS: Comparison between CNC m/c 8.2 Classification of Pumps (04) And conventional machines G- codes & M- 8.3 Applications of Pumps (03) codes simple CNC programme for plain and 8.4 Working centrifugal reciprocating jet. step turning , chamfering , corner radius, Submersible pumps (9) threading etc.(16)
Practical Periods:20 6. CNC LAB: Simple CNC program for Lathe Operations i.e step turning & threading (20)
March 2017/22
PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017
Practical Periods: 20 7. CAD: 7.3 exercises on Dimensioning & Watching (04) 7.4 Exercise on 2D Drawing (04) 7.5 Study the 3D solids tool bar options. (06) 7.6 Draw bolt & Nut in 3D (06) PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017
PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: 16 10. BATTERIES: 10.1 Batteries -02 10.2 Cell (02) 10.3 Lead Acid cell construction -02 10.4 Applications of Lead Acid cells (02) 10.5 Care and Maintenance of cell (02) 10.6 Charging and Discharging of Batteries (06) Practical Periods: 20 5. WIRING: 5.5Earthing Practice (07) 6. OVERHULING THE APPLIANCES: 6.1 Overhaul an Electric iron (06) 6.2 Over haul & ceiling fan (07) PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017
246
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 MECHANICAL ENGNEERING TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE :: 314 :: SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Energy Sources And Power Plant (Theory Paper-I)
Light Motor Vehicles (Theory Paper-II)
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning (Theory Paper-III)
Theory Periods: 22 1.ENERGY SOURCES: (08) 1.1 Introduction to Energy (02) 1.2 Different forms of energy (02) 1.3 Energy sources and their availability (03) 1.4 Conventional & Non conventional sources of energy (01) 2. SOLAR ENERGY: (14) 2.1 Introduction (02) 2.2 Solar constant (01) 2.3 Instruments for measuring solar Radiation at the Earth surface (03) 2.4 Instruments for measuring solar Radiation & sun shine (02) 2.5 Solar energy utilization –Basic ideas about the pre historic ways of using solar energy (06) Energy Sources Lab (Practical Paper-I) Practical Periods:23 1.SOLAR RADIATION MEASUREMENT: 1.1 Study of solar Radiation by using pyranometer-Aim, Apparatus, procedure (08) 2. SOLAR DISTILLATION: Study of solar Distillation-Aim Apparatus,
Theory Periods:22 1.DESCRIPTION OF MOTOR VEHICLES: 1.1General Description of motor vehicles (04) 1.2 Major assemblies (04) 2. WHEELS TYRES & TUBES: 2.1 Description of wheels & tires selection of tires inflation pressure and carrying capacity (08) 3. STEERING MECHANISM: (06) 3.1 Different types of steering boxes power steering description it’s advantages.(06)
Theory Periods:22 1.FUNDAMENTALS OF REFRIGERATION: INTRODUCTION: 1. Methods of refrigeration i
Light Motor Vehicles Servicing Lab (Practical Paper-II) Practical Periods:23 1.1 General Servicing of vehicles, washing, cleaning, Greasing and lubrication and lubrication of vehicles (06) Wheels tires & tubes: Removing wheel from vehicle dismantling tires & tubes checking
R & AC Servicing Lab (Practical Paper-III) Practical Periods:23 1.SERVICING & MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION APPLICATION: 1. a) Domestic Refrigerator(12) b) Water Cooler (11) 247
procedure (07) 3.SOALR PUMPING: study water heater Aim, Apparatus procedure (08)
July 2016 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods:20 2.SOLAR ENERGY: (00) 2.6 Solar energy applications (01) solar collectors’ (01) solar cookers solar (01) solar water heater (01) solar distillation (01) solar pumping (01) electricity from solar energy solar photo voltaic applications of solar photo voltaic system in Rural Areas. (01) 3. WIND ENERGY: (05) 3.1 Introduction (01) 3.2 Classification of wind mills (01) 3.3 Horizontal wind mill vertical wind mills (2) 3.4 Advantages and disadvantages of wind energy (01) 4. BIO ENERGY:(10) 4.1 Introduction, History of Bio-gas (02) 4.2 Process of bio-gas generation wet process, Dry process (02) 4.3 Raw materials available for Bio-gas fermentation (02) 4.4 Selecting of site for installation of a Bio-gas plant (02) 4.5 Material required for the construction of biogas plant(02) Practical Periods:22 4.Solar cooker: (10) 4.1 Prepare delicious food by using solar cooker –Aim, Apparatus Ingredients Procedure. (05) 4.2 Dismantling and Assembling of a solar
puncture assembling inflating to connect pressure (06) 2.STEERING SYSTEM: (11) 2.1Inspect & adjust steering linkages, alignment steering wheel with respect to front wheel, check and correct toe-in (11) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 22 4. BRAKING SYSTEM: (06) 4.1Breaking cars & trucks, hand breaks mechanical & Hydraulic breaking system in cars 5. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: (14) 5.1 Different types of clutches used in vehicles layout of transmission system.
Practical Periods: 22 3.BREAKING SYSTEM: (13) 3.1 Adjusting brake pedal play, dismantling wheel brake assembly, cleaning inspecting brake shoes for proper clearance, bleeding hydraulic brakes &
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.REFRIGERRATION EQUIPMENT: (12) Evaporators (05) Expansion devices (07) 3.REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: Definition of Refrigeration unit of Refrigeration (01) Domestic Refrigerator (05) Water cooler, Ice plant (02)
Practical Periods: 22 1.SERVICING & MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: C& Ice plant (12) D& cold storage (13) 248
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
cooker-Aim, Apparatus tools required Disc Brakes (13) procedure. (05) 4.TRANSMISSION: (12) 4.1 Adjusting clutch pedal play removing gear 5.Solar water heater (15) 5.1 Study of thermo siphon system. box clutch assembly (12) 5.2 study of forced circulation system UNIT TEST- I UNIT TEST – I UNIT TEST –I ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT – II Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 4.6 Constructional details of Bio-gas plant 6. GEAR BOX 4. FUNDAMENTALS OF AIR (03) 5.TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: 3.REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: Study of hydraulic clutches (03) Cold storage (05) 5.TIDAL ENERGY: (05) 5.1 Introduction (01) 6.1 Operations in different gear Positions. (03) CONDITIONING : (10) 5.2 Components of Tidal Power Plant (02) 6.2 Common troubles of remedies (03) 4.1 Introduction (01) Meaning of air 5.3 Snide tidal power plant (02) 6.3 Lubrication in Gear Box.(03) conditioning Psychometric and it’s Properties (03) 5. TIDAL ENERGY : (01) 7. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (07) 5.4 Advantages and limitations of tidal power 7.1 Engine cooling Methods (03) 4.2 Dry Air plant 7.2 Air water cooling radiators, Pump, Thermo stat 4.3 Moist air (02) 6. FUEL CELLS-10 & Fan. (04) 4.4 Dry bulb temperature. (02) 6.1 Working Principle (03) 4.5 Wet Bulb temperature. (02) 6.2 Bacar’s High Pressure Fuel cell 5. AIR CONDITIONING EQHIPMENT construction details and working Principle. 5.1 Fans & Blowers (04) (05) 6.3 Aluminum and Fuel cell working Principle. (03) 249
December 2016 23 20 24
Practical Periods: 24 Solar Lanterns And Street Light: 6.1 Study of solar Lanterns –Aim apparatus, Procedure (03) 7. BIOGAS l (16) 7.1 Study of KVIC Biogas Plant – Aim, Apparatus, Procedure. (04) 7.2 Study of Pragathi Bio-gas plant Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) 7.3 Study of Janatha Bio- gas plant Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) 7.4 Study of Deenubandhu Bio-gas plant -6 Aim, Apparatus, Procedure (04) 8. WIND ENERGY : (04) 8.1 Study of Horizontal wind mill Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) UNIT TEST- II ASSIGNMENT –III Theory Periods:20 7. STEAM BOILERS : 7.1 Classification, function uses of boilers. (07) 7.2 Cochran Boiler. (05) 7. STEAM BOLIERS: 7.2 Babcock Wilcox boiler (08)
Practical Periods: 24 Trans Missions: 4.1 Vehicle cleaning and inspecting parts-10 5. GEAR Box : (13) 5.1 Dismantling of gear Box, identifying noise from gearbox and rectifying, changing oil/in gear Box (13)
Practical Periods: 24 2. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS : (10) b) Window Air condoner (06) C) Split Air conditioner (07)
UNIT TEST – II ASSIGNMENT – III Theory Periods:20 7.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM: 7.3 Reasons for Engine over heating (02) 8. LUBRICATION: (13) 8.1 Need for Lubrication of engine parts (07) 8.2 Lubrication system parts, oil filters & their uses (06) 9. CARBURETORS: (05) 9.1 Types of Carburetors (05)
Practical Periods: 23 9. FUCELCELLS: 9.1 Study of fuel cells – Aim, Apparatus, procedure (06) 10. BOILERS: 10.1 Study of Boilers (08) 11. NOZZLES: 11.1 Study of Nozzles (09)
Practical Periods:23 6.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM: 6.1checking engine cooling system dismantling & cleaning of radiators testing water pump (08) 7. LUBRICATION SYSTEM: 7.1Study of lubrication oil flow system In engine overhauling oil filters, repairing lubrication system (08)
UNIT TEST –II ASSIGNMENT – III Theory Periods: 20 5.2 Ducts (04) 5.3 Supply air outlets. (03) 5. AIRCONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: 5.4 Return air out lets (03) 5.5 Filters & dust collectors (03) 5.6 Heating & cooling coils (03) 6. AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: 6.1 Air cooler (04) Practical Periods: 23 2.SERVICING AND MANTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: D & Packaged Air condition system(13) 2.INDUSTRIAL VISIT: Cold Storage Plant (10) 250
February 2017 22 08
PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: 08 10.STEAM CONDENSER: (08) 10.1 Functioning of steam condenser (08)
8. CARBURETORS: (07) 8.1 Repairs to carburetors adjusting float level (7) UNIT TEST –III ASSIGNMENT-IV Theory Periods:20 9.CARBURETORS:08 9.2 Different adjustments and their purposes 10. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMS: (12) 10.1 Fuel feed system in motor vehicles its layout 4 10.2 Study of diesel fuel supply (04) 10.3 FIP timing (04) Practical Periods: 22 8. CARBURETORS: (10) 8.1 Studying flow circuit in carburetors 9.FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM: (11) 9.1Simple repairs in fuel feed system overhauling of petrol pump, carburetors fuel filters and air cleaners. PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: 08 10.4 Engine idling speed adjustment (02) 10.5 Study of LPG & CNG driving vehicles (02) 10.6 Study of Air conditioning (04)
March 2017 22
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017
January 2017 23 20 22
UNIT TEST –III ASSIGNMENT-IV Theory Periods: 20 8. Flow of steam through nozzles convergent nozzle Divergent Nozzle (10) 9. STEMTURBINES: (10) 9.1 working principle of reaction turbines with line diagrams Practical periods: 22 12. TURBINES: (10) 12.1 Study of turbines (10) 13. Condensers: 13.1 study of condensers (05) 14. Industrial Visit (06)
UNIT TEST –III ASSIGNMENT-IV Theory Periods: 20 6. AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: 6.2 Window air conditioner (08) 6.3 Split air conditioner (08) 6.4 Packaged air conditioner (04) Practical Periods: 22 3.INDUSTRIAL VISIT: To cold storage plant (21)
PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: 08 7. SERVICING AND MANTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: (08) 7.1Trouble shooting of refrigeration and air (08) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017
251
BUILDING CONSTRUCTON AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the Course Building Construction and Maintenance Technician is to impart following skills in student. 1. Knowledge of plumbing tools, plumbing materials, fitting of water supply and sanitary items. 2. Preparation of building drawing. 3. Estimate the buildings works including water supply and sanitary works. 4. Acquire the skill in surveying of the field. 5. Acquire the knowledge of Auto cad. 6. Estimate of different types of Civil Engineering works.
252
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 BUILDING CONSTRUCTIO N AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN :: CO URSE CODE :: 315 :: FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Water Supply Engineering Theory Paper – I
Surveying Theory Theory Paper – II
Engineering Mechanics Theory Paper-III
Theory periods :23 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Importance and Necessity for planned water supplies(1) 1.2. Wholesome water(1) 1.3. Status of protected water supply in India(1) 1.4. Planning and Execution of Modern water supply schemes(2) 2.0. Water Demands 2.1. Various types of water Demands((1) 2.2. Per capita demand((1) 2.3. Factors affecting per capita demand((1) 2.4. Variations in demand((2) 2.5. Design Period((1) 2.6. Total requirement of water for a town or a city((2) 2.7. Population forecasting methods and problems(2) 3.0. Sources of water supply 3.1 Hydrological concepts(3) 3.2. Surface sources(3) 3.3. Sub surface sources(2)
Theory periods :23 1.0.Introduction 1.1. Concept of surveying(3) 1.2. Purpose of surveying(3) 1.3. linear and angular measurements(3) 1.4. Classification of surveying.(1) 1.5. Reconnaissance, preliminary location survey, final location survey(3) 2.0. Chain Surveying 2.1. Purpose and principle of chain survey(2) 2.2. Equipments used and their function - chains, arrows, tapes - ranging rods pegs -plumb bob cross staff(1) 2.3.Conventional signs.(1) 2.4. Errors in chaining –(2) 2.5. Corrections due to incorrect length of chain or tape.(2) 2.6. Types of survey lines(1) 2.6.1. Base line 2.6.2. Tie line 2.6.3. Check line 2.7. Fixing of survey stations(1)
Theory periods :23 1.0. Systems of Measurements and Units-07 1.1. S.I. and M.K.S. System(2) 1.2. F.P.S. System(1) 1.3. Fundamental and Derived units(2) 1.4. Units of Physical quantities used in Civil Engineering like length, area, volume, mass, force(2) 2.0. Forces and Moments 2.1. Definition of Force, Moment, Resultant, Equilibrant and Moment of a couple(5) 2.2. Resultant of forces at a point, parallelogram law, Triangle law of forces, polygon law of forces(5) 2.3. Distinguish between scalar and vector quantities, co-planar and non-co-planar forces, parallel and non-parallel forces, like and unlike forces(6)
253
July 2016 23 20 19
Civil Engineering Lab ( Practical Paper I) Practical Periods :21 Collection of samples, sample preservation (2) 1.Prepare standard solution of Na2 Co3(6) 2.Determine the normality of Hydrochlore acid present in given solution(6) 3.Determine the Hardness of a given sample of water(3) 4. Determine the concentration of free chlorine available in water(4)
Surveying Practice (Practical Paper II) Practical periods: 21 Practicing unfolding and folding of chain (2) Ranging practice, direct and indirect ranging ( 4) 1.Determine area of the given field by the method of Chain Triangulation(6) 2. Determine area of the given field by conducting Cross-Staff Survey.(9)
ASSIGNMENT - I Theory periods :20 3.0. Sources of water supply 3.4. Intakes for collecting surface water, definitions and general introduction(2) 4.0. Quality of water 4.1. General Introduction(1)
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory periods :20 2.0. Chain Surveying 2.8. Types of survey stations.(3) 2.9. Different operations in chain surveying chaining – ranging setting out right angles chaining on sloped ground.(4)
Engineering Drawing (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 Drawing instruments and uses (1) Scales, reduced and enlarged scales, sheet sizes ( 2) (a) What are the recommended size of letters and numbers (2) (b) State the object of drawings (1) (c) Print the following in single stroke lettering of given size 12mm.(1) “Vocational Education” (d) Mention the system of dimensioning.(1) (e) State the aligned system of dimensioning 1) (a) Draw an Isometric scale (1) (b) What is an Isometric projection (1) (c) Draw an Isometric projection of a rectangle (d) State the difference between isometric view and isometric projection. (1) (a) Where do you keep object in first angle projection (b) Draw a Projection of point “A” above HP and in front of VP. (1) (c) Where do you keep the object in third angle protection (1) (d) What is the meaning of orthographic projection (2) (e) Draw a projection of line length 70 mm parallel to both H.P and V.P. (1) ASSIGNMENT - I Theory periods :20 2.0. Forces and Moments-07 2.4. Conditions of Equilibrium of rigid bodies(3) 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.1. Definition - Centroid, First moment of 254
4.2. Characteristics of Water(4) 4.3. Water Borne Diseases(1) 4.4. Drinking water standards(2) 5.0. Treatment of Water 1. General Introduction(3) 5.2. Treatment unit flow diagram(3)
Practical Periods: 23 5.Determine of PH of a given sample(4) 6. Determine the conductivity of a given sample(6) 7. Determine the Dissolved Oxygen content in the given sample(6) 8. Determine the total solids present in the water sample(7)
August 2016 24 23 24
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory periods :23 5.0. Treatment of Water 5.3. Screening(3) 5.4. Sedimentation(4) 5.5. Filtration(4) 5.6. Disinfection(4) 5.7. Defluoridation - by Nalgonda technique(4) 6.0. Distribution System-1 6.1. General Introduction(1)
2.10. Principles used in chain Triangulation.(4) 2.11. Recording field notes - field book conventional signs.(4) 2.12. Obstacles in chain surveying.(4) 2.13. Calculation of Areas - Average Ordinate, Simpson, Trapezoidal methods(3) 3.0. Compass Surveying-1 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey description, use and working of prismatic compass.(1) Practical Periods: 23 3. Find the bearings of given station points and calculate their included angles.(11) 4. Conduct a Compass Survey along the closed traverse and plot the traverse.(12)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory periods :23 3.0. Compass Surveying 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey description, use and working of prismatic compass.(4) 3.2. Concept of true meridian - magnetic meridian – Arbitrary meridian.(4) 3.3. Bearing - Representation of Bearing WCB, Quadrantal Bearing. Conversion of whole circle bearing to quadrantal bearing.(4)
area, moment of inertia, Radius of gyration(3) 3.2. Position of centroid of Rectangle, triangle, circle, semi circle.(5) 3.3. Determine position of centroids of simple built up sections made of rectangle, triangle, circle, semi-circle.(5)
Practical Periods: 23 (a) Identify and list of various input device.(1) (b) Identify and list of various output device.(1) (c) Write different window accessories(2) (d) Write any four uses of computer(2) (e) Write the components of computer (2) (a) Define Hardware and Software (2) (b) What is an Icon.(2) (c) How do you create new document in MS Word.(3) (d) What are the various types of storage devices (2) Inscribe a regular pentagon in given circle of a radius 50 mm.(6) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory periods :23 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.4. Determine M.I. of simple and built-up sections by applying perpendicular axes theorem(4) 3.5. Radius of gyration, polar M.I. of solid and hollow circular sections(5) 4.0. Simple stresses and strains-11 4.1. Stress and strain - tensile, compressive and shear(5) 255
3.4.Compass traversing in field.(4) 3.5.Local attraction - detecting and correcting bearings.(4)
September 2016 22 20 18
Practical Periods: 24 9. Determine the concentration of total solids in a given water sample(3) 10. Determine the chemical oxygen demand of a given sample(5) 11. Connecting given length of pipe line using coupling, T-ee and Union(5) 12. Perform connection for a given length of pipe using following specials reducer, Elbow 5 ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory periods :20 6.0. Distribution System-20 6.1. General Introduction(5) 6.2. Requirements of a good distribution system(5) 6.3. Layouts of Distribution Networks(5) 6.4. Systems of Distribution(5)
Practical Periods: 24 5. Find the Reduced Levels of the given points using Levelling instrument. Take Bench Mark as 100.000m(10) 6. Find the Reduced Levels of the given points involving atleast one point lying above the line of collimation(9)
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory periods :20 3.0.Compass Surveying 3.6. Calculation of included angles in compass traverse.(2) 3.7. Errors in compass surveying - natural and instrumental.(2) 4.0. Levelling 4.1. Purpose of Levelling - Definition of terms, level surface, datum bench marks, types of bench marks.(5) 4.2. Types of levelling instruments - dumpy level - component parts. - Relationship between fundamental lines of instrument.(5) 4.3. Types of Levelling staves - description.(6) Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 13. Perform the cutting and threading of a 7. Determine the Horizontal Angle between the given G.I pipe / PVC /with diset (4) given points by Repetition 14. Prepare pipe line in Bath Room with joints method using Theodolite.(10) and turns(5) 8. Determine the Horizontal Angle between the 15. Find out leakages in water supply given points by connections and their Repairing.(5) Reiteration method using Theodolite.(9)
4.2. Mechanical properties of materials elasticity, plasticity, ductility,brittleness, malleability, stiffness, hardness, fatigue(6) Practical Periods: 24 7. Inscribe a regular heptagon in given circle of radius 60 mm.(7) 8. Inscribe a regular hexagon in a given circle of radius 30 mm.(7) 9. Construct an Ellipse by concentric circles method major axis as 120 mm and minor axis 60 mm.(5) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory periods :20 4.0.Simple stresses and strains 4.3. Stress-strain curves for ductile materials Mild steel, elastic limit, yield point, ultimate stress breaking stress, working stress, factor of safety. ,(6) 4.4. Hooke's Law - Youngs modulus of elasticity, deformation under axial load(6) 4.5. Longitudinal and lateral strain - poisson's ratio - Bulk modulus,relationship between elastic constants. (proof not required)(5) 5.0. Columns-03 5.1. Effective Lengths for different end conditions.(3) Practical Periods: 18 10. Draw a parabola hyperbola through and axis height of 60 mm by rectangular method.(8) 11. Draw a rectangular hyperbola through a point “Q” which is at distance 40mm from “OY” and 60mm from “OX”.(7) 12. Draw a projections of following points on 256
16. Assemble the Hand pump connections(5)
Oct 2016 15 12 14
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory periods :12 6.0. Distribution System 6.5. Pumps(4) 7.0. Appurtenances in the distribution system-8 7.1. Understand the various appurtenances in a distribution system(2) Uses of sluices valve, air valve, drain valve, water meter, fire hydrants ( 6)
Practical Periods: 14 17. Assemble the connections of electric Heaters in building(4) 18. Prepare half lap joint of the given wooden piece(3) 19. Prepare Dovetail joint of the given wooden piece(3) 20. Prepare Tenon joint of with given wooden(4)
November 2016/24 OJT
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory periods :12 4.0. Levelling 4.4. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level.(3) 4.5. Field work - field book - reduction of levels by height of collimation method. Rise and fall method.(3) 4.6. Errors due to curvature and refraction – corrections(3) 5.0. Theodolite Surveying 5.1. Principles of Theodolite Surveying component parts, technical terms - temporary Adjustments(3) Practical Periods: 14 9. Measure the Vertical Angle of a given point with respect to the instrument station and other given point by using Transit Theodolite.(14)
same ground (a) is 40 mm above HP and 25 mm in front of VP. (b) “B” is in the HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(4) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory periods :12 5.0.Columns 5.2. Columns – Long and Short Columns – Comparison(2). 5.3. Slenderness ratio of a column – Rectangular , Square, I , Circular Sections(3). 5.4. Load carrying capacity by Euler’s and Rankines Formula.- Simple Problems(4) 6.0. Shear Force and Bending Moment 6.1. Types of beams - cantilevers, simply supported, over hanging -fixed and continuous beams(3) Practical Periods: 14 13. Draw a projection of the following points on same ground (a) “A” is 30 mm below of HP and 25 MM behind the VP. (b) “B” is 40 mm below the HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(4) 14. A line PQ 80mm long is in the HP and make an angle 45, with the VP. Its end 25mm behind VP. Draw projections.(5) 15. A line PQ 75mm long is parallel to both HP and VP and 30mm above HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(5) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre.
257
December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
February 2017 22 17 21
Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory periods :20 Theory periods :20 Theory periods :20 7.0. Appurtenances in the distribution 5. 0.Theodolite Surveying 6.0.Shear Force and Bending Moment 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal angles by 6.2. Calculation of S.F. and B.M. values at system-2 7.2. Use of(7.2.6—7.2.7)-(2) repetition method and reiteration method, different sections for cantilevers, simply supported 8.0. Water supply plumbing systems in vertical angle.(10) 5.3. Determination of heights and distances(10) beams, over hanging beams under point loads buildings and Houses 8.1. Plumbing System in Water Supplies(2) and uniformly distributed loads - position and 6.0. Total Station & Dastomate 8.2. The House Water Connection(2) 6.1.Total Station - Parts and the functions- significance of points of contraflexure(22) 8.3. Stop Cocks(2) Adjustments of total station for taking 8.4. Water taps and Bib cocks(2) observations.(2) 8.5. Pipe fittings(2) 8.6. Storage of water in buildings(2) 8.7. Water piping systems in building(4) 9.0. Rainwater Harvesting-3 9.1. Rain water Harvesting structures into the ground(3) Practical Periods :18 Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 21. Perform the connection of one lamp 10. Determine the Height of a given object by 16. Draw the front view, top view, side view of controlled by a single switch(4) measuring Vertical Angle figure shown(6) 22. Make L shape job by using M.S.Flate(4) using Transit Theodolite.(18) 17. Draw the front view, top view, side view of 23. Make the connection of stair case the given figure .(6)18. Draw an Isometric view wiring.(5) of circle diameter 80 mm.(6) 24. To prepare earthing in house wiring.(5) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory periods :17 Theory periods :17 Theory periods :17 9.0. Rainwater Harvesting 6.0. Total Station & Dastomate 6.0.Shear Force and Bending Moment 9.2. Rain water directed to Service wells(1) 6.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope 6.3. Relation between rate of loading, S.F. and 9.3. Rain water harvesting by percolation pit distance, Difference in Height between two B.M. - drawing S.F. and B.M. diagrams method(1) points.(2) Location 6.3. Elevation of a Point.(2) of points of contraflexure(7) 10.0 Liquids and Their Properties-5 10.1. Mass Density – Specific Weight – 6.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two 7.0.Graphic Statics Specific Gravity(2) stations.(2) 7.1. Representation of forces graphically, bows 258
March 2017/22
10.2. Adhesion – Cohesion – Surface Tension – Capillarity – Compressibility(2) 10.3. Dynamic Viscosity – Vapour Pressure(1) 11.0.Pressure Head and Measurement 11.1. Atmospheric Pressure – Gauge Pressure – Absolute Pressure(2) 11.2. Pressure Measuring Instruments Piezometer – Manometer and Differential Manometer(2) 11.3. Pressure Head – Datum Head and Kinetic Head(2) 11.4. Bernoullis Theorm(2) 11.5. Water Hammer(2) Practical Periods :21 25. To conduct tension test on the given steel specimen(6) 26. To perform torsion test on mild steel specimen for finding out the modulus of rigidity(7) 27. To Determine the characteristics compressive strength of given wooden piece(8)
6.5. Setting out right angles at different points on a base line.(2) 6.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground.(2) 6.7. Prolonging a straight line.(2) 6.8. Area of a closed Traverse.(2) 6.9. Earth work calculation.(2) 6.10. Distomats(1) 6.10.1. Distomat DI 1000.
notation(2) 7.2. Parallelogram law of forces, resultant and equilibriants(2) 7.3. Graphical Method of determination of centre of gravity for I,L,T Sections(3) 7.4. Drawing SFD and BMD by graphical method for SSB and cantilever beams(3)
Practical Periods :21 11. Measure the Horizontal Angle and Distance between given Two Stations using Total Station.(10) 12. Measure the area of a closed traverse using Total station.(11)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Practical Periods :21 19. Draw an Isometric view of a given box .(5) 20. Draw an Isometric view of a regular Hexagon whose side 40 mm.(4) 21. Draw an Isometric view from the following orthographic views.(4) 22. Create soft copy using MS word with assume own statical data.(4) 23. Create soft copy using MS Excel with assume own statical data.(4) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Revision/IPE 2017
Revision/IPE 2017
Revision/IPE 2017
259
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 BUILDING CONSTRUC TIO N AND MAINTENANCE TECH NICIAN: COURS E CODE: 315 S ECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Environmental Engineering Theory Paper – I
Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Objects of providing sewerage works(1) 1.2. Definition of terms - Sullage, Sewage, sewer and sewerage(1) 1.3. Classification of sewage(1) 1.4. Systems of sewage disposal(1) 1.5. Types of sewerage systems and their suitability separate, combined and partially separate systems(1) 2.0. Quantity of Sewage 2.1. Quantity of discharge in sewers, dry weather flow, variability flow 2.2. Determination of storm water flow 2.3. Surface drainage - requirements, shapes, laying and construction 3.0. Sewerage systems 3.1. Different shapes of cross section for sewers, circular and noncircular, merits and demerits 3.2. Brief description and choice of types of sewers - stoneware, cast Iron, cement concrete and A.C. pipes 3.3. Laying of Sewers - setting out alignment of a sewer, excavation, checking the gradient, preparation of bedding, handling, lowering,
Building Materials And Maintenance Theory Paper – II
Theory Periods: 22 1.Stones 1.1. Classification of rocks 1.1.1 Geological Classification 1.1.2.Physical Classification 1.2. Uses of Stones 1.3 Requirements of good building stones 1.4. Characteristics of stones - Granite, Sand Stone, lime Stone and marble 1.5. Selection of Stones and marble 1.6. Artificial Stones 1.7. Introduction of aggregate - grading of aggregates 2. Bricks 2.1. Definition - Composition of good brick earth – Manufacturing process 2.2. Classification of bricks 2.3. Properties of bricks 2.4. Special types of bricks and their uses 2.5. Grade of bricks as per B.I.S. 3. Cement 3.1. Definition - Composition of ordinary portland cement – Functions of cement, ingredients(2) 3.2. Different types of cements(2)
Estimating And Costing Theory Paper-III
Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Definition – Purpose – Data required for estimation 1.2. Types of estimates 1.2.1. Detailed Estimate - Abstract estimate Definitions - formats for detailed and abstract estimates 1.2.2. Preliminary estimate or Approximate estimate - plinth area estimate - cubic rate estimate 1.3. Units of measurement of various Items of work as per IS Code 1200 2.0. Methods of Building Estimates 2.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of building using centre line method/long wall short wall method a) Single room building/b) Single room with verandah/c) Two rooms building/ d) Two rooms building with Varandah
260
July 2016 23 20 22
laying and jointing, testing and back filling 4.0. Sewer Appurtenances 4.1. Brief description, location, function and construction of 4.1.1. Manholes(1) 4.1.2. Drop Manholes(1) Civil Engineering Lab – II Civil Engineering Drawing Practical Paper – I Practical Paper - II Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 23 1.Construct layer of English bond of 230 mm 1. Draw the conventional signs of (i) Concrete brick masonry wall(9) (ii) Wood.(3) 2. Construct a C.R.S stone Masonry of 450 mm 2. Draw the conventional signs of (i) Gas (ii) thick wall(14) Brick Masonry(3) 3. Draw the Panel door of sizes 1.00 x 2.00 m.(3) 4. Draw a neat sketch of glass window size 1.20 m x 1.20 m.(3) 5. Draw cross section of R.R. Masonry foundation (specify the sizes of the parts).(4) 6. Draw a neat sketch of rectangular column footing of size 1.20 m x1.50 m (Specify the sizes of the parts (7) ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 4.0.Sewer Appurtenances 3. Cement 4.1.3. Street inlets(1) 3.3. Grades of cement (33, 43 and 53)(1) 4.1.4. Catch basins(1) 3.4. General Uses of Cement(1) 4.1.5. Flushing tanks(1) 3.5. Admixtures – uses(1) 4.1.6. Regulators(2) 3.6. Lime as basic ingredient of cement 4.1.7. Inverted siphon importance of lime in construction 4.2. Necessity of pumping sewage - location and classification of lime component parts of pumping station(3) - Fat, Hydraulic and poor lime - modern usage of lime as cement.(2) 5.0.Sewage Characteristics 5.1. Strength of sewage, sampling of sewage, 4. Sand characteristics of sewage, physical, chemical and 4.1. Sources of sand biological 4.2. Characteristics of good sand 5.2. Analysis of Sewage - significance of the 4.3. Grading of sand/4.4. Bulking of sand
CADD LAB Practical Paper - III Practical Periods: 23 1. Set the limits of given drawing sheet. 2. Draw the given figure by line command. 3. Draw a circle in different methods. 4. Draw a ellipse. 5. Draw a polygon. 6. Modify the given figure by using modify commands. 7. Draw a rectangle with chamfer/fillet
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods: 20 2.0. Methods of Building Estimates 2.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of building using centre line method/long wall short wall method e) Single bedroom house including with RCC staircase f) Double bedroom house including with RCC staircase g) Compound wall and steps 3.0. Analysis of Rates 3.1. Definition – data required(2) 3.2. Factors effecting Rate Analysis(2) 261
following tests. 1. Solids, 2. C.O.D, 3. B.O.D, 4. PH- value, 5. Chlorides (No details of tests) 5.3. Characteristics of industrial waste water principles of treatment, reduction of volume, and strength of waste water 6.0.Sewage treatment and disposal 6.1. Preliminary treatment - Brief description and functions of the following units 1. Screens, 2.; Skimming tanks and 3. Grit chambers(4)
5. Mortar 5.1. Definition - Properties and uses of mortar 5.2. Types of mortar - Cement, Lime mortar 5.3. Preparation of cement mortar 6. Concrete 6.1. Definition - Constituents of concrete and their requirements(1) 6.2. Uses of Concrete - Types of Concrete(2) 6.3. Preparation of cement concrete - Hand mixing, Machine mixing and Ready mix concrete(2) 6.4. Compaction of concrete – Methods(2) Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 3. Determine the water absorption capacity of 7. Draw neat sketch of gully trap.(5) 8. Draw a figure with dimensions lines.(5) burnt clay building bricks(8) 8. Draw sections of P-Trap, Q-Trap, S-Trap(5) 9. Draw a figure hatch with different 4. Determine the bulking of sand(8) 9. Draw a rough sketch of Bath Room with patterns.(4) 5. Determine the fineness modulus of coarse conventional signs of fixtures.(5) 10. Draw a figure and copy, move, etc.(2) and fine aggregates by sieve analysis. (9) 10. Draw a neat sketch of two types of stair case 11. Print table by text command.(3) (not to scale)(5) 12. Draw a figure with different colors.(5) 11. Draw a neat sketch of W.C specify the 13. Draw a five types of lines.(2) sizes.(5) 14. Draw a donut, solid a given figures (4) ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. August Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. 2016/24 Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. OJT Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. September Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. 2016/22 OJT Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. October 2016/15 Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 262
2016 24 20 24
6.0.Sewage treatment and disposal 6.2. Primary treatment - Brief description and functions of plain sedimentation(5) 6.3. Secondary treatment - Brief description of 1. Trickling filters, 2. Activated sludge process.(3) 6.4. Septic tank(3) 6.5. Sewage disposal - dilution, disposal on to lands, groundwater recharge, reuse etc(4) 7.0. Solid Waste Management 7.1. Municipal, Industrial, Hazardous solid wastes, their characteristics, study of solid waste treatment systems (3) Practical Periods: 24 6. Determine the workability of mixed concrete buy compaction factor test. (7) 7. Determine the intial setting tome and final setting time of cement.(8) 8. Determine the workability of given by slump cone test. (8)
December 2016 23 20 24
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 7.0.Solid Waste Management Sources - collection methods - transportation disposal methods dumping, sanitary land fill, incineration composting – preparation(10) 8.0.Drainage and sanitation in Buildings 8.1. Aims of building drainage and its requirements - General layout of Sanitary fittings to a house, drainage arrangements for a
6. Concrete 6.5. Curing of concrete – Methods(2) 7. Timber-09 7.1. Common Varieties of Timber(2) 7.2. Defects in timber - Seasoning of timber(2) 7.3. Wood based products(2) 7.4. Characteristics of good timber(3) 8. Miscellaneous building Materials 8.1. Metals (1); 8.2. Plastics(1) 8.3. Asbestos - Uses of asbestos(1) 8.4. Adhesives - Uses of Adhesives(1) 8.5. Glass (1); 8.6. Thermocole(1) 8.7. Plaster of Paris(1) 8.8. Wall paper & 8.9. P.V.C (1) Practical Periods: 24 12. Draw a rough sketch of manhole(6) 13. Draw the bar bending schedule of reinforcement of slab of single room.(4) 14. Draw the cross section of T-Beam specify dimensions(6) 15. Draw plan, section of single room building (specify sizes).(4) 16. Draw plan, elevation of single room building (specify sizes(3) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 8. Miscellaneous building Materials 8.10. Bitumen and tar(1); 8.11. Fal-G Concrete(1) 9. Types of Buildings 9.1. Classification of building as per NBC(2) 9.2. Component parts of building(3) 10. Foundations 10.1. Definition - Functions of Foundation(1) 10.2. Classification of Soil(1)
3.0. Analysis of Rates 3.3. Cost of material at source and at site(3) 3.4. Standard Schedule of Rates (SSR) of different materials(4) 3.5. Types of Labour - Wages as per SSR(4) 3.6. Lead and lift - preparation of lead statement(4) 3.7. Preparation of unit rates for finished items of works using standard data & SSR(4)
Practical Periods: 24 15. Array the given object in two methods.(4) 16. Prepare a text document by MS Word.(4) 17. Create cell in MS Excel. (2) 18. Select different fonts and sizes print a sentence.(4); 19. Write a formulae to give cell in MS Excel.(3) ; 20. Set the cell height and enter the data.(3) ; 21. Construct a given figure in different colors and dimensions (specify the figures).(2) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 3.0.Analysis of Rates 3.8. Methods of claculating quantities of ingredients of various proportions of cement concrete(7) 4.0. Estimation of Open Drains and Roads 4.1. Estimation of open drain in rural area(4) 4.2. Estimation of earthwork by trapeziodal Rule(4) 4.3. Estimation of earthwork by prismoidal 263
single and multi storeyed buildings as per IS code of practice(2) 9.0. Rural water supply and sanitation 9.1. Disinfection of wells(1)
10.3. Types of foundations - Shallow and deep(2) 10.4. Bearing capacity of soil(2) 10.5. Requirements of good foundation(2) 10.6. Causes of failures of foundations and remedial measures(2) 11. Masonry 11.1. Stone Masonry - Definition - Material required for stone masonry - tools required types of masonry - rubble and ashlar masonry.(2) Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 9. Determine the normal consistency of cement 17. Draw the line diagram of double bed room of vicat needle method(10) with details and sizes.(5) 10. Perform connection of stone ware pipe from 18. Draw the cross section of two storied single water closet of septic tank.(6) room building specify the sizes.(7) 11. Perform the water supply connection in a 19. Draw the plan section of dog legged stair given room(7) case of 1.5 m x 3.6 m.(6) 20. Draw a neat sketch of over head tank and specify pipe Connections(5)
January 2017 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 8.0.Drainage and sanitation in Buildings 8.2. Sanitary fittings - traps, water closets, flushing cisterns, urinals, inspection chambers, antisiphonage inspection, testing and maintenance of sanitary fittings(9)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 11. Masonry 11.2. Brick masonry - Definition - Types of brick masonry – English and flemish bonds(4) 12. Maintenance Problems in Building and Their Solutions
method(4)
Practical Periods: 24 22. Construct a double room building plan/ section elevations in details.(4) 23. Draw a 2BHK building plan with all details in different colors / layers.(3) 24. Prepare site plan / lactation plan with information required.(3) 25. Draw a line diagram of columns, beams, foundations in different layers.(3) 26. Draw a isometric view of given figure (give fig).(3) 27. Draw the reinforcement details slab with Tbeam.(3) 28. Draw 1 BHK plan show water supply and sanitary connections.(2) 29. Draw a over head tank, show the pipe connections.(2) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 4.0. Estimation of Open Drains and Roads 4.4. Estimation of roads (abstract estimates) of—(3) a) Water bound Macadam Road b) Cement Concrete Road 264
9.0. Rural water supply and sanitation 9.1. Disinfection of wells(1) 9.2. Rural Sanitation and sanitary latrines, brief description and operational details of bio-gas plant using cow dung, night soil and agricultural waste(9) 10.0. Air pollution and Ecology 10.1. Definition - sources of air pollution effects of air pollution(1)
Practical Periods: 22 12. Perform the cold water distribution in a building and draw plan.(7) 13. Perform sanitation fittings in building and draw plan.(7) 14. Draw plan of rain water harvesting by percolation pit method and explain. (7)
February 2017 22 08
March 2017/22
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods: 08 10.0. Air pollution and Ecology-8 10.2. Control of air pollution - methods - air pollution control at source - zoning - installation of control devices and equipment(2) 10.3. Air pollution control by stacks and vegetation(2); 10.4. Environment - Biosphere Atmosphere - Acid rains, Greenhouse effect Ozone layer Depletion(2) 10.5. Ecology and Ecosystem - Components of Ecosystem flow of matter in an ecosystem(2) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision/IPE 2017
12.1. Definition – Objectives of Maintenance – Annual and Special (3) 12.2. Dampness in buildings at various locations – causes (3) ; 12.3. Treatment with standard water proofing chemicals (4) 12.4. Cracks in walls – causes and preventions 2 12.5. Types of floors – construction of cement concrete flore, mosaic floor, and marble floor(2) 12.5.1. Maintenance of floors – Settlement of floors – repairs (1) 12.5.2. Removal of stains (1) Practical Periods: 22 21. Draw a neat sketch of septic tank with pipe connections and specify the components parts.(7); 22. Draw a neat sketch of deep man hole and specify the components.(6) 23. Draw a neat sketch of reinforcement schedule of the roof slab of double room building.(5); 24.Draw a neat sketch of toilet block and show the drainage connections.(3) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods: 08 12. Maintenance Problems in Building and Their Solutions-08 12.6. Types of Roofs – Pitched roof - flat roof 12.6.1. Roofs – Leakages of Roofs – causes and repairs 12.6.2. Spalling of concrete 12.6.3. Corrosion of Reinforcement – repairs
5.0. Estimation of public health engineering works 5.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of a) Septic tank(17)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision/IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision/IPE 2017
Practical Periods: 22 30. Draw a layout of plots, show the drainage, roads etc.(4) 31. Prepare MS Word document for permission of work.(4); 32. Prepare a estimate in MSExcel.(5) 33. Prepare analysis of rate of any item in excel.(4); 34. Prepare table in MS Word for lead statement.(4) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods: 08 5.0. Estimation of public health engineering works-08 5.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of b) Estimation of quantity of sanitary pipes and pipe specials and fittings for a building from the plan of the building
265
COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY
Basic aim of the course COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY is to impart following skills in student.
1. Illustrate fashion figure skill fully. 2. Design garments. 3. Select appropriate fabrics for different garments. 4. Operate the industrial modern machines. 5. Stitch and finish a garment. 6. Assess the quality. 7. Finishing and packing. 8. Beautify garments with embroidery, painting, appliqué etc
266
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNO LOGY :: COURSE CODE:: 405 :: FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Principles of Garment Making Theory Paper-I
Theory Periods : 23 1. Terminology a) Fabric (01) b) Garment (01); c) Selvedge (01) d) Sloper (01); e) Bodice Block (01) f) Pattern (01) ; g) Commercial Pattern (01) h) Grain (01); i) Bias (01) 1.1 Tools and equipment a) Measuring tools (01) b) Marking Tools (01) c) Cutting Tools (01) d) Pressing Tools (01) 2. Sewing machines a) Types-domestic and industrial machines 1) b) Parts and Functions (02) c) Machine troubles-causes and remedies 4) d) Care of the sewing machine (03) Principles of Garment Making Practical Paper-1 Practical Periods: 21 1. Basic stitches 1.1 Temporary/ Basting stitches
Textile Science Theory Paper-II
Garment Construction Theory Paper-III
Theory Periods : 23 1. Classification & general properties of textile fibers a) Definition of terms-Staple (02) b) Filament (02) c) General properties Texture (01); Resiliency (01) Luster (01); Static electricity (02) Crimp and elasticity (02) d) Difference between Vegetable & Synthetic Fibres (04) 2. Manufacture & Properties of cellulose Fibres- cotton (08)
Theory Periods : 23 1. Taking body measurements a) Points to remember while takingbody measurements (06) b) Taking & recording measurements for different garments Children (06) Women (06) Men (05)
Textile Science Practical Paper-2 Practical Periods : 21 1. A. Identification of textile fibers a) Microscopic (07)
Garment Construction Practical Paper-3 Practical Periods : 21 1. Taking & recording Measurements a) Children (07) 267
July 2016 23 20 19
August 2016 24 23 24
a) Even (02; b) Uneven (02) Permanent stitchesc)running (03)/d) Back stitch (03) e) Run and back (02) f) Hemming stitch-Ordinary (04) g) slip (03); h) Knotted (02) ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods: 20 3. Pattern making a) Draping (04) b) Drafting (04) c) Flat-pattern (04) d) Contents of paper patterns (04) e) Merits & demerits (02) f) Uses of paper patterns (02) Practical Periods : 19 2. Seams and seam finishes a) Plain Seams (02); b) French seam (03) c) Run and fell seam (03) d) Lapped seam (03) 2.1 Seam finishes a) Pinked finish (02); b) Edge stitch (02); c) Double stitch finish(02); d) Herring bone stitch finish(02) ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I Theory Periods : 23 4. Preparation of material for cutting a) Strengthening of fabric grain (02) b) Off grain (02); c) Pre-shrinking (01) d) Pressing of material (01) 5. Seams and seam finishes a) Plain seam (01); b) French seam (02) c) Run and fell (02); d) Lapped (02) e) Slot seam (02) 5.1 Seam finishes
b) Visual (07) c) Burning test (07)
ASSIGNMENT - 1 Theory Periods : 20 3. Manufacture & properties of protein fibers a) Silk (05) b) Wool (05) 4. Manufactured fibers a) Rayon (05) b) Polyester (05) Practical Periods : 19 2. Yarn a) Identifying types of yarn (10) b) Measuring cloth count (09)
ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I Theory Periods : 23 5. Spinning a) Mechanical (03) b) Chemical (03) 5.1 Yarns Classification of yarns a) Types of yarns (02); b) Twist in yarns (02) c) Balance of cloth (02) d) Yarn count (02); e) Novelty yarns (02) 6. Fabric construction methods
b) Women (07) c) Men (07)
ASSIGNMENT – 1 Theory Periods : 20 2. Study on different types of material Available in the market for Children’s garments. a) Brocade (03); b) Chiffon (03) c) Corduroy (03); d) Crape (03); e) Georgette (03); f) Woven fabric (03) g) Knitted fabric (02) Practical Periods : 19 2. Drafting, cutting and stitching, fabric estimation of Jhangia (10) 3. Drafting, cutting and stitching, Fabric estimation of Jabla (09)
ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST – I Theory Periods : 23 3. Selection of material for various Garments a) Jhangia (05) b) Jabla (04) c) Romper (05) d) A-line frock (04) e) Baby frock with bib (05)
268
September 2016 22 20 18
a) Pinked (02) ; b) Edge stitch (02) c) Double stitch (02) d) Herring bone stitch seam finish (02) Practical Periods : 24 3. Neck line finishes a) Bias (01) b) Joining of bias (03) c) Stay stitching (04) d) Facing- bias (05) e) Fitted facing (05) f) Binding- Single, Double (06) ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods: 20 6. Fullness in garment Darts a) Single Dart (02) b) Double dart (02); c) Tucks-pin (02); d) Plain (02) e) Cross (01); f) Pleats-Knife (02) g) Box (02) ; h) Inverted box (02) i) Gathers (02); j) Shirring (01); k) Flare (01); l) Godet (01) Practical Periods : 18 4. Fullness in garments a) Single Dart (02) b) Double Dart (02) c) Tucks- pin (02) d) Plain (02) e) Cross pleats (02) f) Knife (02); g) Box (01) h) Inverted Box (01) i) Pinch (02); j) Gathers (01) k) Ruffles – Single & Double (01) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III
a) Weaving (03) b) Knitting (02); c) Non woven (02) Practical Periods : 24 3. Preparation of weaves a) Basic weaves and their variations (24)
Practical Periods : 24 4. a)Drafting of Romper (05) b) Cutting of Romper (05) c) Stitching of Romper (09) d) Estimation of Romper (05)
ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods: 20 7. Looms a) Steps in weaving (04) b) Weaving process (03) c) Kinds of weaves d) Plain weave & its variations (04) e) Twill (03) f) Satin (03) g) Examples of fabrics with such weaves(03) Practical Periods: 18 4. Identification of fabrics and weaves a) Poplin (01) b) Satin (01) c) Voile (02) d) Chiffon (02) e) Crepe (02) f) Rayon (02) g) Terricot (02) h) Ruby (02); i) Blended fabrics (02) j) Wool (02) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III
ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods: 20 4. Clothing selection a) Factors influencing selection of clothing according to age (05) b) Occasion (03) c) Figure type (04) d) Fashion (04) e) Colour (04)
Practical Periods: 18 5. a) Drafting of A-line frock (05) b) Cutting of A-line frock (05) c) Stitching of A-line frock (05) d) Fabric estimation of A-line frock (03)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III 269
October 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
Theory Periods: 12 7. Placket Opening a) Standards of good placket (02) b) Tailored placket (02) c) Zipper Placket (02) d) Narrow Bound Placket (02) e) Placket for kalidar kurta (02) f) Selection & choice of plackets on various garments (02) Practical Periods: 14 5. Plackets and openings a) Continuous Wrap opening (04) b) Two piece placket (05) c) Bound (05)
Theory Periods: 12 8. Stains a) Definition (02) b) Classification (04) c) Types of stains (02) d) General rules to be observed in removal of stains on various fabrics (04)
Theory Periods: 12 5. Preparation of material for cutting a) Marking (04) b) Different layouts (04) c) Different methods of marking & laying a fabric and cutting (04)
Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 5. Stain removal 6. Drafting, cutting, stitching and Removing the following stains on Fabric estimation of baby a) Cotton- Ballpen (02) Frock (07) b) Ink (01); c) Rust (01) 7. Drafting basic bodice block and d) Halide (01); e) Blood (01) Sleeve block for a child (07) f) Coffee/Tea (01); g) Scorch (01) h) Paint (01); i) Oil (01); j) Curry (02); k) Pan (02) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods : (20) Theory Periods: (20) Theory Periods : 20 Finishes: Neckline Finishes: Revision Facings-Fitted and DecorativeCalendaring, Singeing, Tentering;Chemical Binding-Single and Double. finish- Mercerising,Bleaching Practical Periods: (18) Practical Periods: (18) Practical Periods : 18 Fasteners: Collection of finished samples: Characteristics of Well Finished Garment: 270
February 2017 22 16 20
March 2017/22
Buttons and button holes, Shank, buttons, Press buttons, Hooks and eyes PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: (16)
Collect finishes, identifying and analyse any ten samples PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods : (16) Revision
Ease, Line, Grain, Set, Balance.
Practical Periods: (20) Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II
Practical Periods: (20) Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II
Practical Periods : 20 Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II
REVISION/ IPE EXAMINATION 2017
REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017
REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017
Fasteners: Buttons and Button Holes, Shank Buttons, Metal buttons, Zippers, Hooks and Eyes, Velcro
PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods : 16 Costing of all garments
271
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNO LOGY :: COURSE CODE : 405 :: SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
July 2016 23 20 22
Apparel Manufacture Theory Paper-I
Theory Periods: 22 1. Adaptation of Basic Sleeve: Adaptation of basic sleeve into different Sleeve types a) Puff sleeve variation (04) b) Bell sleeve (04) c) Bishop sleeve (04) d) Leg-O-Mutton (04) e) Kimono sleeve (03) f) Raglan sleeve (03) Apparel Manufacture Practical Paper-1 Practical Periods: 23 1. Sleeves: a) Drafting of plain sleeve (11) b) Adaptation of plain sleeve to Puff sleeve (12)
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods: 20 2. Creating Design variety a) Methods of creating variety in designing (05) b) Collar (05)
Fabric Embellishment Theory Paper-II
Theory Periods : 22 1. Embroidery Stitches: a) Stem stitch (03) b) Chain stitch (03) c) Feather stitch (03) d) Satin (03) e) Button Hole (03) f) Fishbone (03) g) Couching (02) h) Herring bone (02) Fabric Embellishment Practical Paper-2 Practical Periods: 23 1. Embroidery Stitches a) Stem stitch (03); b) Chain stitch (03) c) Twisted Chain (03) d) Magic chain (02); e) Double chain (02) f) Open Chain (02); g) Feather stitch (02) h) Satin stitch (02); i) Long and short stitch (02) j) Button Hole (02) ASSIGNMENT - 1 Theory Periods: 20 1. a) Rumanian stitch (03) b) French knot (03); c) Double knot (03) d) Bullion knot (03); e) Seed stitch (03)
Apparel & Fashion Designing Theory Paper-III
Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction to design elements: a) Line (05) b) Form (06) c) Colour (06) d) Texture (05)
Apparel & Fashion Designing Practical Paper-3 Practical Periods : 23 1. Principles of Designing a) Designing Garments (05) b) Principles and elements of design (06) c) Line (04) d) Form (04) e) Colour (04) ASSIGNMENT - 1 Theory Periods: 20 2. Principles of Design a) Harmony (04) b) Balance (04); c) Rhythm (04); 272
c) Yokes (05); d) Pockets (05)
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
f) Pekinese stitch (03); g) Fly (02)
d) Emphasis (04); e) Proportion (04)
Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods : 22 1. Variation of sleeves 1. a) Fishbone (03) 2. a) Texture (04) a) Bell sleeve (03) b) Couching (01) b) Harmony (03) b) Kimono sleeve (03) c) Herring bone (03) c) Balance (03) c) Raglan sleeve (03) d) French knot (03) d) Rhythm (04) d) Leg-O-Mutton (04) e) Double knot (03) e) Emphasis (04) e) Stitching samples of set-in sleeve (03) f) Bullion knot (03) f) Proportion (04) f) Stitching samples of Raglan sleeve (03) g) Seed stitch (02) g) Stitching samples of Kimono sleeve (03) h) Pekinese stitch (02); i) Fly (02) ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods: 20 3. Grading: 2. Study of handling different types of 3. Colour a) Introduction to Grading (02) a) Hue (04) fabrics b) Grading principles (02) a) Crepe (02); b) Felt (02) b) Value (04) c) Methods of Grading (03) c) Lace (02); d) Metallic fabrics (02) c) Intensity (04) d) Grading machine (06) e) Jersey pile fabrics (02) d) Prang Colour chart (08) 4. Commercial Sewing machines f) Plastic fabrics (02); g) Sheer fabrics (02) a) Types of machines (02) h) Synthetic fabrics (03) b) Features (02) i) Finished fabrics (03) c) Uses (02) 273
December 2016 23 20 24
Practical Periods: 24 2. Collars a) Developing a bodice block (04) b) Drafting (04) c) Cutting and stitching (04) d) Peter pan collar (04) e) Mandarin (04) f) Sailor collar (04) ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods: 20 5. Production process in industry a) Collecting materials for production (01) b) Laying (02); c) Making (01) d) Cutting (01); e) Stitching (01) f) Finishing (02); g) Checking (03) h) Laundering (03); i) Pressing (03) j) Packaging (03) Practical Periods: 24 3. Pockets Cutting and Stitching: a) Cutting and Stitching of Patch pocket (08) b) Cutting and Stitching of Bound pocket (08) c) Cutting and Stitching of pocket in a seam(08)
January 2017 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods: 20 6. Apparel industry terminology a) Costume (02) b) Ethnic (02); c) Apparel (02) d) Boutique (02); e) Classic (02); f) Fad (02); g) Silhouette (02)
Practical Periods: 24 2. Fabric painting a) Handling brushes for various strokes(04) b) Types of strokes (05) c) Filling (05) d) Shading (05) e) Dry and wet techniques (05) ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods: 20 3. Fabric painting a) Tools used (01) b) Types of paints (02) c) Types of brushes (02) d) Techniques used (02) e) Strokes (04) f) Filling (03); g) Shading (03) h) Dry and wet techniques (03) Practical Periods: 23 3. a) Patch work (05) b) Applique work (06) c) Types (06) d) Quilting (07)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods : 20 4.Patch Work, Applique Work and Quilting a) Patch Work (03) b) Plain (03) c) Printed (03) d)Quilting(03)
Practical Periods: 24 2. a) Colour (06) b) Prang colour chart (06) c) Colour harmonies (06) d) Application in garments (06)
ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods: 20 3. Colour contd f) Colour Harmonies (06) g) Colour expression (04) h) Warm and cool colours (05) i) Effect of colours (05)
Practical Periods: 24 3. a) Design development (03) b) Basic drawing of fashion (04) c) Details (03) d) Neck lines (04) e) Collar variation (03) f) Sleeve variation (03) g) Incorporating the developed details in garments (04) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods: 20 4. Basic Principles of Fashion Designing a) Factors to be considered in drawing dress designs for women and children(05) b) Structural Line(05) 274
February 2017 22 08
h) Comouflage (01); i) Courtier (01) j) Adaptation (01); k) Custom Made (01) l) Display (01) m) Accessories (01) Practical Periods: 22 4. Womens Wear a) Drafting(04) b) Cutting and Stitching of Saree Petticoat(02) c) Saree Blouse (05); d)Kameez(03) e)Salwar or Chudidar Pyjama(03) 5. Material Requirement and Costing a) Calculating the material Requirement for different Garments (04) b) Calculating the cost of Finished Garments (03) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I Theory Periods: 08 7. Quality Control a)Importance of quality control in garment industry (04) b)Specifications and Quality Control (04)
Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-II March 2017/22
REVISION / IPE 2017
e)Material used for filling(03) f)Stitches used for Patch Work, Applique Work and Quilting(05) Practical Periods: 22 4. Traditional Textiles a) Kantha Work(03) b) Cut Work(03) c) Kashmiri embroidery (03) d) Lucknow Work (03) e) Mirror Work (04) f) Kasuti of Karnataka Work (03) g)Stitches Used (03)
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I Theory Periods : 08 5.Study of traditional embroidered textiles of India a) Kantha Work (01) b) Phulkari Work (02) c) Kashmiri Embroidery (02) d) Lucknow Work (01) e) Mirror Work (01) f) Kasuti Work (01) Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-II REVISION / IPE 2017
c) Choosing a right fabric for different types of figures(05) d)Selecting Style lines for different types of figures(05) Practical Periods: 22 4. a)Accessory Designing(03) b)Hats(03) c)Shoes(03) d)Hand Bags(03) e)Jewellery(03) 5. Basic Knowledge of Fashion Designing in Computers(07)
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I Theory Periods: 08 5. Accessories used in Fashion Designing a) Hats (01) b) Bags (01) c) Shoes (02) d) Scarfs (01) e) Belts (02) f) Jewellery (01) Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-II REVISION / IPE 2017
275
FASHION AND GARMENT MAKING Basic aim of the course FASHION AND GARMENT MAKING is to impart the following skills in student. 1) Illustrate fashion figures skill fully. 2) Design garment which are functional and decorative. 3) Know to select appropriate fabrics suited to the design of the garment with special reference to color, Texture and design of fabric. 4) Operate industrial modern machines. 5) Stitch and finish garment. 6) Quality assessment 7) Finishing and packaging.
276
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 FASH ION GARMENT MAK ING:: COURSE CODE:: 406 :: FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Fundamentals of Garment Construction (Theory Paper –I)
Fundamentals of Textile Theory (Theory Paper –II)
Theory Periods: 23 1. Sewing equipment and tools a) Measuring (01); b) Marking (01) c) Cutting (01); d) General tools (01) e) Pressing tools (01) f) Selection (01); g) Use and care (01) 2. Sewing machines a) Types of sewing machines (01) b) Domestic models (02) c) Parts and Functions (02) d) Threading of machine (01) e) Machine adjustments (01) f) Stitch length (01); g) Tension (01) h) Changing the needle (01) i) Minor defects (01); j) Repair (01) k) Care of the sewing machine (02) l) Cleaning (01); m) Oiling (01)
Theory Periods : 23 1. Textile terms and definitions a) Fiber (01); b) Yarn (01) c) Filament (01); d) Staple (01) e) Count (01); f) Denier (01) g) Thermoplastic (01) h) Elasticity (01); i) Hydrophilic (01) j) Hydrophobic (01); k) Elongation (01) l) Absorbency (01); m) Luster (01) n) Heat (01); o) Sensitivity (01) p) Solubility, Resiliency, Cohesiveness (01) 2.Classification of Fibers: a) Natural (01); b) Vegetable (01) c) Animal (01); d) Mineral (01) e) Manmade Cellulosic (01) f) Synthetic Fibers (01) g) Classification by length, staple, Filament (01) Fundamentals of Textile Theory (Practical Paper –II) Practical Periods: 21 1. A. Identification of textile fibers a) Microscopic (10) b) Burning test (11)
Fundamentals of Garment (Practical Paper-I) Practical Periods : 21 1. Stitches 1.1Basting stitches (01) a) Even (01) b) Uneven (01)
Fashion and Apparel Designing (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods : 23 1. Introduction to Design: 1.1 Elements of Designing a) Colour (02) b) Line (03) c) Texture (03) d) Shape (03) 1.2. Principles of Design a) Balance (03) b) Rhythm (02) c) Proportion (03) d) Harmony (02) e) Emphasis (02)
Fashion and Apparel Designing Practical Paper III Practical Periods: 21 1. Apparel Designs and their analysis a) Collection of Different dress 277
July 2016 23 20 19
c) Running (01); d) Back stitch (01) e) Run and back (01) ; f) Hemming (01) g) Slip hemming (01); h) Knotted hemming (2) 2. Seam and Seam Finishes a) Plain Seams (01) b) French seam (01); c) Run and fell seam (1) d) Lapped seam (02); e) Slot seam (01) f) Bound seam (01); g) Counter (01) 2.1 Seam Finishes a) Pinked finish (01); b) Edge stitch (01); c) Herring bone (01); d)Double stitch finish(1) ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods: 20 3. Hand Sewing Techniques a) Temporary Stitches b) Uneven and Even (01) c) Permanent Stitches (01) d) Running (01); e) Back Stitch (01) f) Run and Back Stitch (01) g) Hemming (01); h) Slip Hemming (01) i) Knotted Hemming (01) j) Suitability of Stitches for various fabric types (01) 4. Seam and Seam Finishes 4.1Importance and Types a) Plain Seams (01); b) French seam (01) c) Flat and fell seam (01) d) Lapped seam (01) e) Bound seam (01); g) Counter (01) h) Suitability of seams to various fabric types and end uses (01) 4.2 Seam Finishes a) Pinking finish (01); b) Edge stitch (01) c)Double stitch finish (01) d)Suitability on different fabrics (01)
designs from magazines (03) b) Papers (03) c) Other Publications (03) d) Analysis for Design Principles (05) e)Analysis of Design Elements (07)
ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 3. Processing of cotton fibers and its properties 2. Colour and Colour Theory a) Opening (01) a) Colour (02) b) Blending (01) b) Prang colour chart (02) c) Carding (01) c) Hue (01) d) Combing (01) d) Value (01) e) Drawing (01) e) Intensity (01) f) Spinning (01) f) Tints (01) g) Physical Properties (01) g) Shades(01) h) Chemical Properties (01) h) Colour Harmonies (02) i) Monochromatic (02) 4. Processing of Wool fibers and its properties a) Types of Wool (01) j) Complementary(02) b) Pulled Lambs Wool (01) k) Split Complementary (02) c) Processing (01) l) Analogous (01) d) Shearing (01) m) Triad (01) e) Sorting (02) n) Use of colour in designing (01) f) Scouring (02) g) Oiling (01) h) Dying (01) i) Physical Properties (01) j) Chemical Properties (01)
278
August 2016 24 23 24
Practical Periods: 19 3. Fullness a) Tucks (03) b) Pleats (03) c) Gathers (04) d) Shirring (04) e) Ruffles (02) f) Godets (02) g)Smocking (01) UNIT TEST- I ASSIGNMENT –II Theory Periods : 23 5. Creating Fullness in garments a) Tucks (02) b) Pleats (02) c) Pin (02) b) Shell (02) e) Cross (02) f) Knife (02) g) Inverted Box (02) h) Gathering (02) i) Shirring(01) j) Ruffles (01) k) Godets (02) l) Smocking (01) m) Preparation and Stitches used (02)
Practical Periods: 24 4. Plackets a) Continuous (06) b) Bound (06) c) Zipper(06) d) Kalidar Kurta Placket (06)
Practical Periods: 19 2. Preparation of weaves a) Plain(06) b) Twill (07) c) Satin (06)
UNIT TEST- I ASSIGNMENT –II Theory Periods: 23 5. Processing Silk Fiber and its properties a) History of Silk(01) b) Cultivation of silk worm (01) c) Processing (01) d) Sorting(01); e) Softening(01) f) Reeling (01); g) Spinning (01) h) Gathering (01) 5.1 Properties a)Physical (01); b)Chemical (01) 6. Origin Manufacture and Properties of man made cellulose Rayon Fiber a) Manufacture (01) b) Processing (01); c) Spinning (03) d) Dyeing (02) 6.1 Properties a)Physical (03); b)Chemical (03) Practical Periods: 24 3. Identification of weaves a) Plain(07) b) Twill (09) c) Satin (08)
Practical Periods: 19 2. Exercises on Colour a) Prang colour chart (03) b)Preparation of Prang colour chart (03) c) Creation of Colours for Hue and Intensity (03) d) Colour Value (03) e) Shades Charts (04) f) Creation of harmonies (03) UNIT TEST- I ASSIGNMENT –II Theory Periods : 23 3. Introduction to elements of fashion a) Classification of fashion(01) b) Definition of fashion (01) c) Fashion Terminology(01) d) Fashion(01); e) Style (01) f) Garment (01) ; g) Silhouette (01) h) Avant Garde (01) i) Fad (01); j) Craze (01) k) Classic (01); l) Couture (01) m) Knock-offs (01) n) Fashion Cycle (01) o) Importance and lengths of cycles(01) p) Fashion Theories (02) q) Trickle down (01) ; r) Bottom up (01) s) Trickle across (01) t) Silhouettes and their types (03) Practical Periods: 24 3. Sketching croqui a) Sketching of normal and fashion croqui (11) b) Planning page and proportions (04) c) Drawing 10 head figure (04) d) Drawing stick figure (06) e) Drawing geometric figure (07) 279
d) Fleshing out (04)
September 2016 22 20 18
UNIT TEST- II ASSIGNMENT –III Theory Periods: 20 6. Placket Openings a) Standards of a good placket (02) b) Types (01) c) Continuous (01) d) Bound and Faced (01) e) Zipper (02) f) Tailored (03) 7. Methods of finishing neck lines a) Bias strip and its preparation (03) b) Application of bias facing (03) c) Application of bias binding(02) d) Application of fitted facing (02) Practical Periods: 18 5. Fasteners a) Types of Fasteners used for various garments (08) b) Selection(05) c) Application Methods(05)
October 2016 15 12 14
UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV Theory Periods: 12 8. Types of Fasteners and their suitability to different openings a) Buttons & Button holes (01) b) Hooks & Eyes (01); c) Metal buttons (01) d) Thread (01); e) Press Buttons (01) f) Fancy Buttons (01)
UNIT TEST – II ASSIGNMENT –III Theory Periods: 20 7. Origin, Manufacture and Properties of man made synthetic fiber Polyester a) Manufacture (01); b) Processing (02) c) Spinning (02); d) Dyeing (02) 7.1 Properties a)Physical (01); b)Chemical (01) 8. Types of Yarns A. Classification a) Simple (01); b) Double (01) c) Ply(01); d) Cord (02) e) Novelty Yarns (01) f) Fancy Yarns (02); g) Yarn Twist (02) h) Yarn Fineness (01) Practical Periods: 18 4. a) Collection of samples (9) b) Identification for construction processes (09)
UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV Theory Periods : 12 9. Fabric Construction Methods a) Weaving (02) b) Knitting (01) c) Felting (02) d) Non Woven (03) e) Laces (02)
UNIT TEST –II ASSIGNMENT – III Theory Periods: 20 4. Designing Process a) Theme based designing fashion(08) b) Designing fashion illustrations (06) c) Colours (03) d) Textures (03)
Practical Periods: 18 4. Drawing facial Features front view, profile view in different levels a) Placing hair line(03) b) Mouth(02); c) Eyes (03) d) Nose (03) 4.2 Drawing hair styles a) Sketching basic silhouette(04) b) Drawing clusters and filling in hair (03) UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV Theory Periods: 12 5. Designers of India a) Famous Designers of India (06) b) Explain about any ten designers and their work for fashion Industry (06) 280
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
g) Suitability (01) ; h) Positioning (02) f) Nets (02) i) Stitching of fasteners (03) Practical Periods : 14 Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 6. Neck-line finishes 5. Collection of different types of 5. Figure Analysis a) Making bias strip (01) Yarns (14) a) Explain about Figure Analysis (05) b) Bias Facing (01) b) About proper placement of c) Binding, Fitting facing (01) Style Lines(04) 7. Embroidery c) Moving the figure for various a) Chain (01); b) Stem (01) poses (05) c) Feather (01); d) Button Hole (01) e) Fish Bone (01); f) Couching (01) g) Hering Bone (01); h) Rumanian (01) i) French Knot, Double Knot, Bullian Knot (02) j) Seed Stitch, Fly (01) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 9. Importance of paper patterns 10. Textile Finishes 6. Fashion and Fabric Information a) Types of paper patterns (08) a) Classification of finishes (04) a) By Different media like films (08) b) Contents of patterns (08) b) Mechanical(04) b) News papers (06) c) Uses(04) c) Chemical (04) c) Magazines (06) d) Calendaring (04) e) Singeing (04) Practical Periods : 18 Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods : 18 8. Taking Body Measurements and making 6. Collection of different types of 6. Analysis of Hand ,Legs and Feet paper patterns Finishes (18) a) Rectangle Formula of Hands (06) 281
February 2017 22 17 21
a) Basic Bodice (06) b) Sleeve Patterns (06) c) Marking Patterns (06) PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods : 17 10. Body Measurements a) Principles and Rules in measuring (09) b) Direct and standard system of measurements (08) Practical Periods : 21 9. Drafting cutting and stitching of children’s Wear a) Jhangia(11); Jabla(10)
March 2017/22
b) Drawing Geometric Form (06) c) Drawing Front view (06) PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: 17 10. Textile Finishes f) Tentering (04) g) Napping (04) h) Mercerising (05) i) Bleaching, Burnt Out (05) Practical Periods : 21 6. finishes and their analysis(21)
PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods : 17 6. Fashion and Fabric Information d) Fashion Services (08) e) Fashion Advertisements (09)
Revision /PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II
Revision Revision /PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II
Practical Periods : 21 6. Analysis of hand , legs and feet d)Drawing Profile view(11) e) feet formula (10) Revision Revision /PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II
REVISION/ IPE EXAMINATION 2017
REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017
REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017
282
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 FASH ION GARMENT MAK ING :: COURSE CODE:: 406 :: SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Advanced Dress Designing (Theory Paper –I)
Theory Periods: 22 1. Garment Making Principles a) Drafting (01); b) Draping (01) c) Flat Pattern Designing (01) d) Advantages and Disadvantages of above(02) 2. Handling methods for various Fabrics: a) Handling of Chiffon (01) b) Georgette (02); c) Pile Fabrics (02) d) Velvets (02); e) Lace Fabrics (02) f) One way design Fabrics (02) g) Satins (01) h) Fabric Preparation Techniques (02) i) Types of layouts (01) j) Cutting Methods (02) Practical Periods : 23 1. Designing Yoke Designs: a) Cutting and stitching record samples with various yoke designs(23)
Traditional Textiles (Theory Paper –II)
Fashion Garment Designing (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods : 22 1. Study of Motifs: a) Types of motifs (04) b) Geometric (04) c) Natural (04) d) Abstract (05) e) Stylized (05)
Theory Periods : 22 1. Designing through flat pattern technique: a) Principles (05) b) Terminology (05) c) Material Used (06) d) Techniques followed (06)
Practical Periods : 23 1. Motifs: a) Collection of designs and identification of different types of motifs(06) b) Geometric (01); c) Natural (01) d) Abstract (01); e) Stylized (01) f) Types of layouts (03) g) Side and Half Drop (02)
Practical Periods: 23 1. Sketching Garments and garment details a) Sketching different Neck Lines(11) b) Sketching different Collars(12)
283
July 2016 23 20 22
August 2016/24
h) Border (02); i) All Over (01) j) Creating different designs for record(05) ASSIGNMENT - 1 Theory Periods : 20 1. B.Types of Layouts a) Side and Half Drop(05) b) Border (05) c) All Over Motifs of India (06) d) Styles and Colour Combinations (04)
ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – 1 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods : 20 3. Selection of clothing 2. Designing through Draping a) Selection of fabrics (02) a) Basic Tools (10) b) Garment Styles According to age(01) b) Principles of Draping (10) c) Occasion (01); d) Figure Type (01) e) Fashion (01) f) Colour suitability for children (01) g) Colour suitability for Adolescents (01) h) Colour suitability for Adults (01) i) Colour suitability for Old age People(01) 4. Types of sleeves a) Basic sleeve and its adaptation into different sleeve types (02) b) Puff sleeve and its variation (01) c) Bell sleeve (01); d) Bishop sleeve (01) e) Kimono sleeve (01) f) Raglan sleeve (01);g) Umbrella sleeve 1 h) Leg-O-Mutton (01) i) Suitability of sleeve types to figure types(01) Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 1. Creating different Sleeve Styles 2. Stencil Printing 1. c) Sketching Sleeves(04) a) Drafting of plain sleeve (02) a) With Traditional and Stylized d) Skirts (04) b) Adoptation of plain sleeve to puff motifs for pillow cover (07) e) Pants (04) sleeve and its variation (03) b) Tray Cloth(07) f) Blouses (6) c) Bell sleeve (02); d) Kimono sleeve (03) c) Fabric Painting (8) g) Overcoats and cowls (04) e) Raglan sleeve (03) f) Bishop sleeve (03); g) Leg-O-Mutton (03) h) Preparation of samples for record (03) ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. 284
OJT
September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
December 2016 23 20 24
Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 5. Drafting Yokes: 2. Hand Woven fabrics of India 3. Fashion Scenario (10) a) Definition (05) a) Study of Ducca Muslins (02) 4. Status of Indian Apparel b) Types of yokes(05) b) Chanderi (02); c) Patola (02); Industry (10) c) Selection of yoke design for d) Paithani (02); e) Pithambari (02); different dresses (05) f) Himrus-Amrus (02); g) Baluchar (02); h) Buttedar (02); i) Pochampalli (02) d) Creating variety (05) j) Motifs used ,colours used in these textiles (02) Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 3. Creating different Collars 3. Simple Dyeing 2. Fashion Accessories a) Developing collars using bodice a) Dyeing fabrics with direct dyes(24) a) Sketching Accessories (07) blocks (03) b) Bags (02) b) Peter pan collar (04) c) Hats (03) c) Mandarin (04) d) Shoes (03) d) Scalloped collar (04) e) Scarves (03) e) Sailor collar (03) f) Belts (03) f) Preparation of samples for record (06) g) Buckles (03) Assignment –III Assignment –III Assignment –III Unit Test –II Unit Test –II Unit Test –II Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods: 20 5. Drafting of collars 3. Traditional Dyed, Painted,and printed 5. Fashion Accessories a) Introduction to different collar a) Bags (03); b) Shoes (02) textiles of India types (07) a) Bandhanis (05) c) Jewellery (02); d) Hats (02) b) Terms used in collars (07) b) Kalamkari (05) e) Scarves (02); f) Ties (02) c) Creating variety in collar designs (06) c) Mahubani Batik (05) g) Belts (02); h) Buckles (02) 285
d) Other Resist Dyed Textiles (05)
January 2017 23 20 22
Practical Periods: 24 3. Women’s Wear a) Drafting,Cutting and Stitching (06) b) Six Gore Saree Petticoat (04) c) Saree Blouse (06) d) Kameez (04) e) Salwar or chudidar pyjama (04)
Practical Periods: 24 4 Tie and Dye. a) Techniques (10) b) Making ten samples with direct dye (14)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods: 20 7. Pattern Grading a) Introduction to grading(03) b) Grading principles (04) c) Methods of grading (04) d) Grading machine (04) e) Grading Procedure for basic slopers (05)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods: 20 3. e)Printed Textiles of Rajasthan(09) f) Process (05) g) Designs and colours used for different types mentioned above (06)
Practical Periods: 22 5.Designing garments for different age groups a) Designing garment styles suitable for Children (03) b) Designing garment styles suitable for Adolescents (06) c) Designing garment styles suitable for men and women and rendering them in colour (03) d) Collection of dress designs and adaptation of the same to new designs(04) 6.Garment Costing
Practical Periods: 22 5. Embroidered Textiles a) Creating traditional designs for different end uses (07) b) Sample making of any two types of traditional embroideries for record(08) 6. Visit to Museum / Trade Shows (07)
i) Terminology used in various designs (03) Practical Periods: 24 3. Themes Profiles a) Developing various themes and designing garment lines with swatch board (07) b) Colour Board (05) c) Forecast for different Seasons (07) d) Adopting Traditional Costumes of India (05) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods: 20 6. Study on different Costume Styles of India a) Andhra Pradesh(03) b) TamilNadu(02) c) Karnataka(03) d) Maharastra (02) e) Punjab (02); f) Rajasthan (03) g) Kashmir (02) ; h) Gujarat (03) Practical Periods: 22 4. Designing through flat pattern technique a) Principles (03) b) Terminology (03) c) Material Used (03) d) Techniques Followed (04) 5. Designing through Draping a) Basic Tools (03) b) Principles of Draping (06)
286
February 2017 22 08
a) Estimating the material Requirement for different Garments stitched (03) b)Calculating the cost of Finished garments(03) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I Theory Periods: 08 8. Automation in garment industry a) Importance (02) b) Laying (02) c) Cutting(01) d) Sewing (02) e) Finishing Equipment (01)
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMS- II March 2017 22
I.P.E. EXAMS 2017
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I Theory Periods: 08 4. Traditional embroidered textiles of India a) Banjara Work (01) b) Kutch Work (01) c) Kasheeda Embroidery (01) d) Kasuti Work (01) e) Kantha Work (01) f ) Chickankari Embroidery (01) g) Chambarumals Work (01) h) Phulkari Work (01) Revision PRE FINA1L EXAMS- II I.P.E. EXAMS 2017
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I Theory Periods: 08 7. Fashion Merchandising and marketing a) Basic Terminology (02) b) Core concepts (02) c) Product Development (01) d) Product Pricing (01) e) Branded versus Unbranded items (02)
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMS- II I.P.E. EXAMS 2017
287
HOTEL OPERATIONS The basic aim of the course HOTEL OPERATIONS is to impart the following skills in the student.
a) Front Office Assistant. b) Bill Desk assistant. c) Captain/Supervisor. d) Butler/personal valet. e) Steward. f) Room attendant g) Hospital catering. h) Industrial catering.
288
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 17 HOTEL OPERATIONS :: COURSE CODE: 407 :: FI RST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
FOOD PRODUCTION-I (Theory Paper I)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction To Cookery (2) 1.1 Culinary History: Indian Regional Cuisine, French & International Cuisines (6) 1.2 Aims & Objectives of Cooking – Effect of cooking, characteristics of raw materials: salt, liquids, sweetening, fats & oils, thickening & binding agents, flavourings & seasonings, spices & herbs (6) 1.3 Preparation of Ingredients: (5) Mise-en-place Terms used inpreparation of food 1.4 Texture (3) Food Production-I (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1. Identification of various Kitchen Equipment, their utility, precautions in handling & maintenance (7) 2. Introduction to raw materials – identification & uses of perishable & non-perishable materials (5) 3. Basic vegetable cutting: Fish Cuts, Chicken cuts(9) ASSIGNMENT-I
FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE-I (Theory Paper II)
ROOM DIVISION MANAGEMENT-I (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction To Hospitality Industry 1.1 Growth and development of catering industry (4) 1.2 Career opportunities (3) 1.3 Classification of catering industry (10) 1.4 Types of service operations (6)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction To Hospitality Industry 1.1 Evolution and growth of the Hospitality Industry (5) Indian; International 1.2 Classification of hotels (10) Size; Target Market Levels of service Management & affiliation Star categorization in India 5.3 Types of rooms (5) 5.4 Examples of hotels in each category (3) (Food And Beverage Service-1) Room Division Management-I (Practical Paper II) (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 21 Practical periods: 21 a) Introduction to various terms used in F&B 1.Grooming for hotel front office & service (6) housekeeping staff (10) b) Display of commonly used cutlery, 2.Understanding various forms used at Front crockery, flatware, office and hollowware, glassware, furniture (10) filling with relevant data (11) c) Display of special equipment (5)
ASSIGNMENT-I
ASSIGNMENT-I 289
July 2016 23 20 19
August 2016 24 23 24
Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Principles Of Cooking & Menu Planning (3) 2.1 Cooking techniques (10) Methods of heat transfer; Different methods of cooking & their basic rules; Infra-red cooking Microwave cooking 2.2 Principles of Menu Planning – points to be considered while planning (10)
Theory Periods: 20 2.0 F&B Service Organization (23) 2.1 Classification of F&B service department in a hotel (4) 2.2 Staff organization of F&B service department– Duties & responsibilities (8) 2.3 Coordination with other departments (5) 2.4 Attributes of a waiter (6)
Practical Periods: 19 4. Menu 1: Plain Rice, Cabbage foogath, Tomato dal, Cuchumber salad (5) 5. Menu 2: Plain rice, Rasam, Sambar, Bhendi fry (5) 6. Menu 2: Pulihora/Lemon rice, Tomato peanut chutney (5) 7. Menu 3: Tomato rice, Cucumber raita, Aloo Jeera, Chapati (4) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 3.0 Understanding Major Cooking Ingredients (1) 3.1 Cooking Pulses, rice & cereals (3) 3.2 Vegetable cookery –Classification, composition, cuts & dishes (3) 3.3 Egg Cookery – Structure, composition, use in cookery & bakery, dishes (3)
Practical Periods: 19 2.0 Mise-En-Scene And Mise-En-Place (3) 2.1 Cleaning and polishing of cutlery crockery, flatware, hollowware, glassware, furniture (8) 2.2 Setting up the side station (3) 2.3 Laying and relaying table cloth (3) 2.4 Laying different types of covers (2)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 3.0 Restaurant Operations (20) 3.1 Restaurant equipments : Types, standard sizes,care & maintenance, cleaning & polishing (5) 3.2 Duties of a waiter (2) 3.3 Mise-en-scene & Miseen-place (3) 3.4 Rules to be observed while laying a table
Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Rooms Division – Introduction (1) 2.1 Functional organization of an all service hotel (3) 2.2 Functional organization of a Rooms division (3) 2.3 Understanding the difference in functional organization, service & facilities between different star categorized hotels (4) 2.4 Hierarchy of Front Office & House Keeping brigades(3) 2.5 Job descriptions of the Accommodation department staff (4) 2.6 Interdepartmental coordination between Front Office & other departments (2) 2.7 Attributes of Front office & Housekeeping staff (3) Practical Periods: 19 3.Understanding various forms used at Housekeeping and filling with relevant data (9) 4. Drafting layout of Front Office department – Front & back areas (10)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 3.0rooms Division Layout (1) 3.1 Layout of hotel lobby (3) 3.2 Layout of hotel housekeeping (3) 3.3 Linen room & Laundry (3) 4.0 Front Office Operations (10) 4.1 Guest cycle (3) 4.2 Formats and equipment used in front 290
September 2016 22 20 18
3.4 Fish cookery –Classification, cuts, selection & purchase guidelines, dishes (3) 3.5 Poultry & Game Cookery –Classification, cuts of chicken, dishes (3) 3.6 Meat Cookery – Pre slaughtering stages, factors affecting quality of meat, tenderizing meat, various cuts of Beef, veal & pork (4) Practical Periods: 19 8. Menu 4: Jeera Rice, Dal fry, Egg curry, Roti, Green salad (6) 9. Menu 5: Vegetable Pulao, Boondi Raita, Bagara baingan, Rava kesari (6) 10. Menu 6: Egg preparation (boiled egg, fried egg, scrambled egg, omlette, poached egg ) (7) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 4.0 Basic Preparations (1) 4.1 Stocks: Definition, types & preparation (3) 4.2 Sauces: Definition, types & preparation, dishes (4) 4.3 Soups: Definition, classification, preparation, International soups (5) 4.4 Salads: parts of salad, classification & types, dressings, classical examples (4) 4.5 Garnishes & Accompaniments (3)
and waiting at a table (3) 3.5 Guest cycle (2) 3.4 Types and styles of food & beverage service (5)
Practical Periods: 19 2.5 Napkin folds (19)
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 Factors To Be Considered while deciding upon style of service (20) i.Table service: Silver service; American Service English service; French service Russian service; Gueridon service Bar ii. Assisted service Carvery; Buffet iii. Self service Counter service; Free flow; Echelon Super market; iv. Single point service Take away; Drive through Fast food Vending Kiosk; Food court v. Specialized form of service; Tray service; Trolley; Home delivery; Lounge; Room service Drive in Room service 4.4 Meals & Menu Planning 4.1 Origin and functions of menu
office (2) 4.3 Categorization of guests (3) a. FIT b. Groups c. Crews etc… 4.4 Associated functions in the guest cycle and the operating staff (2) Practical Periods: 19 5.Drafting layout of House Keeping department – Linen room, laundry, Housekeeping (9) 6.Bed making Practical (10)
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 4.5 Basis of charging room tariff (5) a. Check in checkout basis b. 24 hr basis c. Packages 4.6 Different types of tariff (6) a. Rack rate/printed tariff b. Discounted rates 4.7 Food plans (4) 4.8 Basis for pricing a room (5) a. Hubbart’s formula b. Rule of thumb c. Market condition approach d. Day rate. e. Hourly rate
291
October 2016 15 12 14
4.2 Objectives of menu planning 4.3 Types of menu 4.4 Courses of French Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 11Menu 7: Preparation of stocks (6) 3.0 Service: Guest Cycle (Welcoming to 7.Uses of various cleaning equipment – 12 Menu 8: Preparation of basic mother sauces Farewell) (19) brooms, mops, vacuum cleaners etc…(14) (13) 3.1 Welcoming (4) 8. Telephone etiquettes (6) 3.2 Escorting (2) 3.3 Seating (2) 3.4 Water service (1) 3.5 Placing the napkin (2) 3.6 Presenting the menu (2) 3.7 Order taking (3) 3.8 Soup service and clearance (3) ASSIGNMENT-IV ASSIGNMENT-IV ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III UNIT TEST-III UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 Theory Periods: 12 Theory Periods: 12 5.0 Kitchen Operations (1) 4.0 Meals & Menu Planning (2) 5.0 Reservations (1) 5.1 The Hierarchy (1) 4.1 Origin and functions of menu (3) 5.1 Importance of reservations (1) 5.2 Attitude towards work (3) 4.2 Objectives of menu planning (2) 5.2 Formats & reports used at reservations (2) 5.3 Grooming & Personal hygiene (2) 4.3 Types of menu (5) 5.3 Handling telephonic reservations (2) 5.4 Duties & responsibilities (3) 5.4 Telephone etiquettes (3) 5.5 Coordination with other (2) Telephone equipment used Standard phrases Handling calls for reservations Handling calls for enquiries 5.5 Handling reservations via other media (2) 5.6 Understanding CVGR and credit lists (1) Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 13. Menu 9: Cream of spinach soup, parsley 3.9 Main course service (Platter to plate and 9.Taking reservations – phone, Travel agents, potato, Vegetable au gratin,Fruit custard (4) pre-plated) and clearance (6) Companies, Groups, crews etc… (14) 14. Menu 10: Cream of tomato soup, glazed 3.10 Crumbing down procedure (1) vegetables, Potato croquettes, Roast chicken (5) 3.11 Service of dessert (2) 15. Menu 11: Peas pulao, Kadhai vegetables, 3.12 Settling the bill (3) Kadhai chicken, Rice kheer (5) 3.13 Farewell (2) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS 292
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 4.4 Courses of French classical menu (6) 6.0 Bell Desk/Concierge –Uniformed Staff 6.0 Kitchen Controls (1) 6.1 Standard recipe system (2) 4.5 Types of meals: (4) 6.1 Organization of bell desk (1) 6.2 Portion control(2) i.Early morning tea; ii.Breakfast 6.2 Hierarchy of bell desk (1) 6.3 Food cost control (2) (Continental,English, American,Indian) 6.3 Duties & responsibilities of bell desk staff 6.4 Waste management (2) iii.Brunch; iv.Lunch (2) 6.5 Garbage disposal (2) v.Afternoon / High tea 6.4 Role of bell desk during check in & check vi.Dinner; vii.Supper out of guests (2) 7.0 Introduction To Bakery& Confectionery (1) 4.6 Non-alcoholic beverages (6) 6.5 Information directory (2) 7.1 Basic principles of Bakery i. Classification (Nourishing, Stimulating & a. Local site seeing & bakery terms (4) Refreshing); ii. Tea: Origin, b. Shopping 7.2 Bread (4) manufacturing, types & brands; iii. Coffee: 6.6 Attributes of bell desk personnel (2) Role of various ingredients in bread making Origin,manufacturing, types & brands; 7.0 House Keeping (1) Methods of bread making iv. Juices & soft drinks: Brand names of 7.0 Cleaning Equipment and its uses (4) Faults & remedies juices, softdrinks, mineral water, tonic water, Classification of equipment energy drinks; v. Cocoa and malted Mechanical equipment beverages: origin and manufacture Containers, brushes, mops & broom 4.7 Tobacco (4) 7.3 Cleaning agents and their uses i. History; ii. Processing of cigarettes, (4)Classification of cleaning agents pipe tobacco and cigars; iii. Cigars: Parts, Types shapes, colours, sizes, service, storage Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 16. Menu 12: Coconut rice, Mutton korma, 4.0 Service Of Non- Alcoholic Beverages & 1. Bell desk responsibilities (10) Vegetable korma, Semia payasam (5) Tobacco: 2. General knowledge – countries, 17. Menu 13: Mulligatawny soup, Vegetable 4.1 Tray setup for tea and coffee service (4) 293
February 2017 22 17 21
March 2017 22
cutlets, Fish Colbert MDH butter, Bread rolls (5) 18. Menu 13: Bread rolls (8)
4.2 Service of juices and aerated water (4) 4.3 Tray setup for breakfast and afternoon tea service (6) 4.4 Service of cigarettes and cigars (4)
capitals, currencies & airlines Local sightseeing shopping, Places of Tourist, Pilgrim interest in India & International (8) PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Theory Periods: 17 Theory Periods: 17 Theory Periods: 17 7.3 Cakes – Types,manufacturing process,faults 5.0 Simple Control Systems (1) 7.4 Guest Supplies (2) & remedies (5) 5.1 Necessity of control system in a restaurant 7.5 Bed making (2) 7.4 Cookies: Types, making, faults & remedies (2) 7.6 Various formats used in House keeping (4) (5) 5.2 Functions of a control system (3) 8.0 Computerization Of Hotels 7.5 Sugar: Importance of sugar, types of sugar, 5.3 Forms of KOTs’ and Bills (4) 8.1 Names of software used at hotel (3) various Stages of sugar cookery (7) 5.4 Triplicate checking system (2) 8.2 Advantages & disadvantages of computers 5.5 Cash handling equipment (3) (2) 5.6 Record keeping (2) 8.3 Equipment used in IT department (3) Practical Periods:21 Practical Periods:21 Practical Periods:21 19. Cake making: Basic sponge (14) 11.Information directory: Train timings, Flight 5.0 ROOM SERVICE 20. Cookies: Nan khatai, melting moments (7) 5.1 Tray setup for breakfast lunch, dinner, tea timings, Theatre & show timings, Local etc (10) handicrafts & handlooms (21) Revision 5.2 Order taking, service and clearance(11) Revision Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II Revision/ IPE Examination 2017
Revision / IPE Examination 2017
Revision / IPE Examination 2017
294
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 HOTEL OPERATIONS CO URSE CODE: 407 SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Food Production-II (Theory Paper I)
Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Indian Cuisine (1) 1.1 Introduction to Indian food (2) 1.2 Spices used in Indian cookery (4) 1.3 Masala mix used (2) 1.4 Basic gravies (2) 1.5 Famous cuisines of India– (concise) (12) Kashmiri Punjabi Mughalai & Awadhi Hyderabadi
Food Production-II Practical Paper I Practical Periods: 23 1. Basic Indian gravies – Red, yellow, green, brown & white gravy (13) 2. Menu 1: Kashmiri Pulao, Mutton roganjosh,
Food And Beverage Service-II (Theory Paper II)
Room Division Operations-II (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Alcoholic Beverage(2) 1.1. Introduction and definition (1) 1.2 Production of alcoholic (4) Fermentation process; Distillation process Classification with examples 1.3wines (4) A. Definition & history B. Classification with example Table/still/natural; Sparkling Fortified; Aromatized 1.4. Production of wines (2) 1.5 Food & Wine Harmony (2) 1.6 Storage of wines Wine terminology (English &French) (2) 1.7 Beer (5) A. Introduction & Definition B. Types of Beer; C. Production of Beer D. Storage Food And Beverage Service-II Practical Paper II Practical Periods: 23 1.0 Dispense Bar – Organizing Mise-enplace (3) 1.1 Task-01 Wine service equipment (3)
Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Front Office Basics(1) Guest Cycle –recapitulation (5) Understanding the relation between Reservations & Registration (4) 1.3Interdepartmental coordination between Front Office & House Keeping (5) Glossary of terms used at Front Office & House Keeping (8)
Room Division Operations-II Practical Paper III Practical Periods:23 1.Filling of various forms used during registration during check-in and check-out at Reception, Cash counter, Bell desk & House 295
Chaman kaliyan,Dum aloo kashmiri, Kongeh Phirin(Suji phirni with saffron) (5) 3. Menu 2: Moti pulao, Amritsari machchi, Rajma masala, Tandoori murgh, Tandoori roti, Gajar ka halwa (5)
July 2016 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 Gujarati (2) Rajasthani (2) Marathi (3) Bengali (3) Goan (2) Chettinad (2) Kerala (4) Andhra (4)
Practical Periods: 22 4. Menu 3: Galouti kabab, Yakhni pulao, Mughlai paratha, Gosht do pyaza, Paneer pasanda, Muzzafar (5) 5. Menu 4: Kachche gosht ki/Vegetable biryani, Dum ka murgh, Mirchi ka saalan, Khubani ka meetha (5) 6. Menu 5: Saarki, Brown rice, Oondyu, Gujrati
1.2 Task-02 Beer service equipment (3) 1.3 Task-03 Cocktail bar equipment (3) 1.4 Task-04 Bar stock - alcoholic & nonalcoholic beverages (3) 1.5 Task-05 Bar accompaniments & garnishes (3) 1.6 Task-06 Bar accessories & disposables (5 ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 1.8 Sprits ( 2) A. Introduction and Definition (2) B. Production of spirits (6) Pot –still method; Patent still method C. Production of (8) Whisky; Rum; Gin; Brandy Vodka; Tequila D. Different Proof spirit (4) American Proof British Proof (Sikes scale) Gay Lussac (OIML Scale)
Practical Periods: 22 2.0Service of Wines (6) Task-01 Service of Red Wine Task-02 Service of White/Rose Wine Task-03 Service of Sparkling Wines Task-04 Service of Fortified Wines Task-05 Service of Aromatized Wines 2.1 Service of Beer (5)
Keeping (23)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Registration (2) 2.1 Formats used at hotel reception (4) 2.2 A day as a front office assistant (4) a. Pre registration of guests b. VIP blocks c. Rooms inventory d. Flight schedule 2.3 Check in procedure for (6) a. FIT- i. DFIT; ii. FFIT b. Group/Crew c. VIP/CIP/DG d. Walk in 2.4 Check in procedure (5) a.Receiving of guests b.Filling of relevant forms c.Key handling d.Mode of payment & advance payment policy 2.5 Room allotment (1) Practical Periods: 22 2.Guest pre-registration & registration procedure (15) 3. Bell desk operations (10)
296
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
dal, Mohanthal (5) Task-01 Service of Bottled & canned Beers 7. Menu 6: Gatte ka pulao, Dal, Bhati, Choorma, Task-02 Service of Draught Beers Laal maas, Moongdal halwa (5) 8. Menu 7: Masala bhat, Kolhapuri mutton/ vegetable, Amti, puranpoli (5) ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS Theory Periods:20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods:20 2.0 Dispense & Cocktail Bars (2) 2.0 International Cuisines (3) 3.0 Responsibilities During Guest Stay (1) 2.1 French & nouvelle cuisine (6)) 2.1. Introduction and definition (2) 3.1 Message handling (1) 2.2 Italian cuisine (4) 2.2 Bar layout- physical layout of bar (5) 3.2 Paging (1) 2.3 Oriental cuisine (4) 2.3 Bar stock- alcohol & non alcohol 3.3 Mail handling (2) beverages (5) 3.4 Complaint handling etc…(2) 2.4 Bar equipments (5) 4.0 Check Out And Settlement Of Bills (1) 4.1 Standard guest check out procedure (2) 4.2 Check out procedure at Front Office & House Keeping (4) 4.3 Handling various methods of payment (5) a. Cash; b. Credit card c. Bill to company; d. Travel agents vouchers etc… Practical Periods:24 Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 9. Menu 8: Ghee bhat, Luchi, Macher jhol, 2.2 Service of Spirits (13) 4.Guest complaint handling role plays (10) Shukto, Mishti doi (4) Task-01 Service styles – neat/on-the- 5. Care of surfaces – metals, glass, 297
10. Menu 9: Prawn pulao, Mutton vindaloo, Tur daal sorak, Dodal (4) 11. Menu 10: Coconut rice, Chicken chettinad, Malabar paratha, Palpayasam (4) 12. Menu 11: Aapam, Stew, Meen poriyal, Avial, Pumpkin erissery,Ada pradaman (5) 13. Menu 12: Plain rice , Mudda pappu, Chepala pulusu, Bendakaya vepudu, Khaja (5)
December 2016 23 20 23
rocks/with appropriate mixers Task-02 Service of Whisky Task-03 Service of Vodka Task-04 Service of Rum Task-05 Service of Gin Task-06 Service of Brandy Task-07 Service of Tequila 2.3 Matching Wines with Food (10) Task-01 Menu Planning with accompanying Wines; Continental Cuisine; Indian Regional Cuisine Task-02 Table laying & Service of menu with accompanying Wines; Continental Cuisine; Indian Regional Cuisine ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods:20 Theory Periods: 20 3.0 Function Catering Banquets (1) 3.0 Kitchen Hygiene And Sanitation 3.1 Food laws (3) 3.1 History (2) 3.2 Food additives (3) 3.2 Organization of banquet department (2) 3.3 Food adulteration (4) 3.3. Duties and responsibilities (3) 3.4 Causes of food spoilage (4) 3.4 Sales (2) 3.5 Common food & water borne diseases and 3.5 Booking Procedure (1) their Prevention (5) 3.6. Banquet menus (2) 3.7 Banquet Protocol & Toasting (6) BUFFET: a. Introduction and types b. factors to plan buffet c. equipment
Practical Periods: 24 14. Salads & Sandwiches (4) 15. French menu (5) 16. Italian menu (5)
Practical Periods: 24 3.0Function catering –Banquets (3) Planning & organizing formal & informal Banquets (5)
etc…cleaning & polishing (13)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 5.0 Introduction To Guest Accounting (1) Vouchers (1); Folios(1) Ledgers (1); VTL (1) 6.0 Cleaning Routines (1) 6.1 A day as a House keeping assistant(1) 6.2 Guest room cleaning (4) Cleaning process; Contents of guest room Furniture; Fixtures; Bed, Mattresses, Bedding Soft furnishings 6.3 Public area cleaning (4) Lobby; Corridors Public restrooms; Elevators & Staircases etc… 7.0 House Keeping Supervision (1) Role of a HK supervisor (1) Duties & responsibilities of a supervisor (2) Practical Periods: 24 6. Guest room cleaning – check out room, occupied room, vacant room (23) 298
January 2017 23 20 22
February 2017 22 08
17. Chinese menu (5) Planning & organizing outdoor caterings (5) 18. Puff Pastry: veg. puff, egg puff, chicken puff Planning & organizing various types of (4) Buffets (5) ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-III UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 4.0 Advanced Bakery (2) 4.0. Food Cost Control (2) 4.1 Pastry (10) 4.1 Introduction to Cost Control (2) Short crust Laminated 4.2 Define Cost Control (1) Choux Puff 4.3 The Objectives and advantages of Cost 4.2 Icings and pastry cream (8) Control (3) Basic icing and pastry cream 4.4 Basic costing (4) 4.5 Food costing (4) Food Control Cycle Stages in food control cycle (4)
Practical Periods:22 19. Flaky Pastry: khari, tie-biscuit, cheese straws (5) 20. Danish Pastry: Danish, croissant, cinnamon rolls (5) 21. Short Crust Pastry: (5) Biscuits: vanilla, fruit, osmania Pies: apple pie; Flans: fruit flan Tarts: jam tarts, lemon cream tarts 25. Desserts: (6) Mousse: chocolate, coffee; Soufflé: lemon, vanilla Puddings: caramel custard, bread & butter pudding PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods:08 Uses in confectionary (8)
Practical Periods: 22 4.0 Kitchen Stewarding (3) Using & operating machines Exercise-physical inventory (18)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods:08 5.0 Kitchen Stewarding 5.1 Importance (1) 5.2 Duties and responsibilities (2) 5.3 Staffing (1)
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Different Surfaces Used In Hotels And Their Care (1) 8.1 Wood & laminates (2) 8.2 Stone & ceramics (1) 8.3 Leather, rubber & rexine (2) 8.4 Metals (1); 8.5 Glass (1) 9.0 Fabrics Used At Hotels And Their Care 9.1 Construction of cloth (warp/weft) (3) 9.2 Uniforms (1) 9.3 Upholstery (2); 9.4 Soft furnishings (2) 9.5 Washing/dry cleaning– chemicals used (3) Practical Periods: 22 7. Public area cleaning (21)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods:08 10.0 Safety & Security (1) 10.1 Theft by employee & guests (1) 10.2 Fire, Bomb threats (2) 10.3 Types of Keys & Key control – 299
5.4 Record keeping (2) 5.5Inventory (2)
Revision /Pre final examinations – 2 March 2017 22
REVISION/IPE 2017
Revision /Pre final examinations – 2 REVISION/IPE 2017
guestroom keys, department keys (2) 10.4 First aid (2) a. Breathing disorders –asthma b. Cardiac arrest; c. Burns & scalds d. Fainting Revision /Pre final examinations – 2 REVISION/IPE 2017
300
PRE-SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING The basic aim of the course PRE-SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING is to impart the following skills in the student.
1. Ability to plan and organize activities of pre school 2. Preparation of teaching aids 3. Preparation of suitable diets to pre school children 4. Establish and maintain crèche / care centres 5. Establish and organize pre schools
301
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 PRE SCHOOL TEACH ER TRAINING :: COURSE CODE :: 408 :: FIRS T YEAR Month & No.of working days No.of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Introduction to Child Development (Theory Paper-I)
Organization and Management of Creches Theory Paper – II)
Health and Nutrition (Theory Paper –III)
Theory Periods -23 1.0 Concepts in child development 1.1 Meaning of growth (1) 1.2 meaning of development (1) 1.3 principles of growth and development (3) 1.4 Meaning of maturation (1) 1.5 meaning of learning (1) 1.6 Interrelation ship (2) 1.7 Meaning of Heridity and importance (2) 1.8 meaning of environment and importance (2) 1.9a) Developmental needs i) biological needs (1) ii) psychosocial needs (3) iii) Egoistic needs (2) b) developmental tasks of children from (birth to 2 years ) -4 Practical Periods –21 Introduction to child development 1.0 Observation of physical and motor development in children. (06) 1.1 Anthropometric measurement measuring height and weight of creche children (06) 1.2 preparation of growth chart (09)
Theory Periods -23 1.0 Introduction to crèche 1.1 Definition of the crèche (1) Introduction to child care (5) 1.2 Aims and objectives of crèche (5) 1.3 Types of crèches a) crèches based on organization (6) i) Govt ii) private iii) voluntary iv) industrial b) crèches based on location (6) i) Rural ii) urban iii) tribal iv) mobile
Theory Periods -23 1.0 Immunization 1.1 need and importance of immunization (5) 1.2 immunization schedule (5) 1.3 care after vaccination (4) 2.0 weaning (1) 2.1 Importance of weaning (2) 2.2 supplementary feeding stages: i) liquid stage (2) ii) semi solid (2) iii) solid (2)
Practical Periods -21 1.0 building plan of a crèche 1.1 preparation of model building plan for urban crèche (11) 1.2 preparation of model building plan for rural crèche –(10)
ASSIGNMENT –I
ASSIGNMENT – I
Practical Periods -21 1.0 planning and preparation of weaning foods for children between 6-2 years a) liquid food (7) i) soups ii) juices b) semi solid foods -7 i) kheer ii) kheer iii) banana c) solid food -7 i) idly; ii) chapathi; iii) rice ASSIGNMENT – I 302
July 2016 23 20 19
August 2016 24 23 24
Theory periods (20) 2.0 Areas of development Development during infancy (1) 2.1 Physical development meaning of physical development (1) pattern of physical development (1) 2.2 motor development Meaning of motor development (1) Types of motor development (2) 2.3 Emotional development Meaning of emotional development (1) Types of motor development (2) 2.4 Social Development Meaning of social development (1) Stages of social development (2) 2.5 Cognitive Development Meaning of cognitive development (1) Stages of cognitive development (3) 2.6 Speech Development Meaning of speech (1) Listening and expressive skills (3) Practicals (19) 1.3 Recording of gross motor skills exhibited by children ..Ex: Jumping, running, climbing tricycling etc. (8) 1.4 Recording of fine motor skills exhibited by children (11)..Ex: Feeding, dressing, playing.. ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST –I Theory Periods -23 3.0 Delayed Development 3.1 Meaning of delayed development -5 3.2 Identification of differently abled children-4 3.3 Mentally challenged (Gifted and mentally retarded children) Meaning -1 Causes and categories -2 3.4 Physically challenged
Theory Periods (20) 2.0 importance of crèche 2.1 need for crèche (5) 2.2 role of crèche in meeting the needs of children parents and community (10) 3.0 Physical set up of a crèche 3.1 Location of the crèche (5)
Theory Periods -20 2.3 supplementary foods during 6 months to 2 years -4 2.4 principles to be followed while introducing supplementary foods -3 3.0 Nutritional needs of children (Birth -3 years ) 3.1 Importance of nutrition -5 3.2 Nurtient requirement of -4 3.3 Planning of balanced children diet -4
Practical periods (19) Visit to different types of crèches i) Govt crèche -5 ii) private creche -5 iii) industrial creche -4 writing observation report -5 ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST – I Theory Periods -23 3.2 Building requirements of a crèche -8 3.3 Space requirement of crèche child -8 i) indoor space ii) out door space 3.4 selection of equipment (7)
Practicals -19 2.0 Planning of preparation of diets for infants between 1-2 years -19
ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST –I Theory Periods -23 4.0 Nutritional deficiency diseases 4.1 i) P.EM (3) ii) Kwashiorkar (4) iii) Marasmus (4) iv) vitamin A deficiency (6) v) vitamin B deficiency (6) 303
September 2016 22 20 18
October 2016 15
i) Blind -2 ii) Deaf and Dumb -2 iii) orthopedically -2 3.5 Services for differently abled children -5 Practical Periods -24 Practical Periods-24 2.0 Observation of emotional and social Preparing the list of equipment and development in children maintenance of records in crèche – 5 2.1 Recording of different emotions observed in admission register-03 children -12 Attendance register-03 2.2 Recording of different social skills observed Stock register-03 in children -12 Individual case register-04 Health register-03 Accounts register-03 ASSIGNMENT –III ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 4.0 New born baby 4.0 Creche Staff 4.1 meaning of new born baby -2 4.1 Staff pattern -4 Characteristics of new born baby -10 4.2 Responsibilities of creche Care of new born baby -6 Supervisor -6 Infantile Jaundice -2 4.3 Responsibilities of crèche Ayah -6 5.0 Planning Activities for crèche 5.1 importance of planning daily activities 5.2 Free play -4 Practical Periods -18 Practical periods -18 3.0 observation of cognitive and speech 4.0 preparation of charts -5 development in children. Preparation of simple toys -6 3.1 Recording of vocabulary and Preparation1 of soft toys -7 Pronunciation in Children -9 3.2 Recording of cognitive skills in children -09 ASSIGNMENT –IV ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST –III UNIT TEST –III Theory Periods -12 Theory Periods -12 5.3 Feeding -3 5.0 Pre mature Baby 5.1 meaning of premature baby -1 5.4 Toilet training -3
Practical Periods -24 3.0 planning and preparation of diets for the following nutritional deficiency diseases in children. a) Kwashiorkar -8 b) marasmus -8 c) vitamin A -8
ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods -20 i) vitamin c deficiency -4 ii) vitamin D deficiency -4 iii) Iron deficiency -3 5.0 common Ailments of children a) red sore buttocks -3 b) constipation -3 c) Diarrhoea -3
Practical periods -18 3.0 B- complex deficiency disease -6 d) vitamin C deficiency Diseases -6 e) vitamin D deficiency disease -6 ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST –III Theory Periods -12 e) cold cough and ear ache -3 f) fever -4 304
12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
5.2 identification of pre mature baby-4 5.5 Bathing and washing -3 g) colic and vomiting-4 5.3 causes of pre maturity -1 5.6 sleeping -3 Precaution for treating sick child -1 5.4 care of pre mature baby -4 5.5 feeding methods -2 Practicals -14 Practicals -14 Practical Periods -14 4.0 Observation of a challenged child. 5.0 Planning and participation in crèche g) Iron deficiency -6 4.1 Recording of development of physically / 5.1 Planning crèche programme -14 4.0 Writing report on common ailments mentally challenged children-07 observed in children -8 4.2 writing report on observation-07 HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods -23 Theory Periods -23 Theory Periods -23 Pre cautions for treating a sick child -3 6.0 Post Natal Care 6.0 Maintenance of records - 3 6.1 care of mother – diet, bathing, clothing, 6.1 types of records Teething problems -4 medical aid, and care of breast -12 i) Admission register -3 6.0 Habit formation (1) 6.2 Care of infant -7 ii) Attendance register -3 6.1 importance of habit formation -5 i) breast feeding iii) Health register -3 6.2 types of habits ii) bottle feeding iv) Individual case report -3 a) Eating habits -4 (2) (Advantages of disadvantages ) v) stock register -2 b) Sleeping habits -4 6.3 Importance of sterilization -3 vi) accounts register -3 vii) menu register -3 Practical Periods -18 Practical Periods -18 Practical Periods -18 5.0 Observation of a new born/pre mature baby. 6.0 participation in crèche programme-18 5.0 planning and preparation of charts on 5.1 Recording of observation of new born/pre good habits -18 mature baby -9 5.2 writing report on observations -9 305
February 2017 22 17 20
March 2017/22
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods -17 6.4 Methods Bathing, clothing, diapering and sleeping -17 Revision Practical periods -21 Writing report on observations (21)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods -17 Advantages and importance of record keeping 17 Revision Practical periods -21 Participation in crèche programme (21)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods -17 c) toilet -8 e) dressing -9 Revision Practical Periods -21 Preparation of charts on good habits(21)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II
Revision /IPE -2017
Revision /IPE -2017
Revision /IPE -2017.
306
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 PRE SCHOOL TEACH ER TRAINING :: COURSE CODE :: 408 :: SECO ND YEAR Month & No.of working days No.of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
July 2016 23 20 22
Early childhood Care and Education (Theory Paper-I)
Organization and Management of Pre-Schools Theory Paper – II)
Theory Periods (22) 1. Pre school period Significance of pre school years (2) Characteristics of pre school children(6) Developmental needs (5) Developmental tasks (4) Interests (5)
Theory Period :22 1. Physical set up of pre school selection Of site (2) Building requirements (6) Selection of equipment (4) Care of equipment (2) 2. Methods of pre school education 2.1 Kindergarten method (4) 2.2 Montessori method (4)
Practicals :23 1. Plan and write activities for physical Development (11) 1.1 plan and write activities for motor Development( 12) ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Period (20) 2. Development during early childhood period (2-6 years) a) physical development pattern (2) factors influencing physical development (2) b) motor development pattern (1) Factors influencing motor development (2) c) Emotional development : Pattern (2) Factors influencing emotional development (2) d) Social development Pattern (2)
Practical periods (23) 1. Visit and study different types of pre School programmes Anganwadi (11) Pre Schools (12) ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods (20) 2.3 Nursery schools (3) 2.4 play way method (3) 2.5 Anganwadi (3) 3. Management of Pre schools 3.1 Staff pattern (2); Qualifications (2) 3.2 Importance of Records and Reports (2) Different records (7) Attendance, Health, Stock, Records Of the child.
Parent Education, Nutrition (Theory paper –III)
Theory Periods (22) 1. Parent Education : 1.1. meaning (1) 1.2 importance of parent education(3) 1.3 methods of parent education Individual (5) Group (5) 1.4 Parent teacher meetings (3) 2. Nutrition for Pre school children Need and importance of nutrition(5) Practical periods (23) 1. Planning of parent education Programmes (12) 1.1. Organizing parent education Programmes (11) ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods (20) 2.2. Nutritional requirements of pre school children (3) 3. Dental Health : 3.1 Importance of dental Care in children (4) Care of teeth (3) Complications during teething (3) Prevention of dental caries (3) 4. Health of Pre school child. 4.1 Role of pre school in promoting childs 307
Factors influencing social development (2) e) cognitive development pattern (1) factors influencing cognitive development (2) f) speech development pattern (2) factors influencing speech development (2) Practical Periods (2) 2.1.Plan and write activities for emotional development (12) 2.2.Plan and write activities for social development (10)
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20 24
Record of Teachers estimate on the individual health (6) child Home visit , record of PTA meetings (etc)
Practical Periods :22 Practical periods :22 2. Writing of observation of different pre school 2. Arranging parent teachers programmes (10) Meetings in teaching practice Types of pre school programmes (12) school Planning (9) Preparation(8) Participating in PTA meeting. (05) ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST –I UNIT TEST – I UNIT TEST –I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS Theory Periods (20) Theory Periods (20) Theory Periods (20) 3. Concept development 3.3 Budget income and expenditure (5) 4.2 Common communicable diseases: Importance of concepts (5) symptoms, causes and prevention of 4.0 Pre school teacher : Learning of various concepts Characteristics (5) a) pneumonia (5) Size, shape, colour (14) Responsibilities (5) b) malaria (5) Weight, time, number and social concept. Need for parent teacher co operation (5) c) typhoid (5) d) Diphtheria (4) Practical periods (24) Practical periods (24) Practical Periods : (24) 3.1 Plan activities and prepare materials for 3. Planning and preparation of Lesson plans: 3. Preparation of charts for dental care Congnitive development (12) 3.1 Daily lesson plan (12) structure of infected tooth (8) 3.2 Plan activities and prepare materials for 3.2 Weekly lesson plan (12) Steps to better tooth brushing (7) 308
speech development (12)
December 2016 23 20 24
January 2017 23 20 22
Steps to keep your teeth healthy (9)
ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods (20) 4.0 Play: Definition (1) Categories (2) Stages of play (7) Factors influencing play (4) 5.0 Pre school education : 5.1 Importance of pre school education (3) Need for pre school education (3)
ASSIGNMENT –III ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods (20) Theory Periods (20) 4. E.Measles (2) 5.0 Pre school planning programmes 5.1 Principles involved in planning pre school F. Mumps (2) proigramme (6) G. Chicken pox (2) 5.2 Types – Long term planning (4) H. Whooping cough (3) Short term planning (4) I. Tuber culosis (3) 5.3 Importance of rhymes /songs(3) J. conjunctivitis (2) 5.5 Importance of stories (3) K. Scabies (2) 5. Behavior problems: Common behavior problems symptoms, causes and prevention of aggression, Jealousy Practical Periods (24) Practical Periods (24) Practical periods (24) 4. Plan and write games /organized play 4. Planning and preparation of teaching aids. 4. Prepare a report for a pre school child activities (10) a) conversation charts (7) suffering from communicable diseases 5. Plan and prepare teaching aids for b) story aids (8) Measles (4) developing concepts. c) Rhyme charts (9) Pneunonia (4) a) colour (7) Malaria (4) b) size (7) Typhoid (4) Whooping cough (4) Tuber culosis (4) ASSIGNMENT –IV ASSIGNMENT –IV ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST –III UNIT TEST –III UNIT TEST –III Theory Periods (20) Theory Periods (20) Theory Periods (20) 5.2 Aims and objectives of pre school 5.6 Importance of creative activities (3) 5. Thumb sucking (2) education (10) 5.7 Importance of science experiences (3) Nail biting (2) 5.8 Importance of field trips (3) Pica, Hair pulling (4) 6.0 Disciplining children 6.1 Definition (2) 5.9 Puppet show/dramatization (3) Negativism, temper tantrums (4) Importance of discipline (8) 6. Organizations working for pre school Stealing, masturbation, (4) Bed wetting (2) education : NIPCCD – objectives and activities (4) 6. First aid and safety measures NCERT – objectives and activities (4) 6.1 Importance of first aid (2) 309
February 2017 22 08
March 2017 21
Practical periods (22) Practical Periods (22) 5. Plan and prepare teaching aids for 4. D.Puppets (11) developing concepts. 5. Practice teaching in pre schools (10) c) shape (5) d) number (5) e) weight (5) f) time (4) a) social concepts (3) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I Theory Periods (08) Theory Periods (8) 6.2 Methods of disciplining the children 6. ICDS objectives and activities (3) Authoritarian technique (3) UNICEF – objectives and activities (3) Permissive Technique (2) CARE – objectives and activities (2) Democratic Technique (3) Revision Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II REVISION /IPE -2017
REVISION /IPE -2017
Practical periods (22) 5. Prepare an individual case report for a pre school child with behavior problems : Any 7 problems (22)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I Theory Periods (8) 6.2 contents of first aid box (2) 6.3 providing child safe pre environment (6) Revision.
school
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II REVISION /IPE -2017.
310
COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION Basic aim of the course Computer Graphics and Animation is to impart the following skills in students.
1. DTP Operator and Designer. 2. Animation and Graphics development. 3. Computer Operator. 4. Junior computer programmer. 5. Computer maintenance contractor. 6. Computer hardware technician.
311
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 COMPUTER GRAPH ICS & ANIMATIO N :: 503 :: FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Computer Fundamentals & MS OFFICE (Theory Paper I)
Theory Periods : (23) 1. Introduction to computer Systems and hardware. Introduction to computers, generations of computer. (3) Classification of Computers based on purpose, operation & size. (3) Anatomy of computers. (3) Number Systems. (3) Basic I/O Devices. (3) Block Diagram of CPU. (3) Memory units-Primary and Auxiliary memory.(3) Programming languages, general software features trends and utilities. (2) WINDOWS & MS OFFICE (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods (21) 1. Familiarization with to windows – working with the following: (5) 2. Working with windows- (6) 3. Starting a program (application)4. Windows manipulation. (4) 5. Shutting down the pc. (2)
Programming In ‘C’ (Theory Paper – II)
Fundamentals Of Computer Graphics & Animation (Theory Paper –III)
Theory Periods : (23) 1.Introduction to Problem Solving Techniques. (23) Procedure and Alogorithms. (8) Flow charts.(8) Pseudo code. (07)
Theory Periods : (23) 1. What is Multimedia. Definition, Multimedia elements like text.(2) Graphics. (3) Audio(2) Video(2) Animation. (3) Interactivity.(4) Where to use-business, schoolas, home, public places, virtual reality. (4) Delivery multimedia (1) Internet (2).
C PROGRAMMING (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods (21) Area of a Circle, (5) Lowercase to Uppercase Character Conversion.(5) Lowercase to Uppercase Text,(5) Reading a Writing a line of Text,(2) Averaging Student exam codes. (4).
ENGINEERING DRAWING. (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods (21) Introduction: Scope and objective of the subject, (5) Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium, (3) Drawing instruments and their uses. (3) Scales: Recommended scales, reduced & 312
July 2016 23 20 19
August 2016 24 23 24
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods : 20 1. Overview of Operating Systems. Introduction to Operating System, function and its types.(3) Features of DOS. (3) Working with DOS Commands. (3) Features of Windows (4) Meaning of Multitasking, File System, desktop components, control panel, Windows Explorer, Device Manager, File Manager and Program Manager, Display Properties, taskbar properties.(7) Practical Periods (19) 1. Managing files and folders working in windows (7) 2. Opening multiple objects: (7) 3. Configuring windows for unique user and desktop (5):
ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST – I Theory Periods : 23 2. Ms-word. Introduction to Word Processing (4). Editing a Document(4). Move and Copy Text and Help System (2). Formatting Text and Paragraph(2).
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods : 20 1. Features of “C” Introduction to ‘C’ (4). Structure of a ‘C’ program (8) Data types in ‘C’-constants & Variablesoperations and Expressions (8).
enlarged,(3) Layout of drawing sheet, sizes of title block and it content.(3). Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments.(4) ASSIGNMENT - I Theory Periods : 20 2.Text or Typography: About Fonts & Faces (3). Using Text in Multimedia (6). Computers and text (6). The power of text with examples (Ads) (5).
Practical Periods : (19) 1. Compound Interest Calculation (7). 2. Real Roots of Quadratic Equations, Evaluating a polynomial (7). 3. Generating multiplication table of given number ‘n’, averaging list of numbers.(5
Practical Periods : (19) 1. Lettering and Dimensioning: 2. Types of Lettering. (4) 3. Guide lines for lettering. (4) 4. Recommended sizes of letters and numbers.(4). 5. Single stroke letters(3). 6. Dimensioning-rules and systems of dimensioning-dimensioning a given drawing. 4) ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST – I UNIT TEST – I Theory Periods : 23 Theory Periods : 23 Statements-data definition-assignment(8). Images: I/O control structure(if-else,for,while,do- Making still images – Bitmaps (7). while) (4). Vector drawing (3). Structure for looping and nested looping.(4). Vector vs bitmap (3). Branching(switch,break,continue) (4) 2d-3d drawing. (3). 313
September 2016 22 20 18
Finding and Replacing Text and Spell Unconditional branching (go to statement) Color – Understanding natural light and Checking (2). simple programs covering above units.(4). color (3) Using Tabs (2). computerized color (3) Enhancing Document(2). color palettes. (2) Columns, Tables and Other Features. (2). Image file formats (1). Using Graphics, Templates and Wizards(1). Using Mail Merge.(2) Miscellaneous features of Word. (1) Practical Periods (24) Practical Periods (24) Practical Periods (24) Using accessories,disk tools and printers Calculation of students results and division. (7) Geometric Construction: accessories available in windows: (24) Converting several line of text to Uppercase. Bisecting a line-perpendiculars-parallel lines(3) division of a line (7) Encoding a String of Characters. (3) Angles-bisection (3) Calculation of compound interest with error trisection, Tangent lines touching circles trapping.(3) internally and externally (3) Solution for algebraic equations.(7) Polygons-Regular polygons-circumscribed and inscribed in circles (3). Conics - Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method (3). Construction of parabola and hyperbola by rectangular method.(4). ASSIGNMENT – III ASSIGNMENT – III ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II UNIT TEST - II UNIT TEST - II Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 3. MS-EXCEL: Functions: Sound: Introduction to Spreadsheet (3). What is a function (4) Sound Theory (3) Creating Worksheets & feeding data (3). Difference between a function and a procedure digital audio(3) Using functions. (4). (4) Midi audio (3) Editing Cells and using commands and Advantages of functions. (4) Midi vs. digital audio (3) functions. (4). User defined and library functions, main Sound in multimedia (3) Moving and Copying. (2). function.(8) Audio file formats(3) Inserting and Deleting Rows and Columns (2) The power of sound.(2) Formatting a Worksheet (2) Practical Periods 18 Practical Periods 19 Practical Periods 19 1. Familiarization with Ms Word – (2). 1. Searching Palindrome (3). Orthographic Projection: 2. Features of Word Processor, (3). 2. Check whether given number is Armstrong 1. Definition-Planes of projection-Four 314
October 2016 15 12 14
3. Text Formatting (3). 4. Paragraph Formatting - (3) 5. Searching for text – finding and Replacing Text, Jumping to the required section using “GoTo”. (3). 6. Inserting objects-, inserting text box, word art, auto text, working with headers and footers, inserting page number,hypelinks.Working with tables, working with page Layout, Additional Tools, Mail Merge – Creating and storing data for mail merge, creating the mail merge documents. (4). 7. Editing and printing (4) ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST - III Theory Periods : 12 Opening, Saving and printing a Worksheet(2) Working with Charts. (3) Working with Macros, Pivot tables. (3).
Number or not. (3) 3. Large of three given numbers (3) 4. Calculation of Factorial to given number.(3) 5. Generating Pascal Triangle. (6).
quadrants-Reference line (4) 2. First angle projection-Third angle projection (4). 3. Projections of points (4). 4. Straight lines, planes, solids, Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views. (6).
ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST – III UNIT TEST - III Theory Periods : 12 Theory Periods : 12 Functions: Animation: Return types, Concepts associated with About motion graphics (2) functions-Recursion (6) Principles of animation (2) scope of a function, extent of a variable, Use of Animation by computer (2) various categories of built in functions like math Animation techniques (2) (),string () etc processing.(6) Animation file formats (2) Display of animated content.(2). Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 1. Features of Ms-Excel. (3) 1. Printing Backwards, Finding sum of series Isometric Projection: 2. Contents of the Ms-Excel window. (2) (3). 1. Definition-Isometric axes (4) 3. Title Bar, Menu Bar, Toolbars, Cell, 2. Finding length of given text of lines (3). 2. lines and planes (4) Formula Bar. (2) 3. Search for maximum(3). 3. Isometric Scale-Isometric view (6). 4. Managing Worksheets. (2) 4. Generating Fibonacci numbers. (5). 5. Working with Data, Performing Calculations in Excel. (2). 6. Charts in Excel, Working with Data,(3) 7. Additional tools in Excel, Printing of Excel sheets (3) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS 315
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT Jan 2017 23 20 18
Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 4. MS-POWER POINT Video: Arrays in ‘C’: Creating Presentations using AutoContent Array as Data Structure-defining single and Using video (1); Analog video (1) Wizard, Template & Blank Presentation. multidimensional arrays, simple operation on Digital video (1); Characteristics of video (1) Working with Master’s slide, Title handout and arrays, simple programs on arrays. (10). Digital video containers – Codec, video Notes. File operations like fopen (), fprint (), fscan () format converters (1); Video formats (1) Viewing a presentation. etc. (10). How to get video clips, (1) Drawing Objects & Inserting OLE, Drawing shooting and editing video (1) freeform Shapes, Rotating Objects, and lighting, (1); Composition, titles and text Animation in slides/objects. chroma keys Nonlinear editing (NLE). (1). Creating Multimedia Content: Stages of Multimedia project (1) Creativity & Observation skills (1) Organizing of multimedia assets, communication ; Hardware,Software,word processors(1); OCR software (1) Painting/drawing tools (1). 2d/3d modeling and animation software image and sound editing. (5). Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods : 18 Practical Periods : 18 1. The Ms-Power Point Views – Slide Sorter Matrix Addition/Subtraction Isometric Projection: view, Outline view, Notes pages view, Reordering list of numbers 1. Drawing of isometric views of plane 1. A Piglet Generator (2) Slide Show View. (7) figures (6). 2. Creating a new presentation – using 2. Adding two tables of numbers (3) 2. Drawing of isometric views of prisms templates, Using slide layouts, Inserting, 3. Reordering list of strings.(2) and pyramids (7). 316
February 2017 22 17 21
deleting and rearranging slides Creating Spearker’s notes. (6) 3. Working Slides – Inserting and formatting text, shapes, pictures, tables, charts, hyperlinks, music, video, Running the slide view.(5) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : 17 MS-ACCESS: Concept of data and information and Introduction to Database management systems (1) Creating a database (1) Concepts of related tables and integrity constraints.(1) Designing tables, (1) use of queries and creating queries, (1) Creating forms and reports.(1)
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Matrix multiplication.(2) Displaying the Day of the year.(2) Concatenation of two strings. (2) Updating customer records. (2). Locating customer records. (3).
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : 17 Theory Periods : 17 Structures in C: Multimedia Jobs/skills: Structures – definition-declaration-operation on Project manager, (1). structures, (3) multimedia designer,(1); writer, (1) array of structures, array with structures, (4) video specialist, (1); audio specialist, (1) Structure as data types, operations on multimedia programmer, (1); Animator. (1). structures.(4). Multimedia & Internet: Unions-definition-difference between union and Designing and Producing (2) structure, creating and using a structure. (5). Content and Talent (2). The internet and Multimedia (2). Designing for WWW; Delivering Multimedia content. (4). Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21 1. Raising a number to power (3). Using AutoCAD: 2. Creating a Data file (lowercase to uppercase) 1. Introduction to AutoCAD: the Interface 2. The Basics of Using AutoCAD Drawing (3). Tools 3. Reading Data File (3) 4. Creating a file containing customer records 3. Using AutoCAD Navigation Tools 4. Using AutoCAD Drafting Tools (4). 5. Updating a File containing customer records 5. Modifying AutoCAD Drawing Objects using Copy / Move, Scale, Rotate etc. (4) Working with text in AutoCAD 6. Displaying in Bit pattern. (4).
Practical Periods: 21 1. Familiarization with the access window and objects, Table design using design wizard, Assigning primary key, adding validations, changing the data formatting table design, Creating fields with lookup data, creating relationships between tables. (10). 2. Creating simple select queries in design mode, modifying the queries to add criteria, filtering etc, creating calculated queries, Creating Forms and modifying form design, Reports and modifying Report Design. (10). PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 March 2017/22
REVISION / IPE 2017
3. Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones. (5).
REVISION / IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 REVISION / IPE 2017 317
ANNUAL ACADAMIC PLAN 2016 – 17
COMPUTER GRAPH ICS & ANIMATIO N::COURSE CODE :: 503 :: SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
July 2016 23 20 22
Graphic Design (Theory Paper – I)
Theory Periods : 22 All about design: What is design – Introduction to design, Graphic design.(5) Role of Design in society-Impact/function of design, Indigenous design practices, Finer Communication Techniques, Printing/publishing technology, Role of a design in the changing social scenario.(3) Role and Responsibility of Designers.(3) Introduction to Digital Photography: How digital camera works.(6) Technical specifications & terminology.(5) GRAPHIC Design (Practical Paper – I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Handling the digital camera .(6) 2. Create posters on any festival theme (paper).(6) 3. Create rough layouts for any given Advertisement. (11) ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods : 20 7. Color Theory: (6) How color works, Colors of light & pigments,Primary,Secondary & tertiary, Color
3d Animation (Theory Paper – II)
Internet Technologies (Theory Paper – III)
Theory Periods : 22 Theory Periods : 22 Basics of Internet: (8) Fundamental Module: Animation Principles and History.(5) What is Networking, types of networks, Animation Process.(2) about internet, history, browsing, search importance of drawing in animation Context.(2) engines, email, social media and online types of Animation.(1) forum, Basics of Web designing: (8) Animation Software tools. (1) Introduction to HTML: (6) Introduction to Maya: (11) What is HTMl, Tags Syntax, Create Learn Basics of 3D Computer Graphics using HTML Autodesk Maya
3D Animation Internet Technologies (Practical paper – II) (Practical Paper – III) Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 23 1. Model a Cartoon Living room set with nurbs 1. Create a simple webpage using basic surface. (12) HTML.(12) 2. Model a Cartoon Character Using 2. Create a Simple webpage using basic Polygon Surface. (11) HTML tags like Bold, italic, Underline along with meta tags. (11) ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - I Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 1. Modeling: (9) 1. Html Document – html Document, Surface Modeling Meta data, basic Content (basic tags). Polygon modeling (6) 318
mixing techniques, psychology of color 2. Texture Mapping/Shading: (11) 2. Hyperlinks – Hyperlinks and link 8. Elements and Principles of Design: (8) Learn the Texturing Techniques and Shading options. (8) Elements of design Techniques 3. Embedded Contents – Image, video. Principles of design (6) 9. Drawing for Designers: (6) Define drawing & sketching Basic drawing & sketching Practical Periods : 22 Practical Periods : 22 Practical Periods : 22 1. Draw or sketch any human made or natural 1. Assign Shades to the Cartoon living room set. 1. Create a Multiple Webpage Structure object/element (12) (10) using Hyperlinks. (7) 2. Create a typographic poster on paper. (10) 2. Texture the Cartoon Character by Unwrapping 2. Create a Rich Media Content page it and painting the Textures in Photoshop. (12) using video and Images. (7) 3. Create a HTML table structure for Students List with their Marks.(8) ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. August Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. 2016/24 Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. OJT Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. September Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. 2016/22 OJT Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. October 2016/15 Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 November Theory Periods : 20 10. Introduction to Typography: (7) 4. Lighting and Rendering. (11) 7. Tables – Creation tables.(07) 2016 What is Typography 5. Rigging: (09) 8. Forms – Form, Form controls. (06) 24 The Anatomy of Fonts Setup a Character for a Wide Range of Complex 9. Sections. (07) 20 11. Introduction to Illustrator: (13) Body Movement with controls that are in active 24 Getting started,Toolbox, and flexible Making selections, working with layers, 319
creating basic shapes, inserting and formatting text, Placing images, arranging, grouping, locking, working with symbols, saving. Applying transparency, styles, effects, and appearences.
Dec 2016 23 20 24
Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 1. Create symbols, Create Logos, Create 1. Setup 3 point lighting for the Cartoon 1. Create a feedback Form Structure Corporate Identities, and Visiting Card.(12) Character.(9) using Form tags.(9) 2. Illustrator – Create Envelope cover, 2. Setup Interior Lighting for the Living Room 2. Create a Simple Ecommerce Section Letterhead, create a digital illustration. (12) set. (8) page for a business house. (8) 3. Setup a Rigging Character for a Wide Range 3. Create simple page and embed a style of Complex Body Movement with controls along with the basic script.(7) that are in active and flexible. (7) ASSIGNMENT – III ASSIGNMENT – III ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II UNIT TEST – II UNIT TEST - II Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 12. Introduction to Photoshop: (06) Animation (20) Style and Script – Style Sheet, Getting started, interface layout, palettes, Types of Animation, Keyframeanimation, 2d/3d Script.(08) toolbox, selection tools, alteration tools, Animation, FK and IK 10. Introduction to CSS – what is CSS, drawing and selection tools, assisting Syntax, Selectors, Create CSS. (07) tools.(07) 11. Styling – Texts, fonts, List, Links.(05) Color boxes and modes, basic image editing, cropping, resizing, correcting, sharpening/softening, saving.(07) Practical Periods : 23 Practical Periods : 24 Practical Periods : 24 7. Create a vector poster on any theme (8). Animate the Cartoon Character (Character entering Create a Basic CSS page(12). 8. Photoshop: into room and sitting on sofa). (24) Create and Control a HTML page Styles 9. Create a photo composition using through CSS. (12). selection tools, retouch & repair a damaged photograph(9) 10. Create a poster with social message, colorize, Featherer effects, working with layers etc. (7) ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST - III UNIT TEST – III UNIT TEST - III 320
January 2017 23 19 22
February 2017 22 08
March 2017/22
Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 12. Introduction to In design: 13. Dynamic Effects. Getting started, Toolbox, organizing the document, column specifications.
Theory Periods : 20 13. Box Model:(05) Box Model, paddings, Margins, Background, Borders. 14. Layout – Layout Floating. (6) Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 1. Create a cover page for a magazine.(7) Lighting and Rendering-setup day light for the Create a CSS based table less HTML 2. Create a Brochure.(7) above shot and render the file.(21) structure.(8) 3. Create a Newsletter; create a landing page Create a CSS based simple floating for a website.(8) structure. (7) Create a full – fledged personal website structure using all HTML and CSS tags. (7) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : 08 Theory Periods : 08 Theory Periods : 08 Introduction to In design: (8) Visual Effects.(8) Advanced CSS: (8) Rulers, guides, working with objects, placing Inheritance, priority level of selector. images, layers andarranging, grouping, saving and export to pdf. REVISION / REVISION / REVISION / PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision / IPE 2017
Revision / IPE 2017
Revision / IPE 2017
321
TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES The basic aim of the course Tourism and travel techniques is to impart the following skills in the student. a) Ability to communicate verbally/written about tourist places other information. b) Crisis management c) Handle foreign tourists and guests d) Foreign exchange calculation e) Handle basic computer operations. f) Tour organization g) Photography and its collection h) Coin and philatelic exhibition i) Bed making and table arrangement.
322
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 17 TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES: COURSE CODE: 504:: FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25/ 23/ 21
FUNDAMENTALS OF TOURISM & TRAVEL (THEORY PAPER - I) Theory Periods : 23 I. INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM (20) 1.1 Meaning, definition of Tourism (1) 1.2 Nature and scope of Tourism (3) 1.3 Tourist Meaning and Types (3) 1.4 Definition by W.T.O (1) 1.5 Other Definitions of Tourism (2) 1.6 Tourism-Abbreviations (2) 1.7 Types of Tourism (4) 1.8 History of Tourism (4) II. TOURISM ROLE (30) 2.1 Introduction (3) Practical Periods : 21 A) Visits to department of Tourism, Govt. of India, Tourism Department Organizational Structure, Functions, Departments, various Policy and Planning. (21) ASSIGNMENT - I
July 2016 23 20
TOURISM GEOGRAPHY, CULTURAL HERITAGE (THEORY PAPER - II)
Theory Periods : 23 I. INTRODUCTION GEOGRAPHY (20) 1.1 Meaning of Geography (2) 1.2 Importance of Geography for Tourism (2) 1.3 Climate Variations (3) 1.4 Study of Maps (3) 1.5 Longitude & Latitude (2) 1.6 International Date line (2) 1.7 Time Variations (3) 1.8 Time Difference (3) II. INDIAN GEOGRAPHY (30) 2.1 Physical features of Indian Geography (03) Practical Periods: 21 A) Visit To ASI (21)
ASSIGNMENT - I
Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 2.2 The Role of Tourism for a Nation, State, or 2.2 Political features of Indian Geography (9) Region (10) 2.3 Various Climate Conditions (11)
TOURISM PRODUCTS (THEORY PAPER - IIII)
Theory Periods: 23 I. INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM PRODUCTS (20) 1.1 Meaning and definition of Tourism Products (3) 1.2 Characteristics of Tourism Products(5) 1.3 Different types of Tourism Products (12) II. NATURE BASED PRODUCTS (20) 2.1 Various tourism products based on climate, Landscape (3)
Practical Periods: 21 A) Visit to APTDC office to study the various tourism products (21)
ASSIGNMENT - I Theory Periods: 20 2.2 Mountains (2) 2.3 Rocks (2); 2.4Valleys (2) ; 323
19
August 2016 24 23 24
September 2016 22 20 18
2.3 Various advantages and disadvantages of Tourism (10)
Practical Periods : 19 B) Visits to State Department Organizational structure, Various Departments, Functions, various Policy and Planning. (19) ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I Theory Periods: 24 2.4 Benefits of Tourism (8) III. TOURISM IMPACTS 3.1 Impacts of Tourism on Economy, Culture and Society (16)
Practical Periods : 24 C) Visits to Professional Research and Development Organization, knowledge about conducting Research work, conducting Field Surveys, Research Report Preparation. (24) ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II Theory Periods : 20 3.2 Environmental Impacts (9) IV. TOURISM ORGANIZATION (20) 4.1 Government organisations MoT,DoT,STDC,ITDC (6) 4.2 Non Governmental organisations TAAI,FHRAI,IATO (5)
Practical Periods: 19 B) Visit To State Archaeology Department (19)
2.5 Caves (1) ; 2.6 Deserts (1); 2.7 Rivers (2) ; 2.8 Lakes (1) ; 2.9 Beaches and Waterfalls (2) 2.10 Wildlife Sanctuaries (2) 2.11 National parks (2) III. CULTURE BASED PRODUCTS -I 3.1 Historical places (3) Practical Periods: 19 B) Visit to natural sites(Godavari river, Borra Caves, Parks etc) (19)
ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I Theory Periods: 24 2.5 forests of India (8) III. A.P GEOGRAPHY & TOURISM RESOURCES 3.1 Physical features Of Andhra Pradesh Geography (8) 3.2 Various Climate Stages Of AP (8) Practical Periods: 24 C) Visit To Local Weather Bureau (24)
ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I Theory Periods: 24 3.2 Archaeological sites (10) 3.3 Heritage sites (8) 3.4 Museums (6)
ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II Theory Periods : 20 3.3 Various Natural And Man- Made Tourism Resources Of Andhra Pradesh (9) IV. OUTLINE OF INDIAN HISTORY (20) 4.1 Evolution Of Indian Culture (11)
ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II Theory Periods: 20 3.5 Art Galleries (4) IV. CULTURE BASED PRODUCTS –II (25) 4.1 Religious and spirituals centres (4) 4.2 Dance forms (4) 4.3 Music (4) 4.4 Fair & Festivals (4)
Practical Periods: 24 C) Visit to any cultural site(museum , art gallery, Golconda fort, etc) (24)
324
Practical Periods : 18 D) Visits to TAAI, Regional Office (18)
Oct 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
Practical Periods : 18 Practical Periods: 18 D) Visit To Forest Department and Nature Study D) Visit to fair and festivals (tourism festival, Centres (18) Hyderabad festival, medaram fair etc (18) ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST - III UNIT TEST - III UNIT TEST - III Theory Periods: 12 Theory Periods: 12 Theory Periods: 12 4.3 International organisations - IATA, 4.2 Brief History of Andhra Pradesh And Culture 4.5 Folk arts (4) WTO,PATA,UFTAA (9) Features (9) 4.6 tourist festivals (5) V. TOURISM AS INDUSTRY (20) V. CULTURAL HERITAGE OF INDIA (20) V. RECREATION BASED PRODUCTS 5.1 Introduction (3) 5.1 Heritage Meaning And Importance (3) 5.1 Duty free shops (3) Practical Periods : 14 Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 E) Visit to FHARI office, PATA Regional E) Visit To National Parks And Sanctuary (09) E) Visit to recreation parks (malls- Gbk, Office or branch (14) F) Visit to any Heritage site(05) Theatre, duty free shops, I-max,) (14) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 5.2 Tourism as an Industry (5) 5.2 World Heritage Site and Criteria For Selection 5.2 malls (3) 5.3 Features of Tourism Industry (5) (8) 5.3 cinema halls (3) 5.4 Current trends and Tourism as a system (7) 5.3 The Indian Monuments And Architects (9) 5.4 Theatre (3) 5.5 Theme parks / Amusement parks (4) VI. TOURISM IN ANDHRA PRADESH VI. MANAGING HERITAGE 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.1 Introduction of Managing Heritage (1) 5.6 Resorts. (4) 6.2 Physical features of Andhra Pradesh (2) 6.2 How To Managing Heritage (2) VI. ADVENTURE BASED PRODUCTS 6.1 Introduction of land based, water based, air based Tourism (3)
325
Practical Periods: 18 F) Visit to APTDC office, CRO office, Paryatic Bhavan Office (18)
February 2017 22 17 21
March 2017/22
Practical Periods : 18 G) Visit To Historical Monuments Of AP; Know The Preservation, Protection And Conservation (18) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods : 17 Theory Periods: 17 6.3 Various Tourist places of Andhra Pradesh 6.3 Protection Conservation & Preservation Of (7) Cultural Heritage (5) 6.4 APTDC Role and Contribution in Tourism 6.4 Marketing of Heritage (6) (3) 6.5 INTACH (5) 6.5 Tourism Trends and Scenario (6) Practical Periods:21 Practical Periods:21 G) Visit Various Tourist places of A.P (20) G) Visit To Any One World Heritage Sites (20) Revision Revision
Practical Periods: 18 F) Visit to theme park , film city resorts(18)
and
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods : 17 6.2 Various land based sports (5) 6.3 water sports (5) 6.4 Air sports (6)
Practical Periods:21 G) Visit to Adventure place(Anant giri hills, orkuvally, vizak, Elagandula fort) (20) Revision
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2
REVISION/IPE 2017
REVISION/IPE 2017
REVISION/IPE 2017
326
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES COURSE CO DE: 504 SECO ND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25/ 22 23
Tourism profile in Andhra Pradesh (Theory Paper - I)
Travel agency and Tour Operation (Theory Paper - II)
Theory Periods: 22 I. HISTORY OUTLINE OF ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 Early History of Andhra Pradesh (5) 1.3 Medieval History of Andhra Pradesh (7) 1.4 Modern History of Andhra Pradesh (7) II. TOURISM PROFILE IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 2.1 Tourist flows to the state (2)
Theory Periods : 22 I.INTRODUCTION TO TRAVEL AGENCY (20) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 travel Agency Meaning & Types (5) 1.3 Travel Agency Role and Importance (6) 1.4 Online Travel Agency (8) II. HISTORY OF TRAVEL AND TOUR OPERATIONS (25) 2.1 Introduction (2)
Practical Periods: 23 A) Visit to APTDC- know the currents trends in Tourism (23) ASSIGNMENT - I
Application of computer for Tourism & Travel (Theory Paper - III)
Theory Periods: 22 I. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER (10) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 Meaning and definition of Computer (1) 1.3 Historical evolution of Computer (1) 1.4 Computer Terminology - Abbreviations & Definitions (1) 1.5 Components of Computers (1) 1.6 Types of Computers (1) 1.7 Characteristics of Computer (1) 1.8 Uses of Computers (1) 1.9 Role of Computers (1) 1.10 The applications of Computers in Tourism Industry (1) II. HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE (5) 2.1 Hardware (3); 2.2 Software (2) III. MS – OFFICE (30) 3.1 Introduction to MS - Office (7) Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods:23 A) Visit to a travel Agency (like Thomas cook A) Windows Live Demonstration on , SOTC ,COX-&-Kings) their various wording on window (17) departments , functions and structure (23) B) Hard ware & soft ware(06) ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I
327
July 2016 23 20 22
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT Nov 2016 24 20 24
Theory Periods : 20 2.2 Tourism attractions of the state (6) 2.3 Types and Forms of Tourism in Andhra Pradesh (10) III. TOURISM DESTINATIONS OF ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Tourist spots in Andhra Pradesh – Religious destinations (3) Practical Periods: 22 B) Visit to state department of Tourism:statistical information (22)
Theory Periods : 20 2.2 Orgin (4) 2.3 First Travel Agent (7) 2.4 Travel Business in America (9)
Theory Periods : 20 3.2 Orgin of MS - Office (2) 3.3 Components of MS - Office (3) 3.4 Main Features of MS - Office (4) 3.5 Importance & Advantages of MS-Office (5) 3.6 Introduction to MS-Word (1) 3.7 MS-Word Documents Preparation (5)
Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 B) Visit to tour company :- Understanding the c) MS-WORD:-Preparation of MS-WORD tour Operations , functions and Various documents with all application of MSpackages (22) WORD(22) ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I UNIT TEST - I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.
Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods :20 3.3 Tourist spots in Andhra PradeshMuseums, Galleries , Eco-adventure, nature, Beaches (11) 3.4 Tourist spots in Hyderabad(06) IV TOURISM SIGNIFICANCE IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Impacts of Tourism (2)
Theory Periods : 20 2.5 American express (2) III. FUNCTIONS AND STGRUCTURE OF A TRAVEL AGENCY 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Functions of a Travel Agency (4) 3.3 Travel Agency Structure (4) 3.4 Travel Agency Revenue and Linkages (4) 3.5 Tour Operator Functions and Role (5)
Theory Periods :20 3.8 Using Word Commands (2) IV. MS - EXCEL & POWER POINT 4.1 Introduction to MS - Excel (1) 4.2 Components (2) 4.3 Uses and Advantages (2) 4.4 Main Functions (4) 4.5 Operation Procedures (2) 4.6 Introduction to MS - Power Point (2) 328
4.7 Preparation of MS - Excel Sheets (5) Practical Periods :24 Practical Periods : 24 Practical Periods : 24 C) Visit to various Destinations (within AP) C) Making package tour :-Creation of small d) MS-Excel:-Preparation of Excel sheet at (24) tour itinerary coasting of package cost (24) computer with all application of Excel (24)
Dec 2016 23 20 24
ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST – II Theory Periods :20 4.2 involvement of the private sector (7) 4.3 Andhra Pradesh Culture (11) V. TOURISM FACILITIES IN ANDHRA PRADESH 5.1 Introduction (2)
Practical Periods : 24 D) Visit to Local Destinations (In Hyderabad) 11) E)Visit to such departments involve in tourism planning and policy making (12)
Jan 2017 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods : 20 5.2 Tourist Accommodation (4) 5.3 Transportation (6) 5.4 Super Structure (7) VI TOURISM PLANNING AND POLICY OF ANDHRA PRADESH (10) 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 State level agencies associated with tourism (1)
ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST – II Theory Periods : 20 3.6 Tour Operator Revenues (3) IV. RECOGNITION OF TRAVEL AGENCIES AND TOUR OPERATORS 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Setup for a Travel Agency (4) 4.3 Travel Agency Approval By MoT (4) 4.4 Travel Agency Approval by IATA (4) 4.5 Setup for a Tour Operator (4)
ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST – II Theory Periods : 20 4.8 Excel Command Practices (5) 4.9 Power Point Presentation (4) 4.10 Power Point Commands (4) V. NETWORKING 5.1 Introduction to Networking (1) 5.2 types of Networking (2) 5.3 Network Topology (2) 5.4 Understudy LAN (1) 5.5 Main Features of LAN (1) Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 D) Visit to APTDC OFFICE :- knowledge E) MS-Power point:-Preparation of Power Point about various types of Booking systems and Slides (12) reservations , preparation of APTDC various F) Create a e-mail at any website (11) Tour packages ,coach-tour , Daily tour ,Religious tour (23) ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST – III UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods: 20 4.6 Tour Operator Approval as Domestic Tour 5.6 LAN Networks (1) Oprator by MoT (3) 5.7 Understudy WAN (1) 4.7 Tour Operator Approval as Inbound Tour 5.8 Networks of WAN (1) Operator by MoT (4) VI. INTERNET & CRS 6.1 Introduction to Internet (1) V. PACKAGE TOUR OPERATIONS (20) 5.1 Meaning of Package tour (1) 6.2 History & Development of Internet (3) 5.2 types of Package Tours (11) 6.3 Advantages & Disadvantages of Internet (3) 6.4 Functions of Internet (5) 6.5 Role of Internet in Tourism Industry (4) 329
Feb 2017 22 08
March 2017/22
Practical Periods : 22 Practical Periods : 22 F) Small survey on tourism facilities of AP at E) Visit to Railway stations :- Reservation various destinations (22) office, systems of Booking, Various Railway package (14) F) Visit to Airport (8) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods :08 Theory Periods :08 6.3 Tourism related festivals (4) 5.3 Preparation and costing of Various 6.4 tourism Planning and Policy (4) Package tour (4) 5.4 Various Packages of APTDC (4)
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision/IPE 2017
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision/IPE 2017
Practical Periods: 22 G) Preparation of a presentation (only five slides),with help of MS_POWER-POINT and DEMONSTRATION. (22) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Theory Periods :08 6.6 Browsing Internet (2) 6.7 Google Search (1) 6.8 E-Mail (2) 6.9 Computer Reservation System & Practices (3) Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision/IPE 2017
330
DENTAL TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course Dental Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.
a) Proper Identification and use of dental materials. b) Proper handling of the dental laboratory equipment. c) Fabrication of different types of Prosthesis and Orthodontic appliances bases on the scientific knowledge and Clinical requirements. d) Set – up and running of own laboratory to cater to the needs of Private dental practitioners. e) Dental Technician demonstrator.
331
ANNUAL ACDEMIC PLAN 2016-17 DENTAL TECHNICIAN CO URSE CODE:: 601::FIRST YEAR Month/No. of Working Days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
July 2016 23 20
Applied Oral Anatomy Theory Paper: I
Dental Mechanics ( Primary) Theory Paper: II
Theory Periods: (23) Theory Periods: (23) 1.Dental Formulas(3) 1.Dental Formulas(3) A)FDI Notation; B)Palmar Notation A)FDI Notation C)Universal Notation B)Palmar Notation C)Universal Notation 2.Cronology (4) A)All Decidious Teeth 2.Cronology and its Types(4) B)All Permanent Teeth A)All Decidious Teeth B)All Permanent Teeth 3.Parts Of Tooth (2) A)C.S of Tooth(2); B)T.S of Tooth(2) 3)Anatomical Land Marks (3) 4.Elementary Anatomy of structure of denture A)Maxillary Edentulous Cast (3) bearing area (8) B)Mandibular Edentulous Cast(3) 5.Anatomical Land Marks(2) 4.Impression Tray Classification(4) a)Maxillary Edentulous cast 5.Primary Impression Care(3) b)Mandibular Edentulous cast APPLIED ORAL ANATOMY DENTAL MECHANICS (PRIMARY) Practical Paper - I Practical Paper - II Practical Periods: (21) Practical Periods: (21) Plaster Block Preparation(10) 1.Impression Trays Identification(5) Carving of plaster block(11) 2.Pouring of Maxillary Cast(8) 3.Pouring of Mandibular cast(8) ASSIGMENT TEST - I ASSIGMENT TEST - I Theory Periods: (20) Theory Periods: (20) 1.Human Dentition & Occlusion(5) 1.Final Impression Care(3) a)Maxillary(6) 2.Beading &Boxing (3)
Dental Materials Theory Paper: III
Theory Periods: (23) 1.Introduction to All Dental Materials(2) 2.Gypsum & Gypsum Products(6) 3.Impression Material (Rigid type) –(5) 4.Elastic Impression Materials(5) 5.Irreversible Hydrocollides (5)
DENTAL MATERIALS Practical Paper - III Practical Periods: (21) 1.Identification of Dental Materials(11) 2.Identification of Dental Instruments(10)
ASSIGMENT TEST - I Theory Periods: (20) 1.Elastomeric Impression Materials(5) 2.Denture Base materials 332
19
August 2016 24 23 24
b)Mandibular(6) 2.Functions Of Teeth(3)
Practical Periods: (19) Tooth Carving On Plaster 1.Anterior Teeth Carving(8) 2.Posterior Teeth Carving(11) UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II Theory Periods: (23) 1.Morphology of crowns of Teeth A)Maxillary Anterior Teeth (10) B)Maxillary Posterior Teeth (5) 2.Morphology Of Crowns Of Teeth: A)Mandibular Anterior Teeth (4) B)Mandibular Posterior Teeth (4)
Practical Periods: (24) 1.Tooth Carving On Wax Blocks: A)Maxillary Anterior Teeth Carving (8) B)Maxillary Anterior teeth POP model (8) C) Maxillary Anterior teeth chart (8)
September
UNIT TEST-II ASSIGMENT-III Theory Periods: (20)
3.Construction of special Tray: A)Shellac Base Plate (4) B)Self-Cure Acrylic(4) C)Without Spacer(2) D)With Spacer(2) Practical Periods: (19) 1.Primary & Final Impression Care(10) 2.Beading &Boxing (9) UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II Theory Periods: (23) 1.Cast Preparation & Trimming (5) 2.Prepration of Occlusal Rims (4) 3.Articulators (2) 4.Selection of Teeth (2) 5.Principles Of Teeth Setting (4) A)Maxillary B)Mandibular 6.Articulation (1) 7.Occlusal Plane (1) 8.Curve of spee (1) 9.Compensating curves(1) 10.Balance Occlusion(1) 11.Overjet, Overbite (1) Practical Periods: (24) 1.Preparation of special Tray using: A)Shellac base plate(7) B)Self-cure Acrylic without spacers(4) 2.Self-Cure special tray with spacer(4) 3.Base Plate Adaptation(3) 4.Occlusal Rims Preparation(4) 5.Articulation (2) UNIT TEST-II ASSIGMENT-III Theory Periods: (20)
A)Self-cure(5) B)Heat-Cure(5)
Practical Periods: (19) 1.Mixing of Gypsum & Gypsum Products(9) 2.Pouring of Dentulous & Edentulous Casts(10) UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II Theory Periods: (23) 1.Dental Cements (5) 2.Classification of Dental Cements(3) 3.Temporary Filling Material(3) 4.Permanent Filling Material(4) 5.Luting Cements(2) 6.Cavity Varnishes(2) 7.Cavity Liners(2)
Practical Periods: (24) 1.Aliginate –Mixing(6) 2.Zinc-Oxide-Eugenol impression paste Mixing (6) 3. Impression compound missing (6) 4. Mixing of zinc Oxide Eugenol Cement (6)
UNIT TEST-II ASSIGMENT-III Theory Periods: (20) 333
2016 22 20 18
October 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December
1.Muscles Of Matication (10) 2.Muscles Of Facial Expressions (10)
1.Key Of Occlusion (1) 2.Flasking (2) 3.Dewaxing (2) 4.Packing (2) 5.Curing (2) 6.Deflasking(3) 7.Trimming(3) 8.Finishing&Polishing(1) 9.Denture Relining &Rebasing(3)
Practical Periods: (18) 1. cont.Maxillary Anterior Teeth Carving on wax block (6) 2. Maxillary post POP model (6) 3. Maxillary post teeth chart (6) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV Theory Periods: (12) 1. Trigeminal Nerve (4) 2. Facial Nerve (4) 3. T.M.J. (4)
Practical Periods: (18) Teeth Setting 1.Maxillary Anterior Teeth Setting(9) 2.Mandibular Anterior Teeth setting(9)
1.Direct Filling Gold(2) 2.Dental Casting Alloys(2) 3.Dental Waxes(3) 4.Classification of Dental Waxes(2) 5.Properties Of Dental Waxes(3) 6.Inlay Wax(2) 7.Sticky Wax(1) 8.Modelling Wax(1) 9.Carving Wax(1) 10.Base Plate Wax(2) Practical Periods: (18) 1.Elastomeric Impression Material Mixing (6) 2.Mixing of Denture Base Materials cold cure (6) 3.Mixing of OBM reatcure (6) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV Theory Periods: (12) 1.Phosphate Bond Investment Materials(3) 2.Silica Bond Investment Materials(2) 3.Model Cast & Die Materials(2)
UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV Theory Periods: (12) 1.Principles Of Partial Denture Design(3) 2.Surveyor(5) 3.Duplication Of Cast(1) 4.Clasps, Parts Of clasps And Design Of Clasps(4) Practical Periods: (14) Practical Periods: (14) Practical Periods: (14) 1.Mandibular Anterior Teeth Carvings(5) 1.Maxillary posterior Teeth Setting(7) 1.Mixing Of Dental Cements(9) 2. Mandibular Anterior teeth POP model (5) 2.Mandibular Posterior Teeth Setting(7) 2.Identification Of Dental Waxes & Their 3. Mandibular Anterior teeth chart (4) Manipulations(5) HALF-YEARLY EXAMS HALF-YEARLY EXAMS HALF-YEARLY EXAMS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. 334
2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: (20) 1.Jaw Bone: A)Maxilla(10) B)Mandible(10) Practical Periods: (18) 1.Mandibular Posterior Teeth Carving (4) 2.Mandibular post teeth POP model (4) 3. Mandibular post teeth chart (2) 4. POP model of maxilla (4) 5. POP model of mandilla (4)
February 2017 22 16 20
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods: (16) 1.Nerve supply of Maxillary & Mandibular teeth (9) 4.Blood Supply To Maxillary Teeth (7) Practical Periods: (20) REVISION PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
March 2017/22
REVISION/IPE 2017
Theory Periods: (20) 1.Principles Of Wire Bending(6) 2.Occlusal Rest(4) 3.Lingual Bar (4) 4.General Principles Of Denture Retention(6) Practical Periods: (18) 1.Finishing & Polishing(1) 2.Flasking(2); 3.Dewaxing(1) 4.Packing(1); 5.Curing(3) 6.Deflasking(2) 7.Trimming,Sandpapering, Finishing & Polishing(1) 8.Clasp Bending(5) 9.Fabrication of Partial Dentures with & without Clasps(2) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: (16) 1.Immediate Denture (4) 2.Denture Repair Using A)Self-Cure (5); B)Heat –Cure (5) 3.Kennedy’s Classification(2) Practical Periods: (20) REVISION PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Theory Periods: (20) 1.Ideal Properties of Die materials(6) 2.Dental Ceramics(8) 3.Abrasive Agents(3) 4.Polishing Agents(3) Practical Periods: (18) 1.Making Impressions Using Impression Compound (3) 2.Making impression using Zinc Oxide Evgnal paste (3) 3.Mixing Dental stone for pouring casting(3) 4. Making impression using Alginate(3) 5. Making impression using rubber base(3) 6. Mixing Dental Cement. (3)
REVISION/IPE 2017
REVISION/IPE 2017
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods: (16) 1.Dental Casting Investment Materials (5) 2.Ideal Properties OF Dental Investment Materials (6) 3.Gypsum Bond Investment Materials (5) Practical Periods: (20) REVISION PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II
335
ANNUAL ACDEMIC PLAN 2016-17 DENTAL TECHNICIAN CO URSE CODE :: 601:: SECO ND YEAR Month/ No of working days/ No of Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Dental Mechanics (Final) Theory Paper: I
Theory Periods : (22) 1.Introduction(1) A)Crowns & Bridges(4) B)Importance of Crown & Bridges(2) C)Advantages Of Crowns & Bridges(2) 2.Casting(2) 3.Types of Machines Casting (1) A)Centrifugation Casting(2) B)Pressure Casting(2) 4.Casting Machines(1) Casting Furnaces(2) 5.Procedure Of casting (4) Practical Periods : (23) 1.Wax Pattern Preparations (12) 2.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(5) 3.Investing of Wax Pattern(6) Assignment-I
Orthodontics Theory Paper: II
Dental Metallurgy Theory Paper: III
Theory Periods : (22) 1.Introduction(1) 2.Definations(1) 3.Nature of Malocclusion(2) 4. Need Of Orthodontic Treatments(3) 5.Malocclusion(3) 6.Classification Of Malocclusion(2) 7.Malpositon of Individual Tooth(3) 8.Appliance Theory(2) 9.Removable Appliances(3) 10.Services provided by Ortho dentic (2)
Theory Periods : (22) 1.Introduction(1) 2.Metallurgical Terms(1) 3.General Properties Of Metals(2) 4.Metals Used In Dentistry(3) A)Gold(4) B)Silver(4) 5.Study of metals: 1.Copper(2) 2.Zinc(2) 3.Tin(2)
Practical Periods : (23) 1.Study Model Preparation(5) 2.Short Labial Bows(6) 3.Long Labial Bows(6) 4.Begg’s Retainer(6) Assignment-I
Practical Periods : (23) 1.Preparation of Wax Patterns Primary(9) 2.Preparation Of Wax Pattern Final(8) 3.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(6) Assignment-I
336
Practical Periods : (22) Practical Periods : (22) Practical Periods : (22) 1.Investing Wax Pattern(4) 1.Adam’s Clasp Preparation(7) 1.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(7) 2.Burn out Wax Pattern(6) 2.Bite Plane Construction(6) 2.Investing Of Wax Pattern(15) 3.Dental Casting(6); 4.Metal Trimming(6) 3.Habit Breaking Appliances fabrication(9) UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II ASSIGMENT-II ASSIGMENT-II Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. August Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. 2016/24 Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. OJT Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and September obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. 2016/22 OJT Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. October 2016/15 Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November2016 Theory Periods : (20) Theory Periods : (20) Theory Periods : (20) 1.Burn Out Procedures(8) 1.Removable & Functional Appliances(2) 1.Solders((2) 24 2.Metal Trimming, Finishing & Polishing(2) A)Removable Appliances In which Screws 2.Fluxes(1) 20 3.Inlay Classification(2) Are Incorporated(1) 3.Anti-Fluxes(1) 24 4.Types Of Abutments(5) B)Removable Appliances With Maxillary 4.Tarnish(2) 5.Pontic Designs(3) Splints(2) 5.Corrosion(2) 2.Fixed Appliances & Their Types(2) 6.Electro Deposition(2) 3.Attachments Of Fixed Appliances(1) 7.Dies(5) 4.Molar Bands(1); 5.Brackets(2) 8.Counter Dies(5) 6.Labiolingual Appliances(2) 7.Spring Bows(2); 8.Flexible Bows(5) Practical Periods : (24) Practical Periods : (24) Practical Periods : (24) 1.Finishing(4) 1.Space Maintainers(4) 1.Cont.Invsting Of Wax Pattern(12) 2.Polishing(4) 2.Expansion Appliances(4) 2.Burn Out Wax Pattern(12) 3.Preparation of Cast Partial Dentures(12) 3.Surgical Appliances(4) 4.Z-Spring(4); 5.T-Spring(4) 6.Fingure Spring(4) UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II 337
December 2016 23 20 24
January 2017 23 20 22
February 2017 22 8
March 22/2017
ASSIGMENT-III Theory Periods : (20) 1.Bridge Retainers(9) 2.Cobalt-Cromuim Denture Bases(5) 3.Wrought Alloy Denture Bases(6) Practical Periods : (24) 1.Cont. Preparation Of Cast Partial Dentures(12) 2.Preparation Of Maxillofacial Prosthesis(12) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT-IV Theory Periods : (20) 1.Cast Gold Restoration(5) 2.Ceramics(5) 3.Maxillofacial Prosthesis(5) 4.Obturator(5) Practical Periods: (22) 1.Ceramics(11) 2.OverDentures(11)
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : (8) 1.Splints(2) 2.Mouth Guards(2) 3.Immediate Dentures(2) 4.Over Dentures(2) REVISION PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/IPE 2017
ASSIGMENT-III Theory Periods : (20) 1.Local Fixed Appliances(7) 2.Surgical Orthodontics(7) 3.Computers In Orthodontics(6) Practical Periods : (24) 1.Oral Screen(7); 2.Activator(6) 3.Fabrication Of Activator(4) 4.Frankel Appliance(4); 5.Welding & Soldering(3) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT-IV Theory Periods : (20) 1.Retention Appliances(20)
ASSIGMENT-III Theory Periods : (20) 1.Electro Forming(12) 2.Soldering(4) 3.Welding(4) Practical Periods : (24) 1.Casting(24)
Practical Periods : (22) 1.Indirect bonding (6) 2.Blaster(2) 3.Boxing(6); 4.Face Bow(3) 5.Retention Appliances(5) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : (8) 1.Study Models(8)
Practical Periods : (22) 1.Metal Trimming(10) 2.Finishing(6) 3.Polishing(6)
REVISION PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/IPE 2017
REVISION PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/IPE 2017
UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT-IV Theory Periods : (20) 1.Chrome Cobalt Casting(20)
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : (8) 1.Metal Polishing Agents(8)
338
DENTAL HYGIENIST The basic aim of the course Dental Hygienist is to impart the following skills in the student. a) Scaling, polishing of teeth and application of fluorides. b) Processing and developing of Dental Radiographs. c) Performing oral diagnostic tests and interpretation of case to dentist. d) Mixing of filling/impression materials and preparing models. e) Assisting the Dental Surgeon during dental procedure. f) Post operative care and providing oral health care instructions to Patients. g) Thorough knowledge about the dental materials and procedures. h) Able to manage medical emergencies in dental practice.
339
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 DENTAL H YGIENIST COURS E CODE: : 602 :: FIRST YEAR Month /No of working days/ Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 23 21
July 2016 23
Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Histology Theory Paper-I
Theory Periods -23 1.0 Osteology & embryology-10 1.1 Terminology-02 1.2 Oral mucosa structure-04 1.3 Oral mucosa functions-04 2.0 Bones of cranium-13 2.1 Bones of face-04 2.2 embryology-03 2.3 Development of maxilla & mandible-06
Oral Pathology, Bacteriology, Dental Pharmacology Theory Paper-II
Theory Periods -23 1.0-General Principles of pathology-10 1.1- Inflammation-03 1.2- Repair-03 1.3- De-generation & necrosis-02 1.4- Immunity-02 2.0- Introduction to Pharmacology-13 2.1- Definitions in pharmacology-03 2.2- Nomendature f pharmacology-04 2.3- Sources of various drugs-03 2.4- Routes of drug –administration-03 Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Histology Oral Pathology, Bacteriology, Dental Practical Paper-I Pharmacology Practical Periods -21 Practical Paper-II Bones of skull-04 Practical Periods -21 Slides on oral mucosa-05 Models & charts on Inflammation-04 Bones of the face-03 Repair-05 Charts on tooth development-03 Degeneration & necrosis-02 Charts on development of maxilla & mandibleNomenclature in pharmacology-02 06 Sources of drugs-04 Routes of drug administration-04 ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 3.0-Muscles of the cranium-10 3.0- Developmental defects-10 3.1- Structure of muscle-2 3.1- Developmental defects in teeth-2
Dental Radiology- Food Nutrition Theory Paper-III
Theory Periods -23 1.0- Basics in Radiology-10 1.1-Properties of X-Rays-2 1.2-Production of X-rays-3 1.3- X-ray film composition-2 1.4- Classification of x-ray film-3 2.0- Basics in Nutrition-13 2.1- Oral Health & food chemistry-3 2.2- Carbohydrates-3 2.3- Proteins -4 2.4- fats-3 Dental Radiology- Food Nutrition Practical Paper-III Practical Periods -21 Introduction to X-ray machine-5 Processing of X-ray film-5 Intraoral radiographic technic-3 Charts on vitamins-2 Charts showing proteins & carbohydrates-2 Ill effect of refined sugars-4 ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods -20 3.0- Hazards of Radiation-7 3.1-Gen effects of radiation-2 340
20 19
August 2016 24 23 24
3.2- Function of muscle-2 3.3- Muscles of mastication-3 3.4-Muscles of facial expression-3 4.0- Blood vessels-10 4.1- Structure of blood vessels-2 4.2- Functions of blood vessels-2 4.3- Blood supply to face-2 4.4- Blood supply to jaws-4
3.2- Developmental in enamel & dentine-2 3.3- Developmental defects in jaws-3 3.4- Developmental lips, palate & tongue-3 4.0- Pharmacological action-10 4.1- Pharmacological actions of drugs-4 4.2- Therapeutics-2 4.3- Absorption, excretion & side effects of drugs-4
Practical Periods -19 Practical Periods -19 Charts on muscles of mastication-5 Charts on developmental defects of teeth-4 Charts on muscles of facial expression-4 Charts on developmental defects of enamel & Charts on structure of blood vessels & charts on dentine -4 structure of blood supply to the face-5 Charts on developmental defects of jaws-4 Record-5 Charts on developmental defects lips, palate & tongue-5 Collection & identification of drugs-2 Records-3 ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods -24 Theory Periods -24 5.0- Nervous system-14 5.0- Precancerous conditions-15 5.1- Structure & functions of nerves-8 5.1- Precancerous lesions of the oral cavity & neoplasm-8 5.2-Cranial nerves-02 5.2-Differences between malignant & benign 5.3- Trigeminal & facial nerves-4 & lesions-2 5.3- Oral manifestations of systematic 6.0- Salivary glands-10 6.1- Structure & functions of salivary glands-5 diseases-3 6.2- Composition & functions of saliva-5 5.4- White lesions of oral cavity-2 6.0 Infections of oral cavity-3 6.1 ANUG, Herpes, candidiasis, HIV, Hepatitis.-3 7.0-Antibiotics & Analgesics-6 7.1-Classification of antibiotics-4 7.2-Narcotic analgesics-1 7.3 -Non narcotic analgesics-1
3.2- Protection from radiation effects-3 3.3- Protection of pregnant women-2 4.0- Vitamins & minerals-13 4.1- Fat soluble vitamins-3 4.2- Water soluble vitamins-5 4.3- Micro & macro minerals-5
Practical Periods -19 Intra oral radiographic technic-4 Mounting of x-ray films-2 Processing of x-ray films-2 Collection of x-ray films for discussion-3 Charts on calcium, magnesium , Iron & fluorides-3 Records-5 ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods -24 5.0-Classification of intra oral x- rays-10 5.1-Periapical, bitewing & ocelusal films-10 6.0-Intraoral radiographic technic-5 6.1- Position of patient , angulations-2 6.2-Developing & fixing-3 7.0--Dental caries & prevention-9 7.1- Effects of carbohydrates-3 7.2-Prevention of dental caries -3 7.4 –Fluorides-3
341
Practical Periods -24 Charts on trigeminal nerve-8 Charts on facial nerve-5 Charts on salivary glands-7 Charts on composition of saliva-4
September 2016 22 20 18
October 2016 15 12 14
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST -II Theory Periods -20 7.0Joint & Tongue-10 7.1 – Types of Joints-3 7.2- Temporomandibular joint-4 7.3- Tongue-3 8.0- Nomeinclature of Teeth-10 8.1- Types of Teeth-03 8.2- Dental formulae-03 8.3- Tooth numbering system-04
Practical Periods -24 Charts, slides on precancerous lesions-8 Charts , slides on neoplasm-5 Oral lesions with systemic diseases-5 ANUG, candidiasis-3 Antibiotics & analgesics-3 ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods -20 8.0-Sterilization & infection control-10 8.1-Classification of sterilization technics-08 8.2 – Infection control-02 9.0- Sedatives & hypnotics-05 9.1 – classification-03 9.2- Barbiturates-02 10.0- Anaesthesia-05 10.1- types of anaesthesias-02 10.2- stages & classification of L.A- 03
Practical Periods -18 Charts on types of joints-02 Demo on skull & bones of the face-04 Charts & diagrams on tooth numbering system-6 Dental formulas-06
Practical Periods -18 Sterilization of instruments-06 Charts on infection control-06 Charts on sedatives & hypnotics-06
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods -12 9.0-Tooth Morphology-08 9.1-Morphology Permanent Teeth-4 9.2-Morphology Of Deciduous Teeth-04 10.0- Eruption-04 10.1- Eruption Of Teeth-02 10.2- Shedding Of Teeth-01
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods -12 11.0- Microbiology-06 11.1- Bacteria-2 11.2- Viruses-02 11.3- Protozoa-02 12.0- Haemostatic Drugs-06 12.1- Physical Measures-02
Practical Periods -24 Intra oral x-ray technic & processing of film-9 Collection of films & pasting on the charts-4 Charts on cariogenic & healthy food-6 Charts on prevention of caries-5 ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST -II Theory Periods -20 8.0-Intensifying screen &grids-05 8.1-Intensifying screens-02 8.2 – grids & cassettes-03 9.0- causes of faculty radiographs-05 9.1 – problems in film exposure-03 9.2- Problems in film development-02 10.0 nutritional disorders-05 10.1- vitamin deficiency-03 10.2- mineral & protein deficiency-02 11.0- special diet patients-05 11.1- diet chart for pregnant & lactating women-05 Practical Periods -18 Practising x-ray technic--03 Practising processing of film-03 Charts on nutritional deficiencies-06 Chart on diet for pregnant & lactating women06 ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods -12 12.0- Extra Oral Radiography-8 12.1- Lateral Skull Projection-2 12.2- Submentovertex-2 12.3- Water Projection-2 12.4- Postero Anterior Skull Projection-02 13.0- Water-04 342
10.3- Occlusion Of Teeth-01
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT January 2017 23 20 18
12.2- Chemical Measures-02 13.1- Functions Of Water-02 12.3- Astringents-02 13.2 Water Balance-02 Practical Periods -14 Practical Periods -14 Practical Periods -14 Collection of natural teeth & study them-04 Study if bacteria-03 OPG projection-04 Charts on tooth morphology-05 Study of micro scope & its –parts-06 Extra oral radiographic techniques-05 Sequence of tooth eruption-05 Collection of haemostatic drugs-06 Charts on water balance-05 HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 11.0- mastication, deglutition & phonation-09 13.0- dental caries-10 14.0- study of normal radiographs-10 11.1- structure involved in mastication-03 13.1- bacteria of dental caries-05 14.1- systemic radiographic examination-04 11.2- deglutition steps-03 13.2- etiology of dental caries-05 14.2- radiographic features of caries-02 11.3 phonation-03 14.0- antiseptics & disinfectants-10 14.3- radiographic features of periodmtal 12.0 – study of cells-11 14.1- classification of antiseptics-5 diseases-02 12.1- structure of human cell-02 14.2- disinfection of instrument-5 14.4- radiographic features of fractures of teeth 12.2- enamel structure-02 & jaws-02 12.3- structure of dentine-02 15.0 diet for special patients-10 12.4- pulp, cementum, periodontal, membrave 15.1- diet for pt with fractured jaws-05 gingiva , alveolar bone 05 15.2- diet for pt with cleft palate-05 Practicals-18 Charts on mastication, deglutition & phonation05 Charts on human cell-07 Charts on enamel, dentine pulp cementum & gingiva -06
Practicals-18 Charts on bacteria of dental caries-05 Etiology of dental caries-05 Antiseptics of dental caries-04 Disinfectants of dental caries-04
Practicals-18 Collection of old extra oral radiographs for study-06 Diet charts for pt with fractured jaws-06 Diet charts for pt with cleft palate-06 343
February 2017 22 16 20
March 2017 22
PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –I Theory Periods 16 13.0- Oral Histology-9 13.1- Enamel-02 13.2- dentine-02 13.3- pulp, cementum , gingival periodontal membrane-05 14.0- Haematology -07 14.1-- histology of RBC-03 14.2- histology of WBC-02 14.3- histology of platelets-02 Practical Periods 20 Charts on enamel-03 Charts on dentine-02 Charts on pulp, cementum, gingiva, peri. Membrane-05 Slide study on RBC-03 Slide study on WBC-03 Slide study on platelets -04 PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –II Revision/IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –I Theory Periods -16 16.0 Bacteria-05 16.1- disease transmission-03 16.2- normal flora of mouth-02 17.0 Mouth washes &gum paints-11 17.1- composition & uses of a mouth wash-03 17.2- gum paint , composition & uses-03 17.3 disclosing solutions-03 17.4- Obtundents-02
PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –I Theory Periods -16 16.0 Specialized radiographs-08 16.1 panoramic imaging-05 16.2- open mouth projection-03 17.0 Specialised diet-08 17.1- diet for denture wearer-04 17.8 diet for diabetics-04
Practical Periods 20 Charts on different types of bacteria-05 Preparation of mouth washes-04 Preparation of gum paints-05 Demo of disclosing solutions on patients-05
Practical Periods 20 Extra oral radio graphic technic-06 OPG projection-07 Revision on intra oral radio graphs-07
PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –II Revision/IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –II Revision/IPE 2017
344
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 DENTAL H YGIENIST COURS E:: 602 :: SECOND YEAR Month /No of working days/ Periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Dental Hygiene & Oral prophylaxis (Theory Paper – I)
Theory Periods 22 Definitions of hygiene & dental hygiene-02 Objectives of dental hygiene-02 Periodentium-04 Classification of perio dental diseases.-06 Etilogy of gingival & periodontal diseases-08 Dental Hygiene & Oral prophylaxis (Practical Paper – I) Practical Period -23 Basic periodontal instruments-13 Demo of scaling on models-10
July 2016 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods -20 Periodontal microbiology-04 Plaque-02 Calculus-02 Theories of calculus formation-04 Role of plaque & calculus-04 Classification of gingival enlargements-04
Public Health & Dental Public Health (Theory Paper – II)
Theory Periods 22 Health definition-02 Definition of dental health-04 Definition of dental health education-04 Aims & objectives of dental health education-06 Materials required for dental health education06 Public Health & Dental Public Health (Practical Paper – II) Practical Period -23 Preparation of models-05 Preparation of charts-09 Charts on dental caries & oral prophylaxis-9
Chair Side Assistance, Dental Ethics Jurisprudence & Dental Materials (Theory Paper – III) Theory Periods 22 Reception of patients-02 Appointment control-04 Management of waiting patients-04 Ethics & code ethics-06 Basic dental materials-06
Chair Side Assistance, Dental Ethics Jurisprudence & Dental Materials (Practical Paper – III) Practical Period -23 Dental chair parts-08 Operating dental chair-07 Collection of gypsum products & pasting in the records-08 ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 1. Dental health education to public-03 1. Role of a dental hygienist as a chair side 2. Dental health education to groups & to assistant-02 individuals-02 2. Assisting during surgery3. Dental health education to parents-02 3. Post surgical care{02} 4. Dental health education to pregnant mother 4. Preparation of patient & pre- school child-05 5. Sterilization of instruments-04 5. Dental caries – etiology & prevention-04 6. Periodontal pack-02 6. Oral cancer- etiology & prevention-04 7. Dentist act 1948-02 8. Duties of a D.H according to 1948 act.-02 345
9. Gypsum products-02 10. Waxes.-04 Practical Period -22 Practical Period -22 Practicals-22 Scaling on patients , only lower anterior teeth- Dental health education to public , groups to Role of a dental hygienist a chair side assistant-8 08 individuals & parents-08 Hair side assistance, during surgery , post Scaling on upper teeth demo-09 Arrangements for dental camp-08 Operative Care-08 Scaling on patient only upper anterior teeth-05 Attending dental camps-06 Collection on of waxes-03 Charts on sterilization -03 ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. August Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. 2016/24 Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. OJT Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. September Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. 2016/22 OJT Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. October 2016/15 Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 Theory Periods -20 Acute infections of oral cavity-02 definition of epidemiology-04 1. Care & maintenance of equipment-05 2016 ANUG-04 aims & objectives of epidemiology-04 2. Care of dental instruments-02 24 Herpes-03 OHTs-03 3. Layouts of an idea dental-03 20 Candidiasis-03 Bleeding index-03 4. IDA Indian dental association-03 24 gingivitis & periodontitis-04 Mobility index-03 5. Negligence-03 pericoronitis-04 Ressell’s index-03 6. Impression materials-03 Practical Periods -24 Practical Periods -24 Practical Periods -24 Scaling on patients-05 Attending camps-07 Collection of impression materials-07 Model of an ideal dental clinic-09 Polishing of teeth-07 Charts on oral hygiene-08 Charts on Indian dental association-08 Fluoride application-06 Motivating the patient about oral hygiene-09 Charts on acute infections-06 ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III 346
December 2016 23 20 23
January 2017 23 20 22
February 2017 22 08
March 2017/22
UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods -19 Classification on periodontal pockets-02 Description of pockets-02 Supra & infra bony pockets-02 Pathogenesis in pockets-03 Periodontal instruments-03 Perio probes-04 Oral prophylaxis in detail-03 Practical Periods-23 Sharpening of instruments-06 Disclosing solutions application-04 Brushing methods-08; Ultrasonic scaling -06 ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST -III Theory Periods -20 1. Classification & description of probes-9 2. Brushing techniques-04 3. Juvenile periodontitis-02 4. Aggressive periodontitis-02 5. Gum massage-02
UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods -19 Equipment to the camp-04 Materials to the camp-04 Organising dental camp in a slum-03 Dental health camp in a school -04 Dental health camp in a rural area-04
Practical Periods -23 Brushing techniques demo on models-07 Charts on brushing methods-08 Attend dental health camps-08 ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST –III Theory Periods -20 1. Fluoridation of water-05 2. Safety dose of fluorides-04 3. Various brushing methods-04 4. Inter dental cleaning agents-04 5. Mouth washes-02
Practical Periods -22 Splinting on models-06 Patients education on plaque control-08 Ultrasonic scaling-08 PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods -8 1. Inter dental cleaning methods-02 2. Patients education-02 3. Mouth washes & gum paints-02 4. Desensitizing pastes -02 PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II Revision /IPE 2017
Practical Periods -22 Attend dental camps-06 Plays & dramas on plaque control-08 Display posters pm plaque control-08 PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods -8 1. Gum paints-02 2. Dental health team-02 3. Dentifrices-02 4. Dental auxiliaries-02 PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II Revision /IPE 2017
UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods -19 Tooth numbering systems-02 Procedure of surgery before surgery, during surgery-04 Post operative instructions-02 Health organisations in India-04 Technique of silver amalgam preparation-04 Continuation of impression materials -03 Practical Periods -23 Silver amalgam preparation-07 Preparation of periodontal packs-08 Collection of dental materials-08 ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST -III Theory Periods -20 1. Parts of dental chair-03 2. Various chair adjustments-04 3. Medical emergenies; ermorahage – management; Shock—management-06 Syncope-management; Denturebase materials -06 Practical Peridos -22 Collection of denture base materials 6 Identification of dental materials-08 Collection of emergency medicines-08 PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods -8 1. Polishing agents-03 2. Legal & illegal practice by dental hygienist-03 3. Methods of payments for dental care-02 PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II Revision /IPE 2017
347
MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN is to impart the following skills in the student.
a) Train the student to work in diagnostic labs. b) Train the student to work in manufacturing units of Diagnostic reagents. c) Laboratory Technicians in various departments of Medical and Pharmacy colleges. d) Self employment: Setting up of diagnostic laboratory and sale of readymade reagent kits and media. e) Laboratory technicians in hospitals of various sectors.
348
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 17 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN CO URS E CODE::612 :: FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical June 2016 25/ 23/ 21
Biochemistry (Theory Paper I)
Microbiology & Pathology (Theory Paper II)
Anatomy & Physiology (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction to Bio-Chemistry including code of ethics for Medical Lab Technicians and Medical Lab Organizations. (06) 2. Reception, Registration and BioChemical Parameters investigated. (08) 3. Glassware and plastic ware used in Biochemical laboratory. (09) 1. Glass ware: (01) 2. Types of glass and composition. (01) 3. Types of glassware, their identification, applications and uses (05) 4. Cleaning, Drying, Maintenance and storage of glassware (01) 5. Plasticware : Brief Outline (01)
Theory Periods: 23 1. Historical introduction to Microbiology contribution of famous Scientists in the field of Microbiology in brief. (04) 1.1 Antony Von Leuwenhoek (01), 1.2 Robert Koch (01), 1.3 Edward Jenner, 1.4 Louis Pasteur (01), 1.5 Joseph Lister (01), 2. Microscopy (05) 2.1 Principle, working and maintenance of Compound Microscope. (03), 2.2 Principle of Fluorescent Microscope & Dark, Field Microscope. (02) 3. Sterilization and disinfection – classification and methods of sterilization (06) 3.1 Principle and Methods of sterilization by heat., 3.1.1 By Dry Heat - Flaming, Red Heat, Hotair oven, incineration.(01), 3.1.2 By Moist heat-Pasteurization, Inspissations, Tyndallisation autoclave.(01) 3.2 Filtration Methods – inbrief.(01) 3.3 Ionising Radiation (01), 3.4 Disinfection – Mode of action and uses of important chemical
Theory Periods: 23 I Basics in Human Anatomy 1. Introduction to Human Anatomy (06) 2. Cell – Definition, Structure and properties (06) Tissue – Classification in brief [epithelial, connective, muscular, nervous] (06) 3. Respiratory system (05)
349
Biochemistry (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1. Reception and registration (11) 2. Collection of capillary blood (10)
July 2016 23 20 19
disinfectants – phenol and phenolic compounds, alcohols, aldehydes halogens , dyes, acids and alkalies (01), 3.5 Gaseous methods of sterilization (01) 4. Cleaning, drying & Sterilization of Glassware, disposal of contaminated material i.e. Clinical Infective material and inoculated culture media. Handling and disposal of Biomedical waste.(04) 5. Morphology and classification of Bacteria (04) 5.1 Structure of Bacterial Cell, Capsule, Flagella, Spore etc (03) 5.2 A Anerobic methods of cultivation of bacteria Microbiology&Pathology (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 1.Lab instructions for personal safety precautions(11) 2. Receipt and recording a specimen in the lab and discarding after processing (10)
ASSIGNMENT-I
ASSIGNMENT-I
Theory Periods: 20 Instrumental methods of Bio-Chemical analysis (9) 4.1. Colorimetry : Visual and photoelectric Methods ,involved ,construction, operation, applications, care and maintenance.(05) 4.2. Spectrophotometry: Principle, theory, types, construction ,operation and applications.(04) 5. Basic lab operations like (06)
Theory Periods: 20 6. Methods of Collection of Clinical Specimen for Microbiological investigations [ in detail] like (05) 6.1 Sputum – Pettroff’s method of Concentration (02) 6.2 urine, swabs, stool, blood, CSF and Aspirates (03) 7. Processing of clinical specimen collected for
Anatomy&Physiology (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 21 I Human Skeleton 1. Names of Bones (05) 2. Identification points (05) 3. Surfaces of Skull (02) 4. Scapula, clavicle, humerus, radius (02) 5. Ulna, carpal bones, meta carpal bones (02) 6. Phalanges – In nominate bone (02) 7. Femur, patella (03) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 3. Respiratory system (01) 4. Digestive system & Hepato Biliary system(06) 5. Cardio-vascular system (05) 6. Lymphatic system. (02) 7. Bones & Joints(05) 7.1 Bones (02)) 7.2 Joints (03) 8. Nervous system – CNS (01) 350
Aug 2016 24 23 24
5.1. Separation of solids from liquids (02) 5.1.1 Centrifugation: Principle, Different types of centrifuges, construction of electrical centrifuge, care and maintenance, applications.(01) 5.1.2 Filtration – using funnel.(01) 5.2 weighing (01) Different types of balances – simple balance, electronic balance – Operation, uses, care and maintenance. (2) 5.3. Evaporation (01); 5.4 Distillation (01) 5.5 Refluxing (01) 5.6 Drying different salts (01) 6. Water, Chemicals and related substances (01) 6.1 Purity of chemicals ; 6.2 Corrosives; 6.3 Hygroscopic Substances Practical Periods: 19 3. Collection of venous blood. (8) 4. Collection of arterial blood (8) 5. Separation of Serum and plasma from blood.(03)
Isolation and identification of organism (08) 7.1 Preparation of direct smear and staining (03) 7.2 Different Techniques of inoculation for isolation of bacteria.(04) 7.3 Hanging drop preparation and its use (01) 7.4 Preparation and Inoculation of various media for Bio-Chemical reactions.(02) 8. Composition and preparation of staining reagents and different methods of staining.(6) 8.1 Simple staining (01) a. Grams Staining(01) b. Giemsa’s Staining (01) c. ZIehlneelson Staining (1) d. Albert Staining 01) e. Negative Staining (01) f. Fluorescent Staining (01)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 7. Prevention, Safety and first aid in lab (11) 8. Collection of specimens.(12) 8.1 Blood – Phlebotomy [ How to draw the blood and precautions] (03) 8.2 Blood- types of Specimens, processing
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 9. Culture Media – Classification of Media, Composition, preparation and uses.(13) a) Basal Media- Peptone Water, Nutrient, Agar, Glucose broth (01). b) Enriched Media-Blood agar, Loffler’s serum
Practical Periods: 19 3 .Cleaning and care of glassware, syringes, Apparatus, preparation of Pasteur pipettes (05). 4. Handling and care of Microscope(7) 5. Operation of (08) 5.1 Autoclave 5.2 Incubator
Practical Periods: 19 8. Tibia, fibula, tarsal bones (03) 9. Meta tarsal bones (01) 10. Phalanges (02) 11. Ribs-classification (02) 12. Vertebrae (01); 13. Sternum (01) II. Human Organs[POP Models ] 1. Brain (02); 2. Stomach (02) 3. Lungs (02); 4. Intestines (02) 5. Heart (02) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 8. Nervous system – CNS (07) 9. Excretory system – Urinary system (05) 10. Endocrine system (05) 11. Reproductive system (05) a ) Male (02) 351
and preservation.(05) 8.3 Urine (04) Types of specimen collection of 24 hours urine and preservation, preservatives
slope, chocolate agar (01) b) Female (03) c) Enrichment Media – Selenite Fbroth, 12. Sense organs (01); 12.1 Eye (01) Tetrathionate broth, Alkaline peptone water (01). d) Differential Media- Mac Conkey’sAga (01) e) Indicator & selective media –Lowenstein’ Jenson, Media, Potassium tellurite Media, TCBS, Wilson and Blair Media. Deoxycholate citrate Agar media (01). f) Media for Blood culture – Brain heart infusion broth, Typticase soya broth (01) g) Anaerobic media – Robertson’s Cooked Meat Media, Thioglycolate media (01) h) Sugar Media for Bio-Chemical Reaction – Glucose broth, Hartley’s broth, bile broth.(01) i) Media for Biochemical reactions –In dole, MR,VP, Citrate ,Urease ,Oxidase , Catalase test, Nitrate reduction test, Phenyl Alkaline Deaminase test, gelatine liquefaction test (01) j) Fungal media – Sabouraud’s dextose (01) PATHOLOGY 1. Urine Analysis (13) 1.1Collection –a) Collection of samples (04) 1.1b)Type of Samples, labelling & preservatives.(01) 1.2. Physical Examination: Colour Appearance Quantity, Odour ,Specific gravity, Albumin, P.H.(02) 1.3. Chemical Examinations: Sugar, Ketone bodies, Albumin ,Bile salts, Bile pigments, Blood, Strip method. (03) 1.4 Microscopic Examination – Centrifuging Crystals, RBC & Casts ,WBC& Casts, Epithelial cells &Casts ,Hyaline casts, Granular casts. Atypical cells. (03)
352
Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 5. Separation of Serum and plasma 5.3 Water bath (03) From blood. (contnd…) (13) 5.4 Seitz filter (02) 6. Preparation of protein free blood filtrate 6. Preparation of various media.(14) (11) 7. Preparation of stains and smears (05)
Sep 2016 22 20 18
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 9. Urine biochemical parameters (04) 10. Units of measurements. (04) 11. Solutions (12) 11.1 Types based on solute and solvent (04) 11.2 Types based on method of expressing concentration, calculations (08) Practical Periods: 18 7. Lab glass ware: (11) 7.1 Identification (03) 7.2 Handling (03) 7.3 Care and Maintenance (02) 7.4 Uses (02) 8. Lab instruments (07) 8.1 centrifuges (02) 8.2 Balances (01) 8.3 Photo Electric Colorimeter (02) 8.4 Spectrophotometer (02) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 2. Preparation of reagents, procedures, principles and Interpretation (05) 3. Sputum Analysis (15) 3.1 Physical Examination (02) 3.2 Preparation (02); 3.3 Making a smear (02) 3.4 Staining (2); 3.5 Mounting (2) 3.6 Microscopic examination (5) Practical Periods: 18 8. Methods of collection of microbiology specimen and its importance (8) PATHOLOGY 1. Collection of blood (10) 1.1 Receipt of requisition forms (02)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III
Practical Periods: 24 6. Kidney (03); 7. Liver (02) 8. Uterus (01); 9. Spleen (02) 10. Fallopian tubes (02) III. Human Slides [ Permanent Slides] (14) 1. Epithelial Tissue, Connective Tissue (09) 2. Muscular Tissue, Nervous Tissue (05) ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 12.2 Ear (01); 12.3 Skin (01) 12.4 Nose (01); 12.5 Tongue (01) II. Basics in Human physiology 1. Introduction to Human Physiology (04) 2. Muscle physiology & Nerve physiology (6) 3. Blood & Lymph (06) 3.1 Blood (04); 3.2 Lymph (03) Practical Periods: 18 3. Liver (01) 4. Kidney (02) 5. Spleen (02) 6. Pancreas (02) 7. Lymph nodes (02) 8. Skin (02) 9. Testes(02) 10. Ovary (02) 11. Uterus (02) 12. Tonsil (01) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III
353
Oct 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT Jan 2017 23 20 18
Theory Periods: 12 12. Carbohydrates and lipids. (08) 12.1 Carbohydrates (04) - Definition (01) - Biological importance (01) - Classification (01) - Qualitative tests. (01) 12.2 Lipids (04) - Definition (02) - Biological importance (02)
Theory Periods: 12 4. Semen Analysis (05) 4.1 Collection – after counselling (01) 4.2 Physical Examination- colour, quantity, nature etc. (01) 4.3 Microscopic Examination- count, motility, Morphology[Normal Abnormal]- staining (03) 5. Body fluids- collection , labelling (7) 5.1 Peritoneal fluid (02) 5.2Pericardial fluid (03) 5.3Pleural fluid (02) Practical Periods: 14 1.2 Receipt of samples (04) 1.3 Labelling (04) 2.Universal precautions (6)
Theory Periods: 12 4. Respiratory system. (06) 5. Digestive system (06)
Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods: 14 9. Preparation of (10) 13. Stomach layers (01) 9.1 Percentage solutions (04 14. Small intestine (02) 9.2 Normal Solutions (03) 15 Large intestine (02) 9.3 Molar Solutions (03) 4. Blood pressure-Estimation of Blood 10. Qualitative identification tests for sugars pressure (08) (04) HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 12.2.Classification (01); Clinical importance 5.4 Cerebrospinal Fluid [ C.S.F] (02) 6. Cardio – Vascular system (05) (01) 5.5 Diluting fluids. Charging the improved 7. Excretory system –Urinary system (08) 13. Amino Acids and proteins (08) Neuberger chamber (02) 8. Endocrine system (07) 13.1 Amino Acids (04); Definition (01); 5.6 Identifying & counting the cells (01) Biological importance (01); 6. Haematology (15) 354
Classification (01); Qualitative tests. (01) 13.2. Proteins: (04) - Definition(01) - Biological importance (01) - Classification (01) - Qualitative tests. (01) 14. Diagnostic Tests (19) 14.1 Blood Sugar- [GOD –POD Method] (05) 14.2 Blood urea [ DAM-TSC Method, Enzymatic Method] (05)
Practical Periods: 18 10. Qualitative identification tests for sugars (contnd…) (08) 11. Qualitative identification tests for proteins. (10)
Feb 2017 22 17 21
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 17 14.3 Glucose tolerance Test [ GTT] (02) 14.4 Serum Uric Acid (03) 14.5 Serum Creatinine [ Jaffe’s method /Alkaline Picrate method] (03) 15. Vitamins and Minerals (09) 15.1 Vitamins (05)
6.1 Collection of blood.Universal precautions, Methods of collection, venous puncture, finger puncture and vacutainer methods, materials required, procedures, precautions, uses of the sample And advantages of Each method. POCT [Sample Collection, At bed side] also for children. (03) 6.2 Preparation of anti coagulants-Double oxalate, sodium citrate, EDTA ,Heparin, action of each preparation, uses, disadvantages, quantity Required (02). 6.3 RBC,WBC count: Methods [Micro dilution and bulk dilution], materials required, diluting fluids, preparation, procedures advantages of each method, precautions, formula for calculation and clinical significance (07) 6.4 Platelet count: Morphology and functions of platelet, diluting fluids, procedure, formula for Calculation and clinical significance (01). 6.5 Reticulocyte Count: Methods [dry & wet] staining, diluting, fluids, normal Morphology And values, clinical significance (02). Practical Periods: 18 3. Preparation of anticoagulants (05) 4. RBC, WBC & Platelet count (07) 5. ESR stands & ESR estimation (06)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 17 6.6 Haemoglobin Estimation: Materials, procedure of Tall Quist, Sahli’s, Alkali, Haldane, Cyan meth haemoglobin and Specific Gravity [S.G] method, advantages and disadvantages and clinical Significance (01). 6.7 Estimation of PCV Macro & Micro methods,
Practical Periods: 18 5. T.P.R. [ Temperature, pulse, respiration ] chart (08) 6. TC,DLC [ RBC Total Count, WBC Total Count, differential Leucocytes count ] 6.1 RBC Total count (10) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 17 8. Endocrine system (02) 9. Reproductive system (05) 9.1 Male (02) 9.2 Female (03) 10.Nervous system [ CNS] & Sense organs [ Eye , ear, skin, nose, tongue] (10) 355
- Vitamins classification (01) -Water soluble vitamins(01) -Fat Soluble Vitamins (01) -Sources, Daily requirements ,Deficiency diseases (02) 15.2 .Minerals (04) - Sources ,Daily requirements (02) - Deficiency diseases (02)
procedure of filling the tube, centrifuging and reading, values advantages of each method – Normal values and clinical significance. Estimation of Erythrocyte indices calculation and importance MCV,MCH, MCHC, RDW, colour index.(04) 6.8 ESR- methods used, procedure, stages, factors Affecting and clinical significance (02). 7. Disposal of hospital waste (05) 7.1Cotton, swabs ,needles (02) 7 .2 syringes, blood, urine and other material.(03) 8. Glass slides ,cover slipsCleaning & maintenance.(05) Practical Periods:20 Practical Periods:20 12. Quantitative determination of Blood 6..PCV – estimation (04) Sugar (10) 7. Hb estimation by different methods.(08) 13. Semi Quantitative determination of Urine 8. Urine- physical examination, Chemical Sugar (10) examination&Microscopic examinationcollection - Preservatives -Strip method (07) Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22
Revision/IPE 2017
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision/IPE 2017
Practical Periods:20 6.2 WBC total count (9) 6.3. DLC[differential Leucocytes count ] (11)
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision/IPE 2017
356
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-16 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN (MLT):: COURSE CODE 612 :: SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical June 2016 25/ 22 23
Biochemistry-II (Theory Paper -I)
Microbiology -II (Theory Paper -II)
Pathology -II (Theory Paper -III)
Theory Periods: 22 I. Instrumental methods of Bio- Chemical Analysis (10) 1.1 Flame photometry: Principle, Theory, Construction of Flame Photometer, General and Clinical applications, study of electrolytes using flame photometer, clinical importance of determination of electrolytes. (05) 1.2 Fluorimetry: Fluorescence, Principle and Theory, construction of Fluorimeter, general and Clinical applications. (05) II. Separation Techniques. (10) 1. Chromatography: Definition, Basic Principles, (02) different types and their techniques, General and Clinical applications. (03) 2. Electrophoresis: Definition and basic principle involved, (02) Different types, procedures, general and clinical applications, (02) electrophoretic fractionation of serum proteins and lipo proteins. (01) III. Immuno Assays – Definition, Basic
Theory Periods: 22 I. Normal Flora of Micro- organisms in the Human Body (05) II. Introduction to Immunology: (10) a) Brief outline of Immunity (01) b) What are antigens? (01) c) What are antibodies? (01) d) Different types of antigen and antibody reactions, their applications in the diagnostics- agglutination, precipitation, (03) complement fixation, Neutralisation, RIA. (02) e) Principle and method of ELISA Test. (02) III. Collection and processing of faecal samples, concentration techniques of stool for Microscopic Examination (07) Parasitology : - E – histolytica (01) - Giardia lambia (01) - Plasmodium spp. (02) - Ascaris lumbricoidis (01) - Taenia solium (01) - Enterobius vermicularis (01)
Theory Periods: 22 I. Preparation of blood smears and examination:(08) - Thin & thick blood films. (01) - Making an ideal blood film. (01) - Methods – slide method, Cover slip method (01) - Staining – composition, preparation & procedure of leishman stain. (01) - Knowledge about Romano sky Stains.(01) -Examination – Morphology & Identification of RBC, WBC & Platelets (02) -Counting – DLC – Counting methods, Normal values, clinical significance and limitations. - Oils used for immersion- types (01) II. Special stains for Bone marrow smears : (05) Giemsa, Wrights, Myeloperoxidase stain, (03) Periodic Acid Schiff [PAS]- Composition, Preparation, procedure and interpretation.(02) III. Bone Marrow Aspiration / trephine 357
Principles of Immuno chemical reactions and immune assays. (02) 1. Radio immune assays. (02)
July 2016 23 20 22
Biochemistry-II (Practical Paper-I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Electrophoretic fractionation of serum proteins and lipo proteins – Demo. (07) 2. Separation of amino acids and carbohydrates by paper chromatography – Demo. (07) 3. Determination of plasma prothrombin time (06) 4. Oral glucose tolerance test [GTT]- Demo (03)
Microbiology-II (Practical Paper-II) Practical Periods: 23 1. Collection of clinical samples like blood, urine, stool, sputum, swabs etc. (8) 2. Parasitology (08) a) Collection, preservation and transportation of faecal material for examination of parasites.(03) b) Concentration techniques of stool for ova and cysts. (02) c) Wet preparation of faecal sample for ova and cysts. (02)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 III. Immuno Assays (Contd..) (04) 1.Introduction to radioactivity, Radioactive substances, Safety and precautions, Hormone assays [ T3,T4,TSH] (02)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 III. Collection and processing of faecal samples, concentration techniques of stool for Microscopic Examination (Contd…) (01) Wucheraria bancrofti. W.Malayi . W.Loaloa.(01)
biopsy : (05) Setting up of tray for bonemarrow aspiration(02) Preparing smears–methods-Imprints, crush.(02) Staining, clinical significance. (01) IV Identification of hemoparasites : (04) Morphology of malaria parasite, microfilaria, leishmania, trypanosomiasis. (02) Importance of sample collection time. Making thick and thin smears. Procedure of making & staining the smears. (02) Pathology –II (Practical Paper-III) Practical Periods: 23 I Unit (10) I.1. Maintenance, Cleaning and care about Automatic tissue processor (03) 2. Microtomes & knives – sharpening (03) 3. Water bath- tissue floatation (02) 4. Incubator. (01) 5. Maintenance & Cleaning. (02) 6. Care about equipment. (01) II. Maintenance & Preservation of cytology slides (07) Histopathology blocks & slides – Histopathology specimens & Processing. Preparation of formalin for fixation. (03) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 IV Identification of hemoparasites: (Contd..) (01) Identification of the parasite. (01) V Absolute Eosinophil count : (03) 358
2. Enzyme linked immuno assays. Description of instruments used in these assays. (02) IV. Metabolism: (10) 1. Carbohydrate metabolism – Glycolysis and TCA Cycle. (06) 2. Lipid metabolism- β- Oxidation of Fatty Acids. (02) 3. Protein metabolism – Urea cycle (02) V. Titrimetric methods of quantitative determination, preparation of various solutions used in Titrimetric analysis.(05) VI. Liver Function Tests[ LFT]: (01) 1. Classification of LFT (01)
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22
Materials required, diluting fluids, procedure, (1) Identification and counting of cells (02) VI Sickle cell preparation: (05) Principle, procedure, methods, Materials required, (04) clinical significance. (01) VII Osmotic fragility test : (05) Methods used, materials required, procedure, observation, reporting, Normal values, (04) factors affecting and interpretation. (01) VIII Coagulation Tests: (06) a) Bleeding time- methods- Dukes method, lvy’s method – procedure, normal values and clinical significance. (03) b) Clotting time – methods- Lee & White, capillary tube method procedure, materials, normal values, factors affecting coagulation and clinical significance. (03) Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 5. Estimation of serum calcium and inorganic 3. Procedure, processing of sputum for AFB III. Glass Ware (05) phosphate. (05) (05) - Slides, Cover slips, sample collection jars, 6. Practice and use of automated pipettes. 4. Procedure of skin clipping of leprae bacilli. (05) test tubes and watch glasses. (05) (05) 5. Identification of organisms with Biochemical IV. Immuno Hematology & Blood Banking 7. Estimation of HDL cholesterol. (7) reactions of common organisms like – - ABO Blood grouping techniques (03) 8. Determination of urine proteins by taphylococcus, E.coli, Klebsiella, Shigella, - RH Factor (03) turbidmetric method – [Sulfosalysilic Acid] Salmonella, Proteus, Pseudomonas. (7) - Cross matching. (02) (05) 6. Antibiotic Sensitivity Tests. (05) - Coombs test- Direct & indirect methods. (04) ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and IV. Antibiotic sensitivity Test – preparation of Antibiotic discs. (05) V. Preservation methods of stock cultures and their importance and principle procedure. (05) VI. Brief outline of Morphology cultural characteristics and Lab diagnosis of imp. Pathogens. (09)) a)Gram Positive – Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Pneumococcus (03) b)Gram Negative cocci– Gonococci, Meningococci. (03) c) Gram Positive Bacilli- Corynebacterium – diphtheriae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae (03)
359
OJT
October 2016/15 OJT Nov 2016 24 20 24
obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY ESAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY ESAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY ESAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 VI. Liver Function Tests[ LFT]: (Contd…) VI. Brief outline of Morphology (Contd….) VIII Coagulation Tests: (Contd….) (03) c) Prothrombin time [PT] (02) (10)) (17) 2.Basic concepts-including normal & d) Gram Negative Bacilli– enterobacteriaceae d) APTT (01) abnormal bilirubin metabolism (2) E.coli, Klebsiella, Salmonella, Shigella. (05) IX Buffy coat preparation : (05) 3. Determination of Serum Bilirubin – e) Anaerobic Bacteria-Bacteriodes, L.E. cells, microfilaria & Abnormal cells. Malloy & Evelyn method, Vandenbergh’s Clostridium spp (03) (05) method. (02) f) Vibriocholera, Pseudomonas. (02) X. * L.E cell Test : (05) 4. Determination of total Serum proteins & g) H.influenza, B.pertusis. (02) - Principle, procedure, material A/G Ratio. (02) h) Spirochetes- Treponema, Leptospira. (02) required, reporting, (04) 5. Estimation of Enzymes – Transaminases i) Actinomyces & Nocardia. (03) Clinical significance. (01) [SGOT, SGPT], Alkaline Phosphatase & VII. Bacteriological Examination (03) XI. Basics of coulter counter : Acid phosphatase (04) of Water (03) - Diluting fluids - Maintenance of VII. Kidney function tests[KFT/RFT]: (10) counter. (05) 1. Classification of KFT (01) XII. Histopathology : (02) 2. Basic concepts (01) - Maintenance of Registers – receiving 3. Estimation of Blood urea [DAM-TSC register, gross register, Slide register and & Enzymatic methods ] (02) report issue register. - Biopsy (02) 4. Estimation of serum creatinine [Jaffe’s method / Alkaline picrate] (02) 5. Clearance tests [ Urea, Creatinine] (02) 6. Concentration & dilution tests. (02) Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 23 9. CSF analysis – Pandy’s test Nonne6. Antibiotic Sensitivity Tests.(Contd………) (06) V. Histopathology : (15) Apelt – Sugars, Proteins (08) 7. Preservation of Stock Cultures. 1. Fixation of Tissue; 2. Processing (02) 10. Demonstration of working of Auto Mycology processing. (05) 3.Dehydration (02) ; 4.Clearing analysers. (08) 8. Collection of specimen for fungal examination (01) ; 5. Impregnation (01) 11. Training of Computer basics. (07) like skin scrapings, CSF&Nail clippings. 6. Paraffin embedding and block making. (5) (01); 7. Trimming of block (01) 9. Fungal Examination by wet preparation (07) 8. Staining of the sections (02)
360
Dec 2016 23 20 24
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 VII. Kidney function tests[KFT/RFT]: (Contd…) (03) 7. Urine Examination in assessing KFT Proteins, Sugars, blood [Qualitative] (03) VIII. Gastric Function Tests [GFT] (05) 1. Introduction & Basic concepts. (03) 2. Estimation of Free HCL combined Acids – Clinical significance. (02) IX. Thyroid Function Tests [ TFT] (05) 1. Introduction & Basic Concepts. (02) 2. Estimation of Thyroid Hormones [T3,T4,TSH] – [ RIA & Chemiluminiscence methods], Clinical Significance. (03) X. Pancreatic Function Test [PFT] (05) 1. Introduction of Basic concepts. (02) 2. Determination of Serum amylase. (03) XI. Clinical Enzymology : (02) 1. Introduction & Basic concepts of Enzymes, Co- Enzymes, Iso Enzymes. (01) 2. Importance of Enzymes. (01) Practical Periods: 24 12. Estimation of serum sodium and potassium by Flame photometry. (05) 13. Qualitative identification of urine sugars. (05) 14. Qualitative identification of urine
9. Special stains– PAS, Perls, Reticulin, Masson’s Trichrome.(02) 10. Mounting & labeling (03) 11. Decalcification(04) VI. Cytology : Fixatives. (05) ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 VII. Bacteriological Examination (Contd…) XII. Histopathology: (Contd...) (12) tissue specimens – Example: (08) of Milk (04) & Food (04) Thyroid, GIT, breast, soft tissue, bone etc. Fixatives - processing Dehydration VIII. Mycology. (12) Morphology, cultural characteristics & lab clearing (03) diagnosis of : Impregnation - paraffin embedding and block Candida, (03) making - Trimming of blocks - Tissue cutting Cryptococcus, (03) [ Microtomes] - Staining of the sections. Dermatophytes, (03) Mounting & Mounting Media, cover slips, Aspergillus, (03) labeling. Decalcification of bone & calcified tissue.(4 Routine Hematoxylin & Eosin staining. Immuno histochemistry. (02) Special stains- PAS, Reticulin, Perls, Masson’s Trichrome etc. Filing of slides, storing of blocks etc. (03) XIII. Microtomes & Knives: (08) Types of Microtomes –Maintenance. (03) Sharpening of Knives – Honing & stropping Advantages and dis-advantages of frozen section cutting (05) Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 10. Fungal Culture (05) VI. Cytology : (Contd….) (08) 11. Germ Tube Test. (05) Cytological exam of all fluids Slide preparation , staining (04) 12. Serology (14) CRP, ASO (03) Pap smears – staining, labeling, mounting & RA, VDRL (04), preservation (05) Widal (04), VII Sickle Cell preparation (08) 361
Jan 2017 23 20 22
proteins [ Heat Coagulations} (07) 15. Qualitative identification of urine Bile Salts & Bile Pigments (07) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 XI. Clinical Enzymology : 3. Gamma Glutamate transaminase [GGT](1) 4. Cardiac Enzymes – CPK, LDH, SGOT (1) 5. Acid Phosphatase. (01) XII. Body Fluids: (05) 1. Outlines of formations of different body fluids (01) 2. Composition & Analysis of CSF including. a) CSF Sugar estimation b) CSF Proteins estimation (02) c) CSF Chlorides estimation. Including interpretation of results. (02) XIII. Automation of Biochemistry Labs and usage of Computers. (04) XIV Quality Control (05) Introduction and importance of quality assurance, General principle. (02) Internal and external quality control. (03) XV Diagnostic Tests Lipid profile – Serum Total cholesterol, HDL Cholesterol, LDL cholesterol.(03)
Brucella (03)
VIII Buffy Coat preparation (07)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 19 VIII. Mycology. (Contd….) (03) Morphology, cultural characteristics & lab diagnosis of : Penicillum. (03) IX Virology- Classification, General properties and cultivation of imp.pathogenic (17) viruses such as Polio (02), Hepatitis (02), Rabies(02), HIV (02), Dengue (02) X. Quality Control in Laboratory. (07)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 XIV Cytology : (08) FNAC - Guided aspiration - Pap smear Cytosine – equipment – machine, Procedure, material, laying a tray for the procedure. (04) Making smears, staining & mounting cover slip, labeling. Identification & Interpretation – basics. (04) XV Museum techniques: (05) Labeling (01) Storage of specimens Methods of color maintenance Presentation of specimen. Mounting, Labeling and cataloging the specimen (02) Maintenance and cleanliness of the Museum. Disposal of waste, - Safety in the lab. (02) XVI Autopsy : (05) Aims & methods of performing Autopsy, Cleaning, suturing and restoring the body. (03) Cleaning the autopsy instruments, tables and rooms, preservation of organs. (02) XVII. Immuno Hematology and Blood Banking: (02) - Introduction (02) Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 16. Determination of Serum Bilirubin, SGPT 12. Serology (Contd…) (12) IX Bone marrow smears- preparation & & Alkaline Phosphatase [ LFT] (06) ELISA (06), Western blot tests(06) staining. (11) 17. Determination of Blood Urea and 13. Incubation of fertile eggs & Inoculation by X. Coagulation tests – B.T. , C.T. (11) serum creatinine [KFT] (08) various routes. (10) 18. Practice and interpretation of lipid profile. (08) 362
Feb 2017 22 8
March 2017 22
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 08 XV Diagnostic Tests : Contd……(08) 2. Glycosylated hemoglobin. (02) 3. Serum calcium (02) 4. Inorganic phosphate. (02) 5. Blood gas analysis [ PCo2 & PO2] (01) 6. Analysis of Renal & BiliaryCalculi [Stone analysis] (01)
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 08 X. Quality Control in Laboratory. (Contd….) (03) XI Automation in Clinical Laboratories - in brief. (05)
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II
Revision/IPE 2017
Revision/IPE 2017
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 08 XVII. Immuno Hematology and Blood Banking: (Contd…) (08) - Human blood group antigens, their inheritance and antibodies. - ABO Blood group systems. RH Blood group system. (03) Techniques of grouping & cross matching.(02) Blood collection, screening of donor preservation and maintenance of records.(02) Coombs Test -a) Direct b) indirect. (01) Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision/IPE 2017
363
OPTHALMIC TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course ophthalmic technician is to impart the following skills in the student. 1. To provide through knowledge of lenses & various optical instruments 2. Participation in eye screening camps & dispensing optical outlets 3. Multidisplinary & clinically oriented education 4. Early inroduction to lenses, instruments & patient care via observation 5. Learn basic examination procedures during the consecutive years 6. Participation in ophthalmological sub speciality & surgical management 7. Extensive knowledge & utiliaxation of pre clinic laboratory during years 1 & 2.
364
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 17
OPHTH ALMIC TECHNICIAN, COURS E CODE:: 613::FIRS T YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25/ 23/ 21
July 2016 23 20 19
Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology (Theory Paper I)
Physical & Physiological Aspects of spectacles (Theory Paper II)
Community Ophthalmology & Health Education (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye(9) 1.1 Lids (4) 1.2 Conjunctiva Cornea and sclera (5) 2.0 Physiology(7) 2.1 General Physiology of the Eye and Introduction (4) 2.2 Cornea and Lens (3) 3.0 Pharmacology(7) 3.1 Ocular Pharmacology and Pathology (4) 3.2 Mode of therapy Eg. Drops, Oral, Injection etc. (3)
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (12) 1.1 Principles of Refraction (6) 1.2 Retinoscopy, Principles & Practise (6) 2.0 Optics (11) 2.1 Ophthalmic Glasses (5) 2.2 Physical forms & Sizes and Shapes [Spherical – Concave and Convex ] (6)
Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1. Drawing of different parts of the Eye. .
Physical & Physiological Spectacles (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 1. Diagrams of refraction
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (10) 1.3 Iris and Ciliary body 2.0 Physiology (5) 2.2 Pupillary Reflexes (3)
ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision 2.0 Practical Demonstration of (10) problems and their management 1.3 Eye as Refractive Apparatus referral (18) 2.1 Conjunctivitis 2.0 Optics (10)
aspects
Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Examination Of The EYE (6) 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (6) 2.5 Refractive Errors (3) 2.6 Eye Donation (3) 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (5) 3.5 Reading problems in children (3) 3.6 Statistical evaluation of the surveys (2) 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.4 Specific Measures for a): Xerosis (2); b): Trachoma (2) c ): Conjunctivitis (2) of Practical periods: 21 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps.; d. At Industries
Eye and
365
August 2016 24 23 24
September 2016 22 20 18
2.3 Visual Acuity and Form Sense (2) 3.0 Pharmacology (5) 3.3 Commonly used Drugs in Ophthalmology (3) 3.4 Antibiotics (2) Practical Periods: 19 2. Recording of distance vision, near vision, Colour vision (19) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (11) 1.4 Lens and vitreous (7) 1.5 Retina and Choroid (4) 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.4 Night vision (3) 2.5 Colour vision (3) 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.5 anti-inflammatory (3) 3.6 Anti-Allergic (3) Practical Periods: 24 5. Visual fields Recording
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.6 Ocular muscles 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.6 Accommodation 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.7 Mydriatics & Miotics 3.8 Antiseptics
2.3 Astigmatic Lenses [ Cylindrical & Ptoric 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) Lenses ] 3.1 Screening and Survey of the school children 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.1 Blindness and causes Practical Periods: 19 Practical Periods: (19) 2. Hypermetropia (19) 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (19) ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods: 23 Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (13) 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye 1.4 Myopia and its correction problems and their management and 2.0 Optics (10) referral (11) 2.4 Prisms and its Uses 2.2 Cataract 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.2 Eye Screening of the Industrial workers 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.2 Nutrition Practical Periods: 24 3. Myopia
Practical Periods: 24 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (10) b. Old age homes, (14) ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye (10) problems and their management and 1.5 Hypermetropia and its correction referral (8) 2.3 Vitamin-A Deficiency 2.0 Optics (10) 2.5 Prismatic effect 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.3 Eye Camps 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.3 Environmental Sanitation and Water supply, sewage, disposal 366
October 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23 OJT
Practical Periods: 18 6. Lacrimal test [18]
Practical Periods: 18 4. Astigmatism (18)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (4) 1.7 Cranial Nerves – I, II, III, IV and VII (3) 2.0 Physiology (4) 2.7 Convergence 3.0 Pharmacology (4) 3.9 Methodology of Applying medication to the eye. (2) 3.10 Aseptic Techniques. (2)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (6) 1.6 Astigmatism and its correction 2.0 Optics (6) 2.6 Chemistry of Lenses
Practical Periods: 14 7. Uses of Mydriatics & Myotics (14)
Practical Periods: 14 5. Aphakia (14)
Practical Periods: 18 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (9) b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes (9) ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 12 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (4) 2.4 Injuries and Occupational hazards 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (4) 3.4 Detection of the Blind and their rehabilitation, and with note on preventable, permanent and reversible blindness and visually handicapped 4.0 Health Education (4) 4.4 Specific Measures for ( i ): Blindness & Causes Practical Periods: 14 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. 367
January 2017 23 20 18
February 2017 22 17 21
Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.8 Lacrimal apparatus 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.8 Production of Aqueous (3) 2.9 aqueous dynamics [I.O.P] (3) 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.11 Urine examination (3) -Albumin &-Sugar Deposits. 3.12 General Information On (3) -Infection; -Inflammation -Hypersensitivity -Blood Pressure level (B.P) -Blood Sugar Level (Diabetics) Practical Periods: 18 8. Methodology of Applying Medications (18)
Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10) 1.7 Presbyopia and its correction (5) 1.8 Prescription of glasses (5) 2.0 Optics (10) 2.7 Optical Aberrations (5) 2.8 Chemistry of Frames (5)
Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (6) 2.7 Certain Terms 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.7 Detection of Eye diseases due to Nutritional disorders (3) 3.8 Industrial hazards and Eye Protection (3) 4.0 Health Education (8) 4.4 Specific Measures for ( i ): Blindness & Causes ( ii ): Xerosis; ( iii ): Trachoma ( iv ): Conjunctivitis; ( v ): Cataract Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 7. Reflection, refraction of light (18) 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (4) b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes (4) c. Eye Camps (5) ; d. At Industries(5) PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods: 17 Theory Periods: 17 Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (6) 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (8) 1.0 Examination Of The EYE (4) 1.1 Lids (3) 1.9 Aphakia, Pseudophakia and its correction 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems 1.2 Conjunctiva Cornea and sclera (4) (5) and their management and referral (4) 1.10 Low Visual Aids (4) 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (4) 2.0 Physiology (5) 2.1 General Physiology of the Eye and 2.0 Optics (8) 4.0 Health Education (4) Introduction (3) 2.9 Measurement of Power [ lens meter and 2.2 Cornea and Lens (2) Geneva Lens Measure ] (4) 2.10 General Introduction of Contact Lenses 3.0 Pharmacology (5) 3.1 Ocular Pharmacology and Pathology (2) (4) 3.2 Mode of therapy Eg. Drops, Oral, Injection etc (3) Revision Revision Revision Practical Periods:21 Practical Periods:21 Practical Periods:21 1. Drawing of different parts of the Eye. 1. Prism (10) 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a)Lids 2. Practical demonstration of: (11) a. At schools 368
b)cornea c)anterior segment
March 2017 21
Revision/IPE 2017
a. Refraction through prism b. Refraction through convex lens c. Refraction through concave lens. Revision/IPE 2017
b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps. d. At Industries Revision/IPE 2017
369
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17
OPHTH ALMIC TECHNO LOGY CO URSE CODE 613: S ECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical June 2016 25/ 22 23
Spectacle Lens Grinding, Dispensing of Spectacles (Theory Paper I)
Common Occular Diseases & Primary Operation Theatre Procedures (Theory Paper II)
Refractive Errors, Maintenance of Investigative Instruments & Equipment (Theory Paper III)
Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (11) 1.1 Types of Lenses (3) 1.2 Principles of grinding (4) 1.8 Ingredient of Material (4) (i): Grinding (ii): Powder (iii): Pads (iv): Tools (v): Laps, etc. 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (11) 2.1 Human Eye and Spectacles, Intrapupilary distance 2.2 Bifocals and Multifocal requirements, types centering 2.9 Cylindrical 2.10 Measurement of spectacle lens, power and focimeter. Spectacle Lens Grinding, Dispensing of Spectacles (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses
Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases.(9) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.1 Conjunctivitis (5) 1.2 Lid infection (4) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.1 Tension Taking [Tonometer] (5) 2.2 Colour vision (4) 3.0 Operation Theatre Procedure [Minor] (4) [ Introduction to techniques & preparation of the patient ] 3.1 Asepsis – How to achieve and sterilization (1) 3.2 Anaesthetic agents and where indicated (1) 3.3 Carrying out pre-operative and postoperative instructions(1) 3.4 Bandaging the Eye(1) 3.5 Lacrimal sac-syringing (1) Common Ocular Diseases & Primary Operation theatre Procedures. (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management
Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.1 Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia (5) 1.2 symptomatology and management of myopia (5) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (6) 2.1 Trial set (3) 2.2 Torches (3) 3.0 Special Investigations (6) 3.1 Visual Acuity Charting a) Distant b) Near c) With Pin Hole d) Colour vision
Refractive Errors, Maintenance Of Equipments (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods:23 1. Examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of 370
b) Grinding c) Finishing d) Polishing 2. Dispensing spectacles in Opticals.
July 2016 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (11) 1.3 Bifocal Grinding (6) 1.4 Cylindrical Grinding (5) 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (9) 2.3 Protective glasses
Practical Periods: 22 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT
a) Conjunctivialtis b) Lid Infection c) Styes d) Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage e) Eye-Allergy f) Cataract g) Injuries h) Practise of Retinoscopy. 2. swab smears and cultures ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (11) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.3 Styes (6) 1.4 Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.3 Visual fields Practical Periods: 22 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Conjunctivitis
Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management Myopia c) Symptomatology and management Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management Squint. 2. Presbyopia; 3. Aphakia 4. Contact lens- prescription and practise ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Refractive Errors (11) 1.3 Symptomatogy and management Astigmatism 2.0 Explanation and maintenance Equipment (9) 2.3 Ophthalmoscope
of of of
of of
Practical Periods: 22 1. examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I
ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I UNIT TEST-I Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. 371
October 2016/15 OJT Nov 2016 24 20 24
Dec 2016 23 20 23
Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods:20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.5 Prismatic Lens Grinding 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.4 Lens form and thickness effective, equivalent and vertex power.
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. [ Symptoms and Detection of ] (10) 1.5 Eye-Allergy (5) 1.6 Corneal Ulcer (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) 2.4 Various instruments and their principles
Practical Periods:24 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding
Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and 1. Examination of Refractive errors Management a) Symptomatology and management a) Conjunctivitis Hypermetropia. b) Lid Infection b) Symptomatology and management c) Styes Myopia c) Symptomatology and management Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management Squint. ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.5 Aphakia (10) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 2.0 Explanation and maintenance 1.7 Cataract (5) Equipment (10) 1.8 Vitamin-A Deficiency (5) 2.4 Slit-Lamp (5) 2.5 Keratometers (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) 2.5 Fluorescence staining and techniques (5) 2.6 Lacrimal test (5) Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and 1. examination of Refractive errors (13) Management a) Symptomatology and management
ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods:20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.6 Aberrations’ and base curves 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.5 Trial lenses and frames
Practical Periods: 23 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods:20 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.4 Presbyopia 2.0 Explanation and maintenance Equipment (10) 2.4 Slit-Lamp
of
of of of of
of
of 372
b) Grinding c) Finishing
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Jan 2017 22 19 22
Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.7 Aphakic glasses 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.6 frame types and specific indications
Practical Periods:21 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding c) Finishing d) Polishing
Feb 2017 22
a) Conjunctivialtis b) Lid Infection c) Styes d) Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage
Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia (10) ASSIGNMENT-IV ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.6 Suint (5) (10) 1.7 Contact lens: prescription and practice.(5) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.9 Injuries. 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) Equipment (10) 2.7 Urine test – (I). Albumin (II). Sugar 2.6 Surgical Instruments (5) 2.7 Foci-meter [ Lensometer ] (5) Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and examination of Refractive errors Management a) Symptomatology and management of a) Injuries Hypermetropia. b) Practise of Retinoscopy. b) Symptomatology and management of 2. swab smears and cultures Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia ; 3. Aphakia 4. Contact lens- prescription and practise
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I
PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I
Theory Periods:08 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (4) 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (4)
Theory Periods:08 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (4) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 2.0 Routine Investigations (4)
Theory Periods:08 1.0 Refractive Errors (3) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (3) 373
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22
Revision/IPE 2017
Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision/IPE 2017
4.0 Maintenance of Medical Records and Statisticals. (2) Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II Revision/IPE 2017
374
PHYSIOTHERAPHY The basic aim of the course Physiotheraphy is to impart the following skills in the student. 1)
Recognize various systems and function of body parts.
2)
Proper use and handling of Electrotherapy equipment.
3)
Usage and handling of exercise therapy equipment.
4)
Proper assessment of Orthopaedics and Neurological cases.
5)
Selection of suitable treatment method and rehabilitation technique of various conditions.
6)
Develop skills in a) Massage. b) Hydrotherapy. c) Electrical stimulation. d) Exercise therapy techniques. e) Pre and post operative rehabilitation.
375
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17
PHYS IOTH ERAPY, CO URSE CODE: 614 :: FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical June 2016 25 23 21
Anatomy &Physiology (Theory Paper -I )
Pscychology & Abnormal Psychology (Theory Paper-II )
Bio-Mechanics & Exercise Therapy (Theory Paper - III )
Theory Periods :23 1.Topographical and Functional aspects of Anatomy. (06) 1.1) Planes of the human body(02) 1.2) Systems of the body (02) 1.3) Units of structure & Function of cell (02) 2. Osteology (17) 2.1) Anatomical position planes ,surfaces ,relationship of parts of body- proximal & distal (03) 2.2) Types of bones (02) 2.3) Structure of long bone (04) 2.4) Vertebral column (03) 2.5) Vertebral bones (02) 2.6)Surface land marks(03)
Theory Periods :23 1.What is psychology(05) 1.1) Introduction(02) 1.2)Definition (01) 1.3)various branches of psychology.(02) 2. Behaviour(10) 2.1)Definition(01) 2.2)Types of behaviour(02) 2.3)Factors influencing behaviour(02) 2.4)Definition of abnormal behaviour(01) 2.5)types of abnormal behaviour(01) 2.6)Methods of studying behaviour(03) 3.Intelligence(08) 3.1)definition(01) 3.2)Types of intelligence(02) 3.3)Theories of intelligence(02) 3.4)Evaluation of intelligence(02) 3.5)Intelligence quotient &Mental retardation(01)
Theory Periods :23 1.Bio Mechanics(10) 1.1)Mechanical Principles((01) 1.2)Def.of biomechanics,Axis, Planes,kinematics(01) 1.3)Gravity,centre of gravity,line of gravity,base of support(01) 1.4)equilibrium,fixation,stabilization force and types of force(01) 1.5)levers of body and their mechanical advantage (01) 1.6)pulley, spring, elasticity(01) 1.7)Types of muscle contraction(01) 1.8)range of muscle work(01) 1.9)Group action of muscles(01) 1.10)limb length measurement(01) 2.Gait(10) 2.1)Definition(01) 2.2)stages of gait (05)) 2.3)Pathological gaits (04) 3.Exercise Therapy 3.1)Introduction to PT, role &principles of PT(01) 3.2)Starting positions(02) 376
July-2016 23 20 21
Anatomy &Physiology (Practical Paper-I ) Practical Periods : 21 1)Bones : (15) 1.1)Identification & description of bones(03) 1.2)Upper limb Bones (03) 1.3) Lower limb bones (03) 1.4) Vertebral bones (02) 1.5) Skull bones (02) 1.6) Thoracic cage (01) 1.7) Identification of surface land marks (01) 2)Joints- 06 Identification of joints(05) 2.1 Upper limb joints (01)
Pscychology & Abnormal Psychology (Practical Paper-II ) Practical Periods:21 1)Intelligence Evaluation(20) 1.1)Intelligence quotient(05) 1.2)Various methods(15) 2) Intelligence test (01) 2.1 Evaluation (01)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods:20 2)Osteology continued : (01) 2.6)Surface land marks (01) 3.Arthrology(12) 3.1)Classification of joint (02) 3.2)Construction of joints (04) 3.3) Motion of joints (04) 3.4) Articulation & Articular surfaces & Types of joints (02) 4) Myology :(06) 4.1) Types of muscles & fascia(02) 4.2)Muscle spindle in detail(01) 4.3)Muscles of upper limb(02) 4.4)Muscles of lower limb(01) Practical Periods (21) 2)Joints continued (10)
ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods:20 4). Aptitudes 5). Motivation a) Types and methods
Practical Periods (21) 2)Intelligence test continued(19)
Bio-Mechanics & Exercise Therapy (Practical Paper - III ) Practical Periods:21 1)Gait and gait training.(10) Gait analysis: 1.1)Assessment of patient(02) 1.2)Preparation of patient(01) 1.3)Instructions to patients(02) 1.4)Precautions(01) 1.5)Safety measures.(01) 1.6)Limb length measurement(02) 2.Suspension therapy(10) 2.1) Assessment of patient(02) 2.2)Preparation of patient(02) 2.3)Instructions to patient(02) 2.4)Position of patient(02) 2.5)Technique of treatment.(02) 3. Passive movements (01) 3.1 Assessment of patient (01) ASSIGNMENT-I Theory Periods:20 3.3)Introduction to Exercise Therapy : (8) a)Aims of E.T(02) b)Techniques of E.T(02) c)Goniometry in detail (04) 3.4)Passive movements(05) : a)Definition(01) b)Classification(02) c)principles(01) d)Effects &Use(01) 3.5)Active Movements : (07) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(03) c) Techniques(03) Practical Periods (21) 3)Passive movement continued (9) 377
2.1)Upper limb joints (02) 2.2)Evaluation (15) 2.2) Lower limb joints (02) 2.3)Various tests(1) 2.3)Movements taking place in joints (03) 3) Binets scale (03) 2.4)Muscle origin , insertion ,nerve supply, action(04) 3)Study of microscope(05) 4)Demonstration of Thorax with organs in situation :(04) 4.1) Heart (04)
August 2016 24 23 24
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods :24 4) Myology continued(04) 4.4)Muscles of lower limb(02) 4.5)Muscles of trunk, eye & face (02) (Origin, insertion nerve supply &action ) 5)Cardio vascular system (13) 5.1)Heart structure (04) 5.2)Properties of Heart muscle(02) 5.3)Cardiac cycle (02) 5.4)Arteries, capillaries &veins(03) 5.5) B.P(01) 5.6)Systemic ,Pulmonary &Lymphatic circulation(03) 6)Blood(05) 6.1)composition of blood(01) 6.2)plasma (01) 6.3)Blood group(01) Practical Periods: 24 4)Demonstration of Thorax with organs in situation :(10)
ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods :20 6)Personality development continued :(03) 6.6)Clinical features of disorders(01) 7)Learning :(08) 7.1)Definition (01) 7.2)Theories of Learning (03) 7.3)Methods of Learning(02) 7.4)Factors influencing learning(02) 8)Remembering &Forgetting :(08) 8.1)Definition (02) 8.2)factors influencing forgetting(03) 8.3) factors influencing remembering(03) 9)Thinking, perception & attending:(05) 9.1)Definitions(04) 9.2)Various types of perception (01)
3.1) Assessment of patient(01) 3.2)preparation of patient (01) 3.3)instructions to patient (02) 3.4)position of patient (01) 3.5)technique of treatment(03) 3.6)Precautions(01) 4)Active movements(8) 4.1) assessment of patient(02) 4.2)preparation of patient(01) 4.3)instructions to patient(02) 4.4)position of patient(01) 4.5)technique of treatment(02) 4.6)Precautions(01) 5) Resisted exercise (02) ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I Theory Periods:24 3.5)Active movements continued: (04) d)Effects & uses(04) 3.6)Relaxation :(20) a)Definition(01) b)Principles(02) c)techniques of general relaxation(14) d)local relaxation techniques(03)
Practical Periods:24 Practical Periods:24 3)Binets scalec (10) &Stanford Binets scale 5)Resisted exercise(05) (10) 6)Goniometry in detail (15) : 378
4.1) Heart (01) 4) Personality evaluation (03) 4.2)Lungs(05) 4.1 Human figure test, drawing test (03) 5)Recording of BP(10) 6)Identification of various organs with the abdomen (03)
September 2016 22 20 18
6.1) assessment of patient(02) 6.2)preparation of patient(02) 6.3)instructions to patient(02) 6.4)position of patient(02) 6.5)technique of treatment(06) 6.6)precautions (01) 7)Joint mobilization techniques (04) : 7.1)shoulder (04) ASSIGNMENT – III ASSIGNMENT – III ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST –II UNIT TEST –II UNIT TEST –II Theory Periods:20 Theory Periods:20 Theory Periods:20 6)Blood continued(02) 9)Thinking, perception & attending 3.6)Relaxation continued (02) 6.4)Coagulation phenomenon(02) d)Local relaxation techniques(02) continued (05) 7)Respiratory system (17) 9.2)Various types of perception (01) 3.7) Joint mobility(10) 7.1)Anatomy of Respiratory organs(05) 9.3)Factors influencing perception ,thinking a)Introduction(01) 7.2)Air passages(02) &attention(04) b)Classification of joint(02) 7.3)Mechanism of Breathing(03) c)Limitation of joint ROM(02) 10)Individual differences (08) 7.4)Lung volume &Capacitance(03) 10.1)introduction (02) d)Hip mobilization methods(02) 7.5)Dyspnoea(01) 10.2) Definition(02) e)Knee mobilization methods (02) 7.6)Bronchial tree &Segments(03) 10.3)Causes(01) f)Ankle mobilization methods (01) 10.4)Factors influencing I.D(02) 8)Animal cell (01) 3.8)Muscle strength (08) 10.5)Disadvantages of I.D (01) a)Introduction(01) b)Type of muscle work(01) 11)Frustation &Conflicts(07) 11.1) Definition(01) c) Range of muscle work(01) 11.2)Factors leading to frustation(02) d)Muscular weakness (02) 11.3) Factors leading to conflicts(01) e)Paralysis(03) 11.4)Types of conflicts(02) 11.5)Disadvantages (01) Practical Periods : 18 Practical Periods:18 Practical Periods:18 6)Identification of various organs with the 4)Personality evaluation continued (16) 7)Joint mobilization techniques continued(11) abdomen (06) 4.1:Human figure test, drawing test 7.1)shoulder (01) 7)TPR description(10) painting &play(06) 7.2)Elbow (02) 8)Records of various system diagram 4.2)Wechrlers memory scale (10) 7.3)Hip (05) &labelling(Anatomy) (02) 5)Visit to psychiatric institutions(02) 7.4)Knee(03) 8)Manual muscle testing (07) 8.1)Introduction(02) 379
October 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT
8.2) Upper limb(03) 8.3) Lower limb (02) ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST –III UNIT TEST –III UNIT TEST –III Theory Periods:12 Theory Periods:12 Theory Periods:12 9)Nervous system:(12) 11)Frustation &Conflicts continued (01) 3.8)Muscle strength(02) 9.1)Division &Function of nervous system(01) 11.5)Disadvantages (01) f)Prevention of muscle wasting (02) 9.2)Nerve tissue –neuron &nerve fibre(01) 12)Psychosomatic & psychoneurotic 3.9)Stretching (05) 9.3)Spinal cord ,brain &their structures(03) a)Definition(01) disorders (08) 9.4)Neuromuscular junction(01) 12.1)Definition (01) b)Classification(03) 9.5)Synapse(01) 12.2)Signs &symptoms of psychosis C)Effects &uses (01) 9.6)functions of cerebellum, cerebrum, &neurosis(04) 3.10)Neuromuscular coordination (02) thalamus & hypothalamus (04) 12.3)Various types of psychosomatic a)Frenkel ‘s exercise(02) 9.7)Phenomenon of muscle contraction, disorders(02) 3.11)Proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation degeneration ®eneration (01) 12.4)Characteristic features of psychosomatic (03) disorders(01) a)Definition(01) 13)Child ,Adolescent &Geriatric psychology b)Classification(02) (03) 13.1)Definition(01) 13.2)Factors influencing(02) Practical Periods: 14 Practical Periods:14 Practical Periods:14 8)Records of various system diagram 5)Visit to psychiatric institutions(14) 8)Manual muscle testing continued (03) &labelling(Anatomy) (08) 8.3)Lower limb(01) 8.4)Back(02) 9)Description of Brain &Peripheral nerves(06) 9)Muscle strengthening techniques (11) : 9.1) assessment of patient(02) 9.2)preparation of patient(01) 9.4)instructions to patient(02) 9.5) Oxford techniques (04) 9.6) Deloreme techniques (02) HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., 380
Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining December 2016/23 OJT January 23 20 18
February 22
skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods:20 Theory Periods:20 Theory Periods:20 9) Nervous system continued(06) 13)Child ,Adolescent &Geriatric psychology 3.11)Propioceptive neuromuscular facilitation 9.8)Changes in body during exercise(02) continued:(12) continued 9.9)Names the peripheral &CN supplying the 13.3)Causes for abnormal behaviour c)Effects &uses (02) major functional group(03) (01) 3.12)Hydrotherapy (03) 9.10)CSF (01) 13.4)Various types of child behaviour(02) a)Definition 13.5)Dementia, depression, delirium in old b)Indications; c)contra indications 10)Digestive system :(05) 10.1) Anatomy of digestive organs (03)- age(03) d)Dangers; e)Precautions Oesophagus, stomach &intestines. 13.6)Steps to overcome the abnormal behaviour 3.13)Breathing exercise &Postural 10.2)Digestive glands (02) in individual(02) drainage(07) 13.7) Psycotherapy for child ,adolescent& a)definition(01),;b)Types (02); c)Technique(02); 11)Metabolism :(03) 11.1)Fat (01) old(02) d)Indications(01); e)contraindications(01) 11.2)Carbohydrates(01) 13.8)Old age home (02) 3.14)Posture (04) 11.3)Protein(01) a)Definition(01); b)Classification(02) 14)Alcoholism &Drug addiction:(08) c)Postural training(01) 12)Excretory system (06) 12.1)Anatomy of Urinary Organs(04)-Kidney 3.15)Exercise therapy equipments (04) & urinary bladder a)Suspension therapy(02) B)Functions of kidney(01)) b)Mat exercise(01) C)Micturation phenomenon (01) c)Re education board &Swiss ball (01) Practical Periods : 18 Practical Periods:18 Practical Periods:18 9)Description of Brain &Peripheral nerves 6)Visit to psychiatric institution continued(04) 9)Muscle strengthening techniques continued Continued(14) 7)Evaluation of psychiatric patients (14) (04) 9.6)Deloreme technique(02) 10.Records of various physiological systems A)Assessment B)Evaluation 9.3)Macqueen(02) with labels(04) 10)Breathing exercise& Postural drainage (14) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I
Theory:17 12)Excretory system continued : (03)
Theory:17 Theory:17 14)Alcoholism &Drug addiction continued 3.15)Exercise
therapy
equipments 381
17 21
March 2017/ 22
C)Micturation phenomenon(01) D)Skin function & temperature regulation(02) 13)Reproductive system :(08) A)Male &Female reproductive organs(03) B)Menstruation(02) C)Physiological changes during Pregnancy(02) D)Contraceptive methods(01) 14)Endocrine system :(05) a)Functions of Pancrease(02) B) Functions of Pitutary(02) C) Functions of Thyroid(01)
continued(06) d)shoulder wheel(01) e)CPM (01) f)Finger ladder(01) g)Parallel bars (01) h)Medicine ball(01) i)Equilibrium board (01) (Definition &Uses of all above equipments to be covered) 3.16)Walking aids& Gait training (03) 3.17)Massage in detail(07) a)Definition (01); b)Classification(02); c)Techniques(03); d)Effects &uses (01) Practicals : 21 Practicals:21 Practicals:21 10.Records of various physiological systems 7)Evaluation of psychiatric patients 10)Breathing exercise& Postural drainage continued (01) with labels continued(06) continued (01) 101)Recording of changes during B) Evaluation (01) 11)Description of exercise therapy equipments 8)Treatment of patients with alcoholism &Drug & Uses continued (05) exercise(15) A)BP(05) addiction continued (10) 12)Massage Techniques(15) B)Pulse rate(05) 9)Treating different psychiatric conditions (10) A)Upper limb(04); B)Lower limb(04); C)Respiratory rate(05) C)Facial(02); D)Back massage(05) Revision Revision Revision PREFINAL EXAM – II PREFINAL EXAM – II PREFINAL EXAM – II REVISION /I VP E 2017
(02) 15)Menopausal syndrome(05) 16)Functional psychosis (9)
REVISION /I VP E 2017
REVISION /I VP E 2017
382
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 PHYS IOTH ERAPY COURS E CODE 614::SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical June 2016 25 22 23
Medical & Surgical condition (Theory Paper -I )
Theory Periods :22 1)Infectious diseases : Bones & Joints (15) 1.1)Osteomyelitis (Acute & chronic(03) 1.2)Acute Pyogenic Arthritis(03) 1.3)Tuberculosis of spine(03) 1.4)Tuberculosis of hip(03) 1.5) Tuberculosis of shoulder (03) 2)Nutritional disorders(06) 2.1)Rickets(02) 2.2)Scurvy(02) 2.3)Osteo malacia(01) 2.4)Osteoporosis(01) 3)Respiratory disorders(01) 3.1)Introduction(01)
Orthopaedics & Neurology (Theory Paper-II )
ElectroTherapy (Theory Paper-III)
Theory Periods :22 1)Introduction, orthopaedic surgery, definition & scope brief history (04) 2)Sprains &strains ,dislocation(04) : 2.1)Its types 2.2)Causes 2.3)Principle of treatment 3)Fractures(04) : 3.1)Types 3.2)Displacements 3.3)General symptoms 3.4)Healing process 3.5)Delayed union , malunion &non union 4)Fractures of upper limb & Lower limb , Pelvis fracture,MP & IP Joint dislocation colle’s ,montegia,l Gallezi ,phalanges & metacarpals fractures (04) 5)Crush injury of hand(04) 6)Bennet’s fracture, mallet finger(02)
Theory Periods:22 1)Physics &basic electrical components(20) 1.1)Current, EMF &Electromagnetic radiation(03) 1.2)Conductors &Non conductors of electricity(03) 1.3)Transmission of heat &static electricity(03) 1.4)Physical effects of heat(03) 1.5)Capacitance, resistance, ohms law &fuse(03) 1.6)Electric shock(03) 1.7)Earth shock (02) 2)Methods of heating tissue(02) 2.1)Physiological effects of heat(02)
383
Medical & Surgical conditions (Practical Paper -I ) Practicals Periods: 23 I.Case history of respiratory conditions(20) 1)Assessment of patient(03) 2) Taking case history(03) 3)Breathing exercise(03) 4)Postural drainage(03) 5)Coughing &Huffing technique(03) 6)Relaxation(03) 7)Strengthening exercise(02) II. Case history of cardiac conditions continued:(3): 1)Assessment of patient(02) 2) Taking case history(1)
July 2016 23 20 22
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods:20 3)Respiratory disorders Continued:(04) 3.2)Asthma(02) 3.3)Bronchitis(02) 3.4)Emphysema(01) 3.5)Bronchiectasis(01) 4)Cardiovascular disorders (13) 4.1)Myocardial infarction (04) 4.2)Angina (02) 4.3)Congenital heart diseases (04) 4.4)Ischemic heart disease(03) 5)Endocrine disorders (03) 5.1)Dwarfism(02) 5.2)Gigantism(01)
Orthopaedics & Neurology ( Practical Paper-II ) Practicals Periods:23 I.Case history of orthopaedic conditions(15) 1)Assessment of patient(03) 2)Taking case history(03) 3)Pain reducing modalities(02) 4)Teaching exercise(04) A)Home programme B)Do’S & Dont’s C)Mobilization 5)Stretching(03) II. Case history of neurological conditions(08) 6)Assessment of patient(02) 7)Taking case history(03) 8)Pain reducing modalities(03) ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods:20 6)tenosinovitis &trigger finger (02) 7)Myositis(01),Tennis elbow(02),Supracondylar fracture(01) 8)Volkmans contracture(01),recurrent dislocation of shoulder(01) Peri arthritis of shoulder(02) 9)Brachial plexus injury(02),Carpal tunnel syndrome (02) 10)Osteoarthritis, Rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosis, spondylitis (04) 11)Metabolic disorders-Rickets, scurvy, osteomalacia & osteoporosis(02)
ElectroTherapy (Practical Paper-III) Practicals Periods:23 1)Details of electro therapy equipments its knowledge& its operation(15) 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(08)
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods:20 2)Methods of heating tissue(16) 2.1)Paraffin wax bath(04) a)Physiological effects b)Techniques &application c)Indications& contraindications. d)Dangers 2.2)Moist heat 02) 2.3)Hot packs(02) 2.4)I.R rays (05)&U.V.RAYS(03) a)Production(01) b)Physiological effects(02) c)Techniques &application(01) d)Indications& contraindications &d angers(01) 3)Low frequency currents 3.1)Faradic current(04) a)Production(01) b)Physiological effects(02) 384
Practical Periods : 22 II.Case history of cardiac conditions continued:(22) 1)Assessment of patient(02) 2) Taking case history(02) 3)breathing exercise(02) 4)Coughing &Huffing technique(02) 5)Relaxation(02) 6)Strengthening exercise(01) 7)Inscisional support(06) 8)Cardiac rehabilitation(05)
August 2016/24 OJT September 2016/22 OJT October 2016/15 OJT November 2016 24 20
Practical Periods:22 II.Case history of neurological conditions continued(06) 9)Teaching exercise(03) a)Home programme b)Do’S &Dont’s c)Mobilization 10)Stretching(03) 11)Identification of different orthotics&prosthetics (8) 12)Description &physiotherapy management for(08): A) different types of fractures(05) B)Amputation(03)
c)Techniques &application(01) d)Indications& contraindications(01) Practical Periods:22 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(22)
ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST-1 UNIT TEST-1 UNIT TEST-1 Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.
Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods:20 6)Tetanus (04) 7)Gas gangrene (03) 8)S.T.D: (03)
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods:20 12)Spinal deformities:(04) A)Scoliosis, Kyphosis, lordosis (01) B)Cervical spondylosis(01)
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Theory Periods:20 3)Low frequency currents continue : d)Indications& contraindications(02) B)Galvanic current(05) 385
24
December 2016 23 20 23
A)AIDS, B)Syphylis, C)Gonorrhoea 9)Leprosy(02)&Tuberculosis(03) 10)Surgery: A)Anaesthesia types(02) B)Types of incision(03)
C)Lumbar spondylytis(01) 13)C.T.E.V.,C.D.H. ,Torticolis(03) 14)IVDP (03) 15)Knee deformities(03) A)Genu varum B)Genu valgum C)Genu recurvatum 16)Tuberculosis of bones(03) 17)Amputations(03) A) types (01) B)Role of P.T(01) C)Counselling(01) 18)Orthopaedic appliancesSplints,Prosthosis&Orthotics(01) Practicals periods: 24 Practicals periods :24 III.Breathing exercise & postural drainage 3)Description & physiotherapy management for :(24) continued :(08) b)Ampitation (02) IV)Description &physiotherapy c)OA (04) management for:(16) D) R.A (04) A)Leprosy(10) E)TKR(04) B) Burns(6) F)Paraplegia(04) G)Hemiplegia(01)
a)Production, b)Physiological effects c)Techniques &application d)Indications& contraindications. C)SD Curve(03) a)Preparation of apparatus &patient b)Indication &contraindications D)Iontophoresis(02) E)TENS(05) a)Definition b)Types c)Physiological effects d)Techniques &application e) Indications& contraindications. 4)Cryotherapy (03) a)Definition , b)Physiological effects Practicals periods:24 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(03) 3)Treatment or application of equipment on model (21) A)wax bath(05) B)Moist pack(05) C)Hot packs(05) D)Infrared (05); E)TENS(01) ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II Theory Periods :20 Theory Periods :20 Theory Peridos :20 C)Burns :(10) 18)Orthopaedic appliances continued(02)- 4)Cryotherapy (08) a)definition(01), b)Classification(03) Splints,Prosthosis&Orthotics(02) c)Techniques &application(05) c)Degree of burns (03) d)Indications& contraindications(02) 19)Quadriceps contracture(03) d)Contactures(01); e)Skin graft(01) e)Dangers(01) 20)Foot deformities (03) f)Flaps (01) A)Flat foot(01); B)Calcaneal spur(01) 5)Medial frequency currents –IFT(12) a)Definition (02) D)Pre&post operative PT Management of C)Plantar Fascitis(01) b)Physiological effects(04) :(10) 21)Paraplegia ,quadriplegia(04) a)Cardiac surgery(05) c)Techniques &application(04) 22)Introduction to neurology(03) b)Respiratory surgery(03) A)Structure &function of d)Indications& contraindications(02) c)TKR (02) a)Cerebral cortex 386
January 2017 23 20 22
b)Pyramidal tracts; c)Extra pyramidal tracts; d)Cerebellum e)Spinal cord; f)Peripheral nerve 23)Cerebral circulation & its disorders(03) A)Hemiplegia; B)Coma 24)Infection & inflammation of CNS (02) Practical Periods : 23 Practical Periods :23 IV)Description &Physiotherapy 12.Description and physiotherapy management management for:(04) continued of:(23) B)Burns continued (04) G.Hemiplegia (04) V. Pre and post operative management of: H)Poliomyelitis(05); I)Parkinsonism(05) J.Multiple Sclerosis (05); K.GBS (04) (19) A)Cardiac surgery(10); B) respiratory surgery (09) ASSIGNMENT-IV ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods :20 Theory Periods :20 c)TKR continued (01) 24)Infection & inflammation of CNS (01) 11)Gynaecology(07) 25)Extra pyramidal syndrome(03) A)Various stages of labour(02) A)Chorea; B)Athetosis B.clinical management of labour (02) C)Hemiballisums ; D)Tremors & rigidity C.physiological changes during pregnancy E)Parkinsonism and physiotherapy management(03) 26.Syphiliis and its neurological complications(03) 12.Paediatric Periods (11) 27.demyelinating and degenerative disorders: (03) A.cerebral palsy and PT Management (04) A.Multiple sclerosis(02) B.Developmental milestones(03) B.Motor neurone disorder(01) C.Hydrocephalus (02) 28.Disorders of peripheral nerves(02) D.Meningiocele (01) 29.Polyneropathy,GBS,Diabetic neuropathy (03) E..Polio(01) 30.Disorders of spinal cord: (03) spinabifida, syringomyelia, spinal tumours, Transverse myelitis 31.Convulsive Disorders(01)
Practical Periods :23 3. Treatment and application of equipment on model(23) E)Tens (04) F)Iontophoresis(05); G)U.V.Rays (05) H. Stimulator (05); I.IFT (04)
ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III Theory Periods :20 IFT continued(03) e)dangers &precautions(03) 6.High frequency currents: A.SWD: (08) a) Definition(01); b) Production(01) c)Physiological effects(02) d)Techniques &application(02) e)Indications& contraindications(01) f)dangers(01) B. MwD (05) a)Definition ; b)Production c)Physiological effects d)Techniques &applications e)Indications& contraindications C.Ultrasound therapy(03) a)Definition(01) b)Physiological effects(01) c)Techniques &application(01) 387
Practical Periods : 21 B.respiratory surgery continued (01) VI.Physiotherapy management for (20) A.Acne Vulgaris (10) B.psoriasis(10)
February 2017/ 22
March 2017/ 22
Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS -I Theory Periods :08 12.Paediatrics continued:(03) E.Polio continued(03): causes,stages,prevention,medical Management 13. Dermatology: (05) A.Dermatitis; B.Eczema, C.Acne,; D.psoriasis E.leucoderma; F.Alopecia Revision PREFINAL EXAMINATION - II Revision /I VP E 2017
and
PT
Practical Periods :21 12.description and physiotherapy management of (21): K.GBS (01); L.spina bifida (05) M.Cerebral Ataxia (05); N.Head Injry (05) O.Peripheral nerve injuries(05) Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS -I Theory Periods :08 31.Convulsive Disorders(02) 32.Ataxia(03) types, clinical features ,pathology, medical and PT management 33. Head injury (03)
Practical Periods :21 3.Treatment or application of equipment on models: (21) I.IFT (01); J.Traction (05) K.SWD (05); L.US (05) M. cryotherapy (05) Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS -I Theory Periods :08 C.Ultrasound therapy continued (02) d )Indications& contraindications(01) e)production(01) D.Laser (02) E.Differences between LFC and HFC (02) F.Differences between LFC and MFC (02)
Revision PREFINAL EXAMINATION- II Revision /I VP E 2017
Revision PREFINAL EXAMINATION- II Revision /I VP E 2017
388
MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (FEMALE) The basic aim of the course MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (FEMALE) is to impart the following skills in the student.
1. Bring awaereness among individuals, familes and community. 2. Able to motivate the eligible comuple to adopt family planning methods and educate on childcare 3. Develop basis skils in immunization 4. Plans and conducts health talks. 5. Participate in prevention and control of communicable diseases. 6. Provides first aid and emergency and disaster care. 7. Able to organize health clinics, like Antenatal. Post natal and well baby clinic.
389
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN- 2016-17
MULTIPURPOS E HEALTH WORK ER ( F) COURS E CO DE: 615 :: I YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 25/ 23 21
Community Health Nursing Theory Paper –I
Theory Periods: 23 1. Concept of Health (5) Health and changing concepts – Dimensions of health – Determinate of health – Concept of Health for all – Primary health care, principles, elements Concepts and structure (10) Definition of community, meaning of rural and urban community & slums – Characteristics, changes in village community development, major rural problems. Urban community characteristics, changes and adjustments to Urban environment, major Urban problems. Structure and functions of panchayat Raj – 73rd & 74th amendments to constitution, role of panchayat Raj in health. Social groups – Organisations – structure of an urban community slum, social groups organizations, leaders, community resources Community Need assessment (5) – Scope and methods of community assessment. Community survey – Principles, methods of data
Health Promotion Theory Paper –II
Primary Health Care Theory Paper - III
Theory Periods : 23 Theory Periods : 23 NUTRITION (15) The Hospital (5) 1) Essential nutrients : Functions – Classification – Admission and Importance of nutrition in health and discharge procedure of a patient – Nursing sickness – Essential nutrients, functions, as profession sources and requirements classification of Preparation of patient unit (5) foods and their nutritive value – Normal Optimum environment for patient requirements at different ages Balanced Factors of safety – Furnishing for the patient diet different age groups.(15) unit – Bedmaking – different types of bed – closed – opened – occupied – operation – Teaching Learning activities: Lecture Cardiac – Fracture - amputation discussion – Explain using models and charts – Exhibit raw food item showing Hygiene of the Body : (10) balanced diet (8) Personal and individual Hygiene – Care of mouth, Skin, hair and nails – Sexual hygiene – Hygiene and comfort needs of the sick, Care of pressure points, positioning and changing – Care of hair wash – Care of hand and nails, Hand washing – Care of eye wash – Mouth care, Elimination- care of bowels and bladder 390
collection – conducting interviews, focus group discussions and case studies – analysis of data, preparation of reports. Home visit : (5) Importance – Principles – Planning Bag technique – Equipment usage of bag at home. Practical Periods: 21 Community Health Nursing (15) Community Experience - Visit village, Urban slum for understanding the village mapping, physical, social and resources structure of the village/Urban slum Conduct community need assessment (6) Visit to SC/PHC/CHC and prepare a including organization, functions and the responsibilities of staff members. July 2016 23 20 19
ASSIGNMENT - I Theory Periods: 20 Disinfection of equipment, sputum, Vomiting, urine, stool (2) Health problems and policies : (8) Overview of health problem of India – Trends & development in National Health policies – National Health Programmes. Communication and Health Education : (9) Principles, methods, and process of communication – Inter personal relationship (IPR). Communication with different groups and health team members. Health Education – Definition uses Principles, scope, approaches – Use of A,V, aids, role of man media – BCC (Behavioral change communication), IEC (Information Education and Communication). Role and responsibilities of MPHW (F) in IEC. Community based Rehabilitation
Optimal functioning of the body (10) Basic human needs – Rest, Sleep, activity exercise, posture etc,(3) Practical Periods: 21 Asses Nutritional status of 25 children in a School Conduct IEC activities related to nutrition and personal hygiene (21)
ASSIGNMENT – I Theory Periods : 20 Balance Diet(2) Nutritional problems : (12) Nutritional deficiencies, correction, treatment and referral, anemia in women – under five nutrition – the role of MPHW (F) in supplementary food – Special diets of individuals for different age group. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Visit IOCDS project and discuss the programme Explain using models and charts – Planning diets for anemia (women and other deficiency conditions) 2) Nutritional Assessment : (15) Methods of nutritional assessment of
Practical Periods: 21 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital Assess and take care of Sick patients with different diseases (21)
ASSIGNMENT - I Theory Periods : 20 Food, eating and drinking habits – Participation in Social activities – Self actualization and spiritual need – interpersonal and human relations – life cycle and healthy habits Teaching and Learning activities : Lecture discussion, Health education regarding healthy life style. (5) Collection of specimen (5) Principles and methods of collection of specimen and handling body discharges – Collection of specimen of blood, spectrum, urine, stool – Safe disposal of body discharges. Disinfection and sterilization :(4) Principles and methods of antisepsis, disinfection and sterilization – Methods of disinfecting different equipment – Methods 391
Definition, Rehabilitation methods – Institution based and community based rehabilitation, Health condition require community based Rehabilitation community resources required – Education of individuals, family and community. Concept of disease : (5) Identification of illness (1)
August 2016 24 23 24
Practical Periods: 19 Visit to SC/PHC/CHC and prepare a including organization, functions and the responsibilities of staff members.(4) Home visits :– Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care – including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (15) ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST -I Theory Periods : 23 Disease causation – classification of diseases Teaching learning activities – Lecture discussion – Explain using charts (4) Infection (8) Meaning and types of infection – causes of infection – classification and characteristics of Micro organisms: pathogenic and Non pathogenic – Incubation period and spread of infection – transmission – factors affecting growth and destruction of Microbes. Teaching Learing activities: - Lecture discussion
individual and family, mother and child (6)
of sterilizing different equipments. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Visit sterilization department of a hospital. Bio-Medical Waste Management (5) Waste disposals – infections and non infections concepts, principles and methods at different levels. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration Health problems – Diseases : Fever (10) Vital signs : Temperature, pulse, respiration Blood pressure (1) Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 19 Asses Nutritional status of 25 children in a Give care to sick people at Upgraded School PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital Conduct IEC activities related to nutrition Assess and take care of Sick patients with and personal hygiene (15) different diseases (19) Nutritional assessment Identification of nutritional problems in the community (4) ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST –I UNIT TEST -I Theory Periods : 23 Theory Periods : 23 Identification of local food sources and Vital signs : Temperature, pulse, respiration their value in enriching diet – food fats, Blood pressure - Temperature maintenance taboos customs and their influences on and the physiology of fever – Fever types, health. and stages – causes of fever – Common Teaching Learning activities: Lecture conditions causing fever, malaria, typhoid, discussion – Demonstration – field visits Acute respiratory infection (ARI) etc. – (10) Nursing Management of patient with fever – Alternate system of medicine (12) Promotion of nutrition : (10) Planning diets and special diets for a Respiratory Problems (5) family – Methods of using locally Common respiratory problems types, available foods for special diets – classification – cold and cough, ARI 392
tonsillitis, bronchitis, Pneumonia and tuberculosis – causes signs and symptoms treatment of respiratory problems – Management, Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) in case of patients with respiratory problems including home care remedies – integrate accepted practices of AYUSH Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Demonstration of steam inhalation, nasal drops, oxygen inhalation health education – Supervised clinical practice. The Human Body (10) Structure and function of the human body Aches and pains (5) (1) Causes and nursing Management of tooth ache ear ache, abdominal pain, head ache, joint pains – Management as per the standing orders and protocols – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Digestive problems (5) Indigestion – anorexia (1) Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Nutrition exhibition in a village – Prepare Give care to sick people at Upgraded Special assessment of Family and individual, and maintain a nutrition Practical PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital Identification of needs providing need base care – book(24) Assess and take care of sick patient with including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (24 different diseases (24) ASSIGNMENT –III ASSIGNMENT –III ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST – II UNIT TEST – II UNIT TEST – II September 2016 22 20 18
– Demonstration – Explain is using Microscope. Immunity and body defence mechanisms (10) Body’s defense mechanism – Immunity – Concept- Hypersensitivity : Antigen and Antibody reaction – Types of immunity – Types of vaccines – storage and cold chain maintenance Immunization : (5) Immunization against different infections(1)
principles and methods of cooking – Promotion of kitchen garden – Food hygiene and safe preparation – Storage and preservation – Food adulteration – Precautions during festivals and Melas Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Plan diet for the family assigned – Health education – visit a milk pasteurization plants, Demonstration of various methods of cooking – using of diet detailed chart.
Theory Periods : 20 Immunization schedule – injection safety – Methods of administering vaccine – sterilization of syringes and needles – Immunization in the community – Immunization Hazards – Precautions while giving vaccines – Special
Theory Periods : 20 Body systems and their functions – digestive system, respiratory system, genitor urinary system, Cardiovascular system, nervous system, muscular system, endocrine system, special sensory
Theory Periods : 20 Vomiting, distention and constipation – Hemorrhoids, hernia – ulcers, and intestinal obstruction – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – integrate accepted practices of AYUSH.(4) 393
Immunization drives and programmes – Records and reports. (4) Environment sanitation (10) Environment and ecology for healthy living – Basic sanitary needs – Air, Sunlight, and ventilation, Home environment – Smoke animals, drains, and toilets.Teaching Learning activities Safe water (5) Sources of water and characteristics of safe water – Sources of contamination and prevention – purification of water for drinking – Methods – Small and large scale – disinfection of well – tube well tank and pond in a village – water borne diseases. Teaching Learning activities : Lecturer discussion Village Mapping, water sources, drains, ponds, and contamination areas – visit to a water purification plant. Disposal of excreta and waste (10) Methods of excreta disposal – types of latrine (1)
organs.(9) Mental Health (10) Concept of mental health – Body mind relationship – Factors influencing Mental health – characteristics of a mentally healthy person, Developmental tasks of different age groups – Different defence mechanisms Mal adjustment : (10) Features of a Mal adjusted individual (1)
Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Health education Urinary Problems (5) Signs and symptoms of renal conditions – Retention of urine, renal colic, edema – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Cardio Vascular problems (5) Signs and symptoms of cardiac conditions and blood related problems, Heart attack, Chest pain, Anemia – hypertension and leukemia – care of a cardiac patient at home – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – Integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Health Education. Diseases of the Nervous system (5) Signs and symptoms of neurological problems – head ache, back ache, and paralysis, care of a patient with stroke at home – care of pressure points, back care, changing of positions, active and passive exercise, body support to prevent contractures – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including home care remedies – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Metabolic diseases : (5) Diabetes signs and symptoms (1) Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 Practical Periods: 18 Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Nutrition exhibition in a village – Prepare Give care to sick people at Upgraded Special assessment of Family and individual, and maintain a nutrition Practical book PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital Identification of needs providing need base care – (18) Assess and take care of sick patient with 394
including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (18) October 2016 15 12 14
November 2016/24 OJT December 2016/23
different diseases (18)
Theory Periods : 12 Handing animal excreta- Methods of waste disposal – Hazards due to waste – Maintenance of village drains, ponds and wells (9) Introduction to communicable diseases : (10) Common communicable diseases : Epidemiological concepts – incidence and prevalence – Mortality and Morbidity (3)
Theory Periods : 12 Common causes of Mal adjustment. Counseling an individual, family and community -Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration of counseling for mal adjusted individual in the community (9) Mental illness (15) abnormal behaviors (3)
Practical Periods: 14 Immunization – Participation in National health programmes, National health programmes, Visit to School, Anganwadi worker (14)
Practical Periods: 14 Menu Plan – for different age group children (10) Participating in Nutritional programmes (4)
Theory Periods : 12 Complications diet and medications – Skin care – foot care – urine testing and administration of insulin injections – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH.(4) Care of Handicap (5) Handicap – different types – counseling for prevention of certain handicaps – understanding the handicapped person. Helping family to ensure need based care. Types of drugs (5) Different systems of medicine: Allopathy and AYUSH – Classification of drugs – Forms and characteristics of drugs – Abbreviations used in medication – Administration of drugs (3) Practical Periods: 14 Take care of sick patients with dfferent diseases. (3) Practice basic nursing procedures in outpatient & inpatient departments (11)
HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.
395
OJT January 2017 23 20 18
Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. Theory Periods : 20 Levels of prevention – Signs and symptoms, care, control and prevention of communicable diseases, General measures – Surveillance – Isolation notification reporting.Signs, symtoms, care and prevention of the following: Diphtheria, pestusis, tetanus, Poliomyelitis, measles and tuberculosis Chickenpox, Mums, rubella, enteric fever, hepatitis, rabies, malaria, dengue, filarial, kalaazar, trachoma conjunctivitis, scabies, stds and Hiv/Aids, Encephalitis, Leptospirosis, Acute respiratory infections, Diarrhoeal diseases, Worm infestations, Leprosy, Role & responsibilities of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Calculation of and Mortality and Morbidity for different diseases – Visit isolation unit Surveillance – Visit infectious disease hospital/centre – Demonstration – Supervised clinical practice. (7) Care in communicable diseases (10) Care of patients with communicable diseases – Isolation methods – Standards safety measures (universal precaution) – Health education and messages for different communicable diseases – Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) Community Health Problem :(10) Care of the sick in the community common health conditions in the community – danger signs of illness – Health assessment Taking history (3)
Theory Periods : 20 Types of Mental illness and treatments – Early detection and referral of mentally ill – Prevention of Mental illness – Home care and counseling – Refer psychiatric emergencies. Teaching Learning Activities: Lecture discussion – Visit to a mental hospital/clinic.(12) Old age care (10) Process of aging – physical, psychological changes – needs and problems – care of eldeely at home (8)
Theory Periods : 20 Policies and regulations, as per protocols and standing orders- classification of drugs. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion, calculation of dosage and conversion – Drug study (2) Administration of drugs (5) Routes of administration – Oral, parental (intramuscular, intradermal, subcutaneous, intravenous) rectal, local and others Administration of drugs precautions, principles safety measures observation and recording – Role of MPHW(F) in the administration of drugs - Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration, Practice session – pre par atom and assisting of I.V fluids as per protocol – preparation for blood transfusion as per protocol. Drugs used in Minor Ailments (5) Common drugs for fever, cold and cough, aches and pains, loose motions – Drug kit in the sub centre, content and its use – Storage and care of drugs. Common Emergency Drugs (5) I.V fluids, antibiotics, injections and magnesium Sulphate, Deriphylline, avil and other anti histamine, vitamin K, anti rabies vaccine, ante snake venoms as per the protocol, precautions for administration First aid (5) Principles of first aid – mobalization of resources – first aid kit and supplies Bandages, types, uses (3) 396
Practical Periods :18 Immunization – Participation in National health programmes, National health programmes, Visit to School, Anganwadi worker (18)
February 2017 22 16 20
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods : 16 Physical examination – Vital signs, weight, height – Recognition of abnormalities identification of health problems – management of the sick. Home and community nursing procedures, care of the sick – referral – health education, individual and family (6) Epidemic Management : (10) Definitions and causes of epidemics – epidemic emery in a community and epidemic mapping – Relief well and role of MPHW(F)
Practical Periods :18 Menu plan for different age group children (14) Participationing in Nutritional programmes (4) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods : 16 Rehabilitation and agencies of caring elderly. Teaching Learning Activities : Lecture discussion – If available, visit an old age home. [2] Counseling & Guidance (14) Concept, Principles and techniques of counseling, areas of counseling in the community individualized, family, and group counseling, guidance – meaning, methods, importance- Role of counselor in counseling and guidance, Role of MPHW(F) in counseling and guidance. (15)
Practical Periods :18 Practice basic nursing procedures in outpatient & inpatient departments (14) Perform immunization and first aid services(4) PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods : 16 Principles and methods of bandaging (2) Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Practice session. Minor injuries and ailments (4) Cuts and wounds, types, principles and first aid care – Foreign bodies – Burns and scalds types, principles and first and care Health Education – referral, Role of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Practice session – Supervised clinical practices – Health education.[12] Fractures (5) Skeletal system and different bones fracture – types, causes, signs and symptoms, first aid care Methods of immobilization and transportation. Teaching and Learning activities : Lecture discussion, Demonstration – Practice session. Life threatening conditions (5) Bleeding – drowning strangulations – suffocation, and asphyxia – loss of consciousness – cardio respiratory arrest, convulsions – Foreign bodies – Chest injuries – Shock and allergic conditions – poisoning – bites and stings – stroke, heat stroke, severe burns 397
March 2017 22
Pracatical Priods :20 Visit to school, Aganwadi Worker (6) Field visists – Visit to water purification plant, Sewage plant, A.P. Diary Staughter homes. (14)
Pracatical Priods :20 Observing midday meal programme in Schools, Supplementary nutrition programme at anganwadi centre (10) Field Visits : To health museum and NIN (10)
Pracatical Priods :20 Perform immunization and first aid services(20)
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II
REVISION/IPE-2017
REVISION/IPE-2017
REVISION /IPE 2017
398
ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN- 2016-17 MULTIPURPOS E HEALTH WORK ER ( F) COURS E CO DE: 615:: S ECOND YEAR Month & No. of working Midwifery days/ No. Theory Paper –I of periods Theory/ Practical June 2016 Theory Periods: 22 1. Human reproductive system: (3) 25/ Female reproductive organs – structure and 22 function – Menstrual cycle – Male reproductive 23 organs, structure and functions process of fertilization. 2. Female pelvis and foetal skull (4) Structure of the pelvic bones – types of pelvis – pelvic diameters – Muscles and Ligaments of pelvic floor – Foetal skull : Bones diameters, sutures, size, shape, moulding skull area, fontanel’s 3. Foetus and placenta (5) Growth and development of foetus, foetal sac and amniotic fluid and foetal circulation and changes after birth – structure and functions of placenta, membranes and umbilical cord and abnormalities, (Refer SBA module of Ministry of Health and family welfare. 4. Normal pregnancy(5) Signs and symptoms of pregnancy – Various diagnostic tests for confirmation of pregnancy – physiological changes during pregnancy – Minor ailments during pregnancy & their management.
Child Health Nursing Theory Paper –II
Health Care Management Pare-III
Theory Periods: 22 Growth and Development (15) Introduction to growth and development – factors affecting growth and development – Growth and development of infants and children – assessment of physical, psychological and social growth Monitoring and recording of growth and development of infants and children – play, hygiene, emotional needs, toilet training, accidents : causes precautions and prevention
Theory Periods: 22 Concept of Management (5) Definition – Principles – Elements – Line of authority Health centre (8) SC/PHC/CHC – Organization of functions, facilities, records and reports Centre activity plans – Conduct of clinics and special programmes – Referral systems – conducting meetings – IEC activities
New born care (15) Health Team (9) Assessment of new born, APGAR score- Concept of health team – Importance of Team Neonatal resuscitation – Management of new approach born – Temperature maintenance, prevention of infection, care of the cord, exclusive breast feeding kangaroo mother care – immunization)
399
5. Antenatal care (6) Registration – taking history of pregnant women (1) Practical Periods: 23 A) Midwifery and nursing, care of mothers at risk (Examine 15 pregnant women at hospital – 5 pregnant women at home) Including estimation hemoglobin and IFA treatment – Give TT injection to ten women (23) ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 Theory Periods : 20 physical examination, investigation – routine and 23 specific prophylactic medications – Need based 20 health information and guidance – Nutrition in 22 pregnancy – special needs a pregnant women – involvement of husband and family – identification of high risks cases and referral preparation of mother for delivery(4) Normal Labour (4) Onset and stages of labour, physiological changes, changes in uterine muscles and cervix – lie, attitude, position, denominator and presentation of foetus – Foetal skull, mechanism of labour- Identification of high risk cases Foetal distress and maternal distress during labour – partograph in the management of Normal Labour – Role of MPHW(F) and referral Care during normal labour (4) History of labour – Importance of 6 ‘c’ – Monitoring progress of labour with partograph, preparation for delivery – Care of mother in first and second stage of labour preparation for delivery – care of mother in first and second stage of labour – assist and conduct child birth –
Practical Periods: 23 Practical Periods: 23 Assess growth and development of children of Management of SC/PHC/CHC/Area hospital different ages and record on chart Management of equipment, Management drugs & Solution Access health status of 20 sick children In directing and storage Management of Iceland refrigerators (LLR) [23] ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - I Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 care of the new born with jaundice, infection Staffing pattern in SC/PHC/CHC Roles and and respiratory problems, congenital – care of responsibilities of each member in the team. (6) premature baby – small for age – post maturity (7) Health Administration in India Nutrition of infants and children(8) Assessment of nutritional status, Nutritional requirements – Exclusive breast feeding – complimentary feeding – weaning, problems of feeding – Infant feeding and HIV Children’s rights (5) Rights of the child – Child abuse – child labour – Battered child syndrome – Juvenile delinquency – Protection of child rights – Female infanticide
National/State/Local level Health care delivery systems : Public, Private National & International health agencies and NGO organizations, AYUSH, Arogya Sree services Health, planning: Five year Plans (14)
400
August 2016/24 OJT
immediate care of new born resuscitation, apgar score, cord care – Delivery of placenta and examination of placenta – care of m other in third and fourth stage - Recognize degree of tear and appropriate care and referral – Establishment of breast feeding, exclusive breast feeding – Kangaroo mother care – Baby friendly hospital initiative – Record child birth and ensure birth registration. Normal puerperium (6) Physiological changes during postnatal period – postnatal assessment – Minor ailments during puerperium and their management – care of mother DIET, REST, EXERCISE, HYGUENE – Management of breast feeding – prophylactic medicines – Special needs of postnatal women – Need based health education High risk New born (5) Preterm/low birth wt babies – special needs of high risk babies (2) Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 Practical Periods: 22 observation and assist 20 deliveries – Monitor Give care to 15 children as per the IMNCI cold chain system[2] and maintain partograph for conduct cases – Asst protocol (3) Organization & conducting various clinics [20] in storing of episiotomies and tear – 5- care of Give care to 5 children each with diarrhea and new born – 10 – resuscitate of new born 5 – ARI, and Malnutrition(19) perform PV examination – Five Follow up of postnatal mother 10 in the hospital Conduct health education for groups of mothers (18) Conduct antenatal examinations at home (3) ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST -1 UNIT TEST -1 UNIT TEST -1 Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., 401
Learning Human relations and Communication skills. September Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. 2016/22 OJT Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. October 2016/15 Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 Theory Periods : 20 care at home – referral follow up – care during – Special care of the girl child (2) 11th PYP, National 104, 108 Ambulance 2016 asphyxia, convulsions, Vomiting – case of Arogya Sree services. (10) 24 through, word sepsis, diarrhea (5) 20 Care of the sick child (30) Maintenance of stocks (10) 24 Trends in Midwifery (5) Family welfare programme, C.S.S.M. – M.C.H. – Common child hood diseases : Signs and RCH I & II and NRHM-SBA, JSY 104, 108 symptoms and management : Acute Maintenance of supplies, drugs, equipment, programme components, aims and objectives. respiratory treat infections – Diarrheal stock indenting – calculation of indents as per Abnormalities of pregnancy (5) diseases, vomiting, constipation – Infectious population requirement – Management Common abnormalities of pregnancy hyperemesis diseases : Chicken pox, Diphtheria, Information and Evaluation System (MIES) gravidaram, leaking and bleeding per vagina – Tetanus(18) (8) Anemia of pregnant women – preeclampsia and eclampsia and toxaemia of pregnancy – Indication of premature rupture of membranes, prolonged labour, anything requiring manual practices, UTI, obstetrical shocks, uterine abnormalities, ecUnit pregnancy – Disease complicating pregnancy – T.B, diabetes, Hypertension. Abortion (5) Types of abortion, causes of abortion – Need for safe abortion – referral – complications of abortions – medical termination of pregnancy – care of women who had abortion (4) Practical periods – 24 Practical periods – 24 Practical periods – 24 Participate in antenatal clinics in sub centre – two, Give care to children with minor ailments (8) Organization & conducting various clinics identify high risk mother and refer – follow up of (12) postnatal mother for 3 days (or) at least three Conduct School health clinic – Assess growth Maintenance of records & reports Preparing home visits. and development (16) action plans (10) Participate & conduct 402
December 2016 23 20 23
Care of new born in the home – Conduct health education groups of mothers and individuals – 2 each (22) Identify high risk antenatal mothers [2] ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST -II Theory Periods : 19 Role of MPHW(F) (2) High risk labour (7) Common high risks of labour – Abnormal presentations – Abnormal uterine action – cephalopelvic disproportion (CPD) – Prolonged labour identification immediate management and referral – Emergency care of mother during transfer to hospital – Role of MPHW (F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Explain through birth atlas and charts – Explain using partograph. Abnormal puerperium (7) Postpartum Haemorrhage and its management – Retention of urine breast complications during lactation and their management – Psychiatric complications – Role of MPHW(F). Surgical intervention (5) Assist in the following Induction of labour and its management forceps and vaccum extraction – Episiotomy and suturing, craniotomy, caesarian section, pre and post operative care (4) Practicals Periods : 23 Observe caesarian section – two – prepare for caesarian section – two observe abnormal deliveries –Prepare for MTP and observe procedures –Take care of women with abortion [19] Prepare and assist number of cases may be from
meetings weekly with medical officer (2)
ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST -II UNIT TEST -II Theory Periods : 19 Theory Periods : 19 Whooping cough, Measles, Mumps, Maintenance of stock records and reports (3) Tonsillitis, Ear infections, conjunctivitis, Population Education and Family Welfare Worm infestation – skin infections – (10) Typhoid, Malaria (13) Population trends in India – Vital statistics, Care of School Children (10) birth and death rates, growth rate, NRR, School structure location – School health – fertility rate, couple protection rate, family concept, objectives, components – Health size – Role of mass media and IEC – assessment, regular checkups – Dental Identification of eligible couples and those hygiene – Eye health, Nutritional problems need contraceptive methods – information and supplementation – Health education, related to contraception and importance of treatment of minor ailments referral services choice – Natural and temporary methods of Nutritional programmes (7) contraception – Permanent methods – New methods nor plant and injectables – Emergency contraception – follow up of contraceptive users – Role of MPHW(F). Co-ordination (10) Inter sectoral co-ordination – Co-ordination with village health guides – School teacher, AWWs – ASHA – NGOs (7)
Practicals Periods : 23 identify problems and refer (4) Conduct health education sessions for School children Demonstrations at home Baby bath, weaning foods, home care management of a child with diarrhoea and ARI, preparation of ORS (19)
Practicals Periods : 23 Participate & conduct meetings weekly with medical officer, monthly with District medical and health officer, Asha workers meeting (23)
403
clinical (4)
January 2017 23 19 22
ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST - III Theory Periods : 20 Role of MPHW(F) (1) Medications used in Midwifery [6] Pain relieving drugs – Anesthetic drugs – For uterine contractions – for controlling bleeding – for preventing postnatal infection – for preventing eclampsia – Antibiotics – IV fluids – Role of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Visit labour room – Demonstration – explaining by using books.[19] Women’s Health problems [10] Complications related to child birth – VVF, RVF, prolapsed and incontinence – cervical erosion and leucorrhoea – purities Cancers, cervical, breast – papsmear for detection of cancer cervix – Tumors – Fibroids – Menstrual disorders, Menopause and its complications – classification and causes of infertility in male and female investigations and treatment – Identification of couples, counseling, referral and follow up.
RTIs and STIs (10) Causes and signs and symptoms of STI and RTIs – Syndromic approach for treatment (2)
ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST – III Theory Periods : 20 Pre schoolers and schoolers – ICDS, mid day meal, applied Nutrition, Special Nutrition programme Balwadi Nutrition programme – School health records & reports – Role of MPHW (F) in School health, co-ordination with teachers and parents. (2) Care of physically and mentally challenged (10) Concept – objectives – physically handicapped : causes, types, Burden as family and community – Management : Role of MPHW(F) Govt. and Private agencies Mentally challenged : Causes, IQ Types, Myths and facts – Burden on family and community – Management of mentally challenged – Role of Government and Private agencies – Role of MPHW(F) Speech defect – Thumb sucking – Tics care – Rehabilitation Care of Adolescents (5) Growth monitoring – physical, emotional and behavioural changes in girls and boys – Special needs of adolescents – Behavioural problems of adolescents – Sex education and guidance and counseling. Care of adolescents girls (5) Secondary sexual characteristics – Menstruation and menstrual hygiene – Special nutritional needs – Ill effects of early marriages (2)
ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST - III Theory Periods : 20 Other Governmental organizations.(2) Implementation of National Health Programme (15) National Health Programmes and role of the MPHW(F) Staff development (10) Continuing education for staff development (2)
404
February 2017 22
March 2017/22
Practical Periods : 22 community sterilization of 5 female and 2 Male cases, perform number of cases may be from clinical (2) community the following Insects IUCDS – 5 Oral pills-5, condoms-5 other methods-5 Participate in D.P.L. camps; Educate eligible couples on different methods contraception – perform/assist with the following contraceptive methods; IUCD – Insertion – Oral pills, condoms, Sterilization, other methods PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods : 8 RTIs and STIs (8) Referral treatment and follow up care – Information, education and communication for prevention and treatment. HIV/AIDS – epidemiological facts related to spread of infection methods of transmission, effects of immunity and signs and symptoms the AIDS pt community support and home care – counseling process and techniques – counseling of HIV positive patients and pregnant women – Standard safety measures – voluntary counseling and testing centre – Integrated counseling and testing centre (ICTC) activities – Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) – Prevention of parent to child transmission (PPTCT) – Prophylaxis and breast feeding guidelines (8) REVISION/PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS II
Practical Periods : 22 Scabies treatment (2) Health Education on Immunization, EBF, Weaning, Personal hygiene, balanced diet, prevention of accidents, worm infestation Field visits to ICDS project, orphan homes, Institute for mentally challenged [20]
Practical Periods : 22 Asha workers meeting (2) Visits : Observing administration of health at various levels Visit to FPAI, APSACS, DTCB – DOT ART Centres & Leprosy rehabilitation[20]
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Theory Periods : 8 Early pregnancies and abortions – Preparing for safe mother hood – Premarital counseling – MTP Act – Role of MPHW (F) in care of adolescents girls (3)
PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I Theory Periods : 8 Methods of staff development – Intervice education programmes, circulars, handouts, journals, meetings.
REVISION/IPE-2017
REVISION/IPE-2017
Recent trends in child health care (5) ICDS – Baby friendly initiative – CSSM – RCH I & II – NRHM, IMNCI.
REVISION/PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS REVISION/PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II -II REVISION/IPE-2017
405
LAB EQUIPMENT - CROP PRO DUCTION COURS E Crop Production Equipment S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Name Of The Equipment Soil Testing Kits Knapsack Sprayer Power Sprayer Thaiwan Sprayer Seed Cum Fertilizer Drill Hand Rotary Duster Foot Rocking Sprayer Sickle Hand Compressor Sprayer Spade Crow Bar Plastic (See Thru) Seed Sample Box Insect Mounting Boxes Insect Nets Insect Cleaning Bottles Khurpis Winnowing Stool Seed Treating Drum Seed Storage Bins ( Plastic ) Soil Color Chart Raingauge Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer Higro Meter Physical Balance Weight Box Thermometer Trays Seedsample Divider Sprinkler Irrigation Unit Drip Irrigation Unit Germination Trays Charts Showing Symptoms Of Nutrient Deficiency
Quantity Required 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 12 8 8 8 10 1 1 2 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1
33
Charts Showing Symptoms Of Insect Pests And Diseases
1
34 35
Panel Boards Charts And Posters II. Optional Equipment Refrigerator Computer Overhead Projector Slide Projector Camera
4 20
1 2 3 4 5
1 1 1 1 1
406
DAIRYING LAB EQUIPMENT S.No
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
Branding Iron Tailoring Forceps Ear Tagging Machine
2 2 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Ear Tags Neck Chairs Cotton Ropes Ear Pincer Bull Leader Drencher Hair Clipper Trocar &Canula Electric Dehorner
50 Bytes 2 6 2 1 3 3 2 1
12
Forceps (Diff sizes)
4*6=24
13
Syringes 2cc, 5cc, 10cc, 20cc
Each4
14
Milk Cans 10lit
3
15
Scissors
6
16 17
Measures 250, 500ml and 1 Liter Milk Feeding Cups
3 4
18
Skreb Cups
2
19
Liner For Av
1
20 21 22 23 24 25
Av Rubbers Stock Brushers Floor Brushers InseminationCathodes Binocular Microscope PH Meter
1 4 2 1 Packet 1 2
26
Sediment Test Equipment
1
27
AdulterantsDetection Kit
1
28
Preservatives Detection Kit
2
29
Frying Pan 2lt
2
30
Cooker 12 lt
2
31
Bottle Copper
1
32
Resoguine Color Compurala
1
33
Bottle Case
1
34
Sachet Sealing Machine
2
35
Knife
1
36
Milk Aquitate
1
37
CreamSeparator
1 407
38
Khunte
1
39
Blender
1
40
Burette Stands
20
41
S P C Slide
1
42
Milk Buckets
2
Optional equipment 1
Liquid Nitrogen Container
1
2 3 4 5
Electric Chaff Cutter Mixy cum Grinder Hot Plate Microwaveoven
2 2 2 1
6
Refrigerator
1
7
Butter Scoop
2
8
Rice Cooker
1
9
Measuring Tapes
1
10
Milk Tester
1
11
Electric Strifuser/ Hand Cut
1
12
Butter Charmer
1
13
Ice Cream Freezer
1
14
Deep Fridge
1
15
Carahi
1
Glass Ware 1
Butero Meters
50
2
Lacto Meters(Small Size)
20
3
Milk Pipettes 10.75ml.
30
4 5 6
Milk Pipettes 10 ml. Pipette 1ml Tilt Plastic 10ml
30 30 10
7
Tilt Measurers 1ml(Plastic)
10
8
Petri Dish
4
9
Test Tubes(Normal)
3 Boxes
10
Clinical Thermometer
10
11
Beakers 250 Ml
10
12
Beakers 500 Ml
6
13
Beakers 1000 Ml
4
14
Clinical Flakes
20
15
Milk Bottles
20
16
IndicatorBottles
6
17
Filter Papers
1 Packet 408
18
Plastic Funnels
6
19
Regulations Rinse
10
20
Rubber Stoppers
100
1 2
List Of Chemicals Washing Soda Liquid Soap
1 Kg 5 Litters
3
Bleaching Powder
10 Kg
4 5 6 7 8 9
Gurber Acid Oxalic Acid Sodium Hydroxide Methyline Blue Tablets Nutrient Agar Phenopthaline Ridiculul
1 Lt 500 Ml 1 Kg 20 500 Ml 1 Bottle
10
Machonkeya Agar(500 gms)
2
11
Potato Dextroge Agar(500 gms)
2
12
Formaldehyde(250ml)
2
13
Boric Acid (100g)
2
14
Salicylic Aid
100 Ml*2
15
Starch
250 g
16
Urea
250 g
17
Resan Cinal
500 Ml*2
18
Ethyl Alcohol
500 Ml*2
19
Tattooingink
500 Ml*2
20
Tinkuegodin
100 Ml*2
21
Litmus Paper
4 Packets
22
Colors And Flavors
1 Bottle
23
Godine
1 Bottle
24
Quick Lime
500 Ml
25
Termanic Paper
1 Box
26
Cultures Backerial
3
27
Branding Mkforcarnr
2 Bottles
28
Whole Milk Powder
2 Bottles
29
Skim Milk Powder
500 Ml
30
Baking Powder
500 Ml
31
Sugar
3 Kg
32
Zinc oxide
500ml
409
FISH ERIES L A B E QU I P ME N T S.No.
Name of the Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Refrigerator(160lts)
1
2
Ph- Meter
1
3
Sechi Disc
2
4
Aquarium With All Accessories
2
5
Dissection Box
4
6
D-81 Model Hatchery Unit
1
7
Chins Hatchery
1
8
Salinometer Plastic Pools(6x3x,4x3),Each
1
Museum Specimens -Freshwater Fishes: Lbeo,Catla, Mrigal, Channa, Clarius, Heteronuestius , Wallago, Mystis, Hypothalmicthys, Ctenopharyngodon, Tilapia, Gourami, Tor Tor, Marine Fishes : Scoliodon, Torpedo, Exocetus, Hippocampus, Trygon, Amia, Anabas, Stromatus, Chanos, Etroplys ,Ompok, Notopterus, Gobius, Anguilla, Mystus, Sardinella, Trychuirrus, Belone, Pristis, Zygena, Sphyrma, Airius, Lates, Mugil, Prawns Paleomon, Paenes, Matapenaus, Aquatic Insects:Nepa, Ramtra, Notonecta, Corixa, Belostoma, Gerris, Cybister, Dragonfly Nymph, Aquatic Weeds : Pistia, Eichornia, Typha, Ipomea, Najas, Nymphea, AzollaSpirulina, Marsilla, Juncus, Nelumbo, Chara, Wollfia, Lemna, Vallisneria, Potamogeton, Hydrilla, Ornamental Fishes :Gold Fish, Guppies, Block, Mollucs, Sword, Tail,MoluscsUnio, Mytilus, Pinctada, Sepia, Loligo, Crab.
1
9 10
1
410
SERICULTURE LAB EQUIPMENT S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Ant Wells(Metal)
8
2
Raring Stands(Metal)
1
3
Raring Trays(Plastic)
10
4 5 6 7 8
Bill Hook Iron Pans Pick - Axe Pruning Saw Secateurs
2 5 5 2 2
9
Spade
5
10
Hydro Meter
1
11
Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer
1
12
Dial Hygro Meter
1
13
Compound Microscope
4
14 15 16
Moth Crushiong Sets(Porcelein) Water Cans Electric Stove
5 5 1
17
Eprovettes(Metal)
5
18
Crow Bars(Tata)
2
19
Ph Meter(Electrode)
1
20
Gator Sprayer
1
II. Optional Equipment 21
Humidifer
1
22
Acid Treatment Bath
1
23
Hot Air Cocoon Drier
1
24 25
Portable Sprayer Cottage Basin Realing With Re-Realing
1 1
26
Tissue Culture Laminar Flow(Mini)
1
27
Electronic Weighting Machine
1
28
Dissection Microscope
1
411
ACCOUNTING & TAXATIO N / OFFICE ASSIS TANTSH IP / INS URANCE & MARK ETING / BANK ING & FINANCIAL SERVICES / MARK ETING & SALESMANSH IP COURS ES L A B E QU I P M E NT
S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Computers(@1:4)
10
2
Laser Printers
2
3
Scanner
1
4
Latest MS Office Software
2
5
Tally Accounting Package
1
6
Adobe Page Maker
1
7
Adobe Photoshop
1
8
Internet Connection
1
1
Optional Items Online Ups 2 Kva
1
2
LCD Projector And Screen
1
3
Vacuum Cleaner A.C(1.5 Ton)
1
4
1 2 3 4 5
1
Consumables Print Cartridge Computer Stationery White Papers Pen Drives Forms Of Latest I.T. Returns
5 Boxes 10 Boxes 4 Nos 200 Nos
Dummy Vochers 6 7 8 9
200 Nos Shoe Rack Steel Cup Board Reference Book Case
1 1 1
412
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECH NOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENT
S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 2 -Stroke Petrol
1
2
Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4-Stroke Petrol
1
3
Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 2- Stroke Diesel
1
4
Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Petrol
1
5
Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Diesel
1
6
Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Petrol Engine
1
7
Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Diesel Engine
1
8
Single Plate Clutch Assembly Of L M V
1
9
Multi Plate Clutch Assembly Of L M V
1
10
Constant Mesh Gear Box L M V (4 Speed)
1
11
Differential Unit Of L M V
1
12
Hydraulic Brake Unit
1
13
Carburetors (Su, Zenith, Solex & Nicumi In Maruthi)
1
14
Bench Vices 12 Inches
1
15
Air Compressor
1
16
High Pressure Water Pump( For Water Servicing)
1
17
Pressure Grease Guns
1
18
Mechanical Jack 5 Ton Capacity
1
413
19
Arc Welding Equipment Complete Set Single Phase
1
20
Portable Drilling Machine
1
21
Portable Lathe Machine
1
22
Gas Welding Equipment
1
23
Surface Plate
1
Optional Items 1
Engineering Drawing Boards
1
2
Battery Charger 24 Volts
1
3
Different Types Of Files
1
4
Hack Frames
10
5
Snips Of Different Types
2
Consumables 1
Welding Rods
5 Pkts
2
24 Gauge Sheet Metal
20 Metres
3
4 Mm Thick Ms Flat
5 Kg
4
Hack Blades
4 Pkts
414
CONSTRUCTION TECHNO LOGY LAB EQUIPMENT S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Tapes 30 mts
2
2
Tapes 20 Mts
2
3
Mini Drafter
4
4
Plum Bob Cross Staff
4
5
Dump Level &Stand
2
6
Theodolife& Stand
1
7
Drawing Boards With Stands
10
8
Bar Bending Bench
1
9
Bar Bending Leven
1
10
Set Square ( Set)
1
Optional Items 1
Auto Level
1
2
Computer Systems
2
3
Trowels ( Set)
1
4
Gum Boots
1
5
Helmets
10
6
Drawing Model
1
7
Spirit Level
2
1
ConsumablesCement ( Bags)
7
2
Sand ( Bags)
3
3
Bricks ( 1000 No's)
1000
4
Drawing Sheets
100
5
Varnish
2 Lt
6
Paints
4 Lt
7
Pegs
20
415
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECH NICIAN L A B E QU I P ME N T S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Regulated Power Supply 30v/2a
5
2
Analog Multi Meter
5
3
Digital Multi Meter
5
4
Audio Signal Generator
2
5
Cro-20mhz.
2
6
TVDemonstration Model(B&W)
2
7
TV Demonstration Model(Color)
2
8
Public Address Amplifier
1
9
DVD Player
2
10
Experimental Boards Demonstration Models
A
TransistorsCb,Ce, Vi Characteristic Boards
2
B
Oscillators:- (Common Board) Collpitts, Tuned Collector
2
C
Scr/Diac,Triac(Vi Charcteristic)
2
D
Fet Amplifier (Vi Characteristics)
2
E
Ujt (Vi Characteristics)
2
F
Diode / Zener (Vi Characteristics)
2
G
Am/Fm Generated( Common Board)
2
H
Class -B Push Panel Amplifier
2
I
Digital Lcr Meter
2
J
Rlc Single Resonance, Paralled Resonance(Same Board)
2
11
Insulation Tester
1
12
Emergency Lights
5
13
Invertors 100 V
2
14
Electronic Stationary
2
15
Digital Trainers
5
16
Ups 100 V
1
17
IcTester’s
2
18
Computer Mother Boards
2
Rc Phase Shift, Hantly,
416
19
Personnel Computer With One Printer
4
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1
Radio Receivers
2
2
Tape Recorders
2
3
Speakers
2
4
Coaxial Cables
20
5
Baln And Others
5
6
Soldering Irons
10
7
Desoldering Pumos
10
8
Battery Elemi Meter
5
9
Server Segment Desplayer
5
10
Shift Resisters & Decodes Rach
5
11
Furniture-Waking Tables With Ac Supply Connections
4
12
Stools
24
13
Pliers:- Cutting,Nose,Nose Cutters
3 each
14
Files
10
Consumables 1
Lead
500 g
2
Paste
10
3
Papers
10
4
Pcbs
20
5
Components Passive ( Each)
5
6
Transformers Cl
6
7
Diaods, Zeners, Leds ( Dozen)
5
8
Transformers 8 Types ( Each)
10
9
Ics Analogue
10
10
Ics Digital
10
11
Wires ( Bundles)
5
417
ELECTIRCAL TECHNICIAN
LAB
E QU I P ME N T
S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Ammeters 0-1a,0-5a, 0-10a (Mi)
1
2
Voltmeters 0-300v,0-500v ( Each)
3
3
Wattmeters0-300w,0-1000w (Each)
2
4
Millimeters’ Digital, Analogue ( 2 Each)
2
5
Energy Meter 1-Ph ,3ph ( Each)
2
6
Power Factor Meter
1
7
Clamp Meter
2
8
Tongue Tester
1
9
Megger Dynamo/Electronic ( Each)
1
10
Magnet-Bar, U- Shape ( Each)
5
11
Magnetic Compass ( No's)
10
12
Battery Charging Unit ( No's)
1
13
5hp,3-Ph,400v,Squirrel Cage Induction Motor With Control 1 Panel Containing Starter, Mcb,Tpic, Indicators Etc.
14
1hp Jet Pump Complete Unit With Control Panel
1
15
1hp Mono Block Pump Unit With Control Panel
1
16
1hp Submersible Pump Unit(Bore Well Type ) With Control 1 Panel
17
1hp Submersible Pump Unit Sump Immersed Type With Control 1 Panel
18
Motor Starters Dol, Star/Delta
1
19
Hand Drill Machine Hammer Type, 1000w
1
20
Electrician Tool Kit Standard Screw Driver, Combinational Pleir, Tester, Wire Stripper, Steel Tape 5m , Hammer 1/2 Lb, Spanner 5 Set, Hack Saw, Drill Machine, Multi Bit Screw Driver Kit 418
21
Bench Vice
2
22
Room Heater, Immersion Heater, Geyser 15 Lit
2
23
Air Coolers Desert/Blower Type
1
24
Table Fan/Exhaust Fan
1
25
Voltage Stabilizer Automatic, Non Automatic 500V
2
26
Ceiling Fan Rewinding Machine
1
27
Engineering Drawing Boards With Stands
5
28
Personal Computer With Laser Printer, Ups With High 1 Configuration
29
Wiring Practice Bin 4x4x8, Made By 12mm Ply Wood 1 Supported With Anglers
30
1sq.Mm, 2.5 Sq.Mm, Copper Wire Coils
31
Electrical Accessories (Basic) 1 Way /2 Way Switches, 2/3/5 Pin 5 Sockets, Lamp Holders, Ceiling Roses, Main Switch(Dp)
32
Switch Boards
10
33
Emergency Light
2
34
Lead Acid Battery (Car Battery
1
35
Maintenance Free Battery 1000va
1
36
25 Mm, Pvc Conduits
10
37
Rewinding Wire Copper 20 Swg, Aluminum 1.5 Mm ( Kgs)
2
5
419
MECHANICAL ENG INEERING TECH NICIAN L A B E QU I P ME N T S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
General Purpose Lathe
1
2
Power Drilling Machine
1
3
4 stroke Diesel Engine
1
4 5
Gas Welding Equipment Arc Welding Equipment
1 1
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 1 1 1 1 1
2
Fuel Pump Carburetor D.C Motor Solar Collector Electric Iron Lead Acid Battery Charger Optional Items: Refrigerator
3 4 5 6 7
Air Cooler Window A/C Ammeter Volt Meter Energy Meter
1 1 5 5 5
8 9
Pyrano Meter Solar Water Heater
1 1
10
Photo Voltaic Cell (Panel)
1
11
Steering Assembly Modes
1
12
Clutches Different Types Set
1
13
Drawing Boards With Stands
10
14 15
Complete Spanner Set Ring And Open Type Screw Driver Set
1 1
16 17
Hammer Different Types Carburetor Repair Kit
1 1
18 19
Ring Spanners Set Screw Driver(Various Sizes)
1 10
1
Consumables 1
Welding Rods
1
2
Drawing Sheets
1
3 4
Flur Greafe
1 1
5
G.I Sheet
1
6
Metal Sheet
1
420
BUILDING CONSTRUCTIO N & MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN L A B E QU I P ME N T S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Theodolite
4
2 3 4
Cube Testing Machine Drawing Model Section Carpentry Tools ( Set)
1 1 1
5
Fitter Tools ( Set)
1
6
Vicat Apparatus
1
7
Drawing Stand With Board
10
8
Tapes
4
1
Optional Items: Auto Level
2
2 3
Plane Table Helmets
2 10
4 5
Computer System Jar Test Apparatus
2 2
6
Weighting Balance
1
7
Chemicals & Glassware
1
8
Bar Bending Tools
2
Consumables: 1
Drawing Sheets
2
Chemicals
3
Pipes
4
Cement ( Bags)
5
5
Sand ( Kg)
500
6
Course Aggregate ( Cff)
100
7
Steel Bars (Kgs)
50
8
Paints ( Lt)
4
9
Pegs Or Nails
1
421
COMMERICAL GARMENT TECHNO LOGY & FASH ION G ARMENT MAK ING L A B E QU I PM E NT S.No. A.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
Essential Items
1
Sewing Machines
10
2
ZigZag And Embriodery Machine
2
3 4 5 6 7
Fashion Maker Over Look Machine Cutting Tables(Size 6x4) Meter Scales Ironing Tables
1 1 4 20 5
8
Iron Boxes
6
9
Scissors(Large, Medium, Small)
20 each
10
Pinking Shears
5
11
L-Scale
10
12
Tracing Wheels
20
13
Measuring Wheels
20
14
Looking Mirrors
2
B. 1 2 3
Optional Item& Consumables Button Hole Making Machine Mass Cutting Machine Computers
1 1 5
422
HOTEL OPERATIONS LAB EQUIPMENT Sl.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
Basic Training Kitchen 1
Cooking Range ( Two Burners)
10
2
Weighting Scale
1
3
Measuring Jugs
10
4
Measuring Spoon
10
5
Aluminum Basin
6
6
Soup Strainer
6
7
Grater
5
8
Aluminum Pie- Dish
6
9
Jelly Moulds
6
10
Rolling Pins
12
11
Frying Spoon
12
12
Flat Spoon
12
13
Round Laddles
12
14
Wooden Spoon
12
15
S. S. Degchi (12" Dia)
12
16
S. S. Degchi (10" Dia)
12
17
Frying Pan (10" Dia)
10
18
Iron Tawa
6
19
S.S.Collander (12" Dia)
10
20
S.S.Kaories (Medium)
20
21
Fibre Chopping Board
12
22
S.S.Tongs
10
23
S.S.Sieve
5
24
Aluminum Trays (12''*18")
5
25
Lime Squeezer
5
26
Iron Kadai (15" Dia)
5
27
Garbage Bins
12 423
28
Mixer Grinder
1
29
Baking Tray
5
30
Work Table
6
31
Stainless steel Sinks
6
32
Stainless steel Plates
20
33
Cup Board (Storage Boxes )
1
34
Knife Set
2
35
Refrigerator(165 Ltr)
1
36
Cooking Range ( High Flame )
3
37
Gas Connections
2
Food And Beverage Service 1
Cup Board
1
2
Side Board( Side Station)
1
3
Tables (2 1/2 X 2 1/2)
2
4
Tables (2 1/2 X 4 1/2)
2
5
Chairs
17
6
Joint Plate
2 dozen
7
Half Plate
2 dozen
8
Quarter Plate
7 dozen
9
Soup Bowls
3 doz
10
Tea Cups & Saucer
7 doz
11
Coffee Cup & Saucer
3 doz
12
Egg Cup
1 doz
13
Large Knife
2 doz
14
Large Fork
2 doz
15
A.P. Knife/ Fork/ Spoon
2 doz
16
Butter Knife
1
17
Butter Dishes ( Doz)
1
18
Soup Spoon ( Doz)
4 424
19
Tea/Coffee/Spoons 1 Doz Each
2
20
Tea/Coffee/Spoons 1 Doz Each
1
21
Fish Knife / Fork 1 Doz Each
1
22
Water Goblets (Doz)
4
23
Ice Cream Cups ( Doz)
2
24
Juice Glasses ( Doz)
2
25
Red Wine Glass (Doz)
1
26
White Wine Glass ( Doz)
1
27
Champagne Saucer ( Doz)
1
28
Champagne Tulip ( Doz)
1
29
Beer Mugs ( Doz)
1
30
Brandy Baloon ( Doz)
1
31
Cocktail Glasses ( Doz)
1
32
High Ball Glasses ( Doz)
1
33
Salvers (Round) (Doz)
2
34
Tea Pot ( Doz)
1
35
Coffee Pot ( Doz)
1
36
Finger Bowls ( Doz)
2
37
Cork Screw ( Doz)
1
38
Peg Measure ( Doz)
1
39
Ash Tray ( Doz)
1
40
Menu Stand ( Doz)
1
41
Flower Vase ( Doz)
1
42
Pastry Tongs
6
43
Ice Cream Scoop
1
44
Cheffing Dish ( No;S)
8
45
Cret Set ( Doz)
1
425
PRE SCHOO L TEACH ER TRAINING LAB EQUIPMENT Sl.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
Essential Equipment -Furniture 1
Tables (Decolam Top)
2
2
Chairs For Staff & Parents
4
3 4
Steel Almairah Steel Open Racks
4 2
5
Display Boards
2
6 7 8 9
Cradles Baby Cots Rubber Squeeze Toys Pull And Push Toys
5 5 10 10
10
Mechanical Toys
10
11
Soft Toys
10
12
Puzzles
5
13
Picture Books
10
14
Nail Cutters And Combs
6
15
Weighing Machine
1
16
Rubber Balls
10
17
Wooden / Plastic Beads ( Sets)
4
18
Tape Recorder
2
19
Steel Plates
10
20
Steel Glasses (Small & Big)
10 each
21
Steel Spoons
10
22
Refrigerator ( 165 Godrej/ LG/Samsung)
1
23
Gas Stove And Cylinder
1
24
Color TV And DVD Player
1
1 2 3
Optional Equipment Mattresses And Bed Sheets Pillows And Covers, Blankets Tricycles
4 7 4
4
Wall Clock
1
5
Aqua Water Filter
1
6
Water Drum ( Plastic)
1
426
TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUES LAB EQUIPMENT Sl.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Computer Pentium Iv I3 Core Processor
10
Hard Disk:500 Gb-Ram-2gb & Above Dvd Drive,Tft 17" Screen & Key Board 2
Hp - Laser Jet - Printer
2
3
Software For Windows 7/8, Ms Office 2007/10
1
4
Manual For Various Software / Assorted Reference Books
5
Stationery Items Computer Stationary & Printer Peripherals
6
Demonstration Stand
7
File Covers
8
Cupboards
9
Labour Saving Devices Suppliers Punch Machines Staples
10
Overhead Projector
11
Documentary Films Can Be Borrowed From Department Of Tourism, Travel Offices And Hotels
12
Time Tables. Tim, Air Tariff
13
Tourist Guides Etc.
5
1
427
DENTAL TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT Sl.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Lathe Machines
2
2
Hanging Motors
1
3
Amylizer
1
4
Hydraulic Benchpress
2
5
Lab Hand Pieces With Micromotor
2
6
Curing Versels
2
7
Dental Flashes With Clamps
8
Dewaxing Unit
9
Gas Stove With And Continuous Supply Of Cylinder
10
Model Trimmers
6bags Of 25kg Each
11
Model Plaster
6bags Of 25kg Each
12
Stone Plaster
15 Boxes
13
Base Plates
30 Boxes
14
Wax Sheets
20 Boxes
15
Teeth Sets(Full)
20
16
Partial Teeth Sets(Anterior)
20
17
Partial Teeth Sets(Posterior)
20
18
Self Cure(Lab Pack) Powder And Liquid
5kg
19
Heat Cure(Lab Pack) Powder And Liquid
2rolls
20
Adhesive Bandage
20
21
Amylic Trimming Stones
5
22
Polishing Cakes
23
Pumice
5kg
24
Die Stone
5 Each 5x5=25
25
Stainless Steel Wires 19,20,21,22,23 Gauzes
2boxes
26
Blue Inlay Wax
5 Boxes
27
Sticky Wax
10 Boxes
. Regulator
428
28
Carving Wax Blocks
5 Kg
29
Vaseline
5
30
Polishing Buffs
5
31
Polishing Cones
2 Pairs Each
32
Rubber Moulds- Dentulous And Edentulous
33
Investment Materials
34
Casting Meterials
3 Packets
35
Alginate Impression Material
4 Each
36
All Types Of Dental Cements
10 Lts
37
Spirit (400 Ml)
38
Vibrator
7
39
Student Sitting Benches
4
40
Chains And Tables For Staff
2
41
Students Locker Almirahs
2
42
Almirahs For Staff Optional Equipment 2
Curved
1
Plaster Bowls
2
Plaster Spatulas
2
3
Wax Knife
2
4
Plaster Knife
2
5
Wax Spatulas
1
6
Spirit Lamps
1
7
Articulators
Each 5
8
Sand Papers
9
Straight Fissure Burs
,2-
Straight
429
DENTAL H YGENIS T LAB EQUIPMENT Sl.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Dental Chair
4
2
Ultra Sanic Scalars
4
3
Sharpening Stones
4
4
Suction Apparatus
1
5
Supra Ginginal Scales
10
6
Tweegers
10
7
Mouth Mirrors
10
8
Slide Protectors’
1
9
Auto Clave
2
10
Instrument Trays
10
11
Explorers & Probes
10
12
Micro Motors
2
13
Micro Scopes
1
Optional Equipment 14
X-Ray Unit
1
15
O.P.G Unit
1
16
Van With Mobile Dental Chair For Dental Camps
1
430
MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN L A B
E QU I PM E NT
Sl.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Gas Cylinder With Burner
2
2
Spirit Lamps
5
3
Electrical Centrifuges
1
4
Refrigerator 165 Lt
1
5
Colorimeter
1
6
Hot Air Over
1
7
Water Bath
1
8
Simple Balance
1
9
Incubator
1
10
Test Tubes Of Different Sizes
300
11
Centrifuge Tubes(15mm)
20
12
Beakers-250ml
5
13
Volumetric Pipettes(2ml,5ml)
5
14
Serological Pipettes(2ml/1/100)
5
15
Reagent Bottles(60ml/120ml)
10
16
Dropper Bottles(30ml)
5
17
Volumetric Flasks(25ml/50ml)
10
18
Stoppard Graduated Test Tubes
5
19
Filter Paper ( Ream)
1
20
What man Filter Paper (1-20 Sheets)
20
21
Cotton ( 1 Kg)
1
22
Glass Slides
100
23
Plastic Wash Bottles
10
24
Motor And Pestle
2
25
Student Microscope
2
26
Autoclave
1
27
Pipette Washer
1
28
Anaerobic Jar(Plastic)
1
29
Analytical Balance
1
30
Water Bath
1
31
VdrlTotaror
1
32
Spatulas
12 431
33
Measuring Cylinders 50 Ml
5
34
Compound Microscope
2
35
Stop Watch
2
36
Haemometer
3
37
Haemocytometer
2
38
Esr Stand
5
39
Esr Tubes
5
40
Urino Meter
2
41
Syringes(5ml / 2ml)
10
42
Trays
5
43
Syringe Dispenser To Crush Needles
44
Glass Slides & Cover Slips
B.
Optional Items
1
Flame Photometer
1
2
Spectrophotometer
1
3
Flourimeter
1
4
Electophoresis Apparatus
1
5
Semi Auto Analyzer
50
1
432
OPTH LAMATIC TECHNICIAN LAB EQIPMENT S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
Quantity Required
1
Essential
2
Torch Light
5
3
Vision Drum
2
4
Trial Box
2
5
Retinoscope
2
6
Trial Frame
4
7
Near Vision Reading Charts
5
8
Near Reading Charts With Figures
2
9
Lens meter
2
10
Ophthalmoscope
2
11
Slit-Lamp
2
12
Color Vision Testing Charts
2
13
Keratometer
2
14
Testing Chair For Patient
2
15
Chair For Examiner
2
16
Model Eye (Dummy-For Practice)
4
II. Optional Equipment 1
Edging Machine With Motot And Diamond Stone
2
2
Essential Pliers, Like Chipping Pliers, Smoothing Pliers, Adj. Pliers
2
3
Lens Marking Pencils
60
4
Axis Marking Charts (Metal)
10
5
Dummy Lens Of Both Glass And Resin (Cr39) And Frames (Shell And Metal) Fro Practicing
2
6
Screw Drivers, Nose Pliers And Curvature Pliers Etc.
4
7 8
Frane Warmers Optician Ruler
2 10
433
PHYS IOTH ERAPHY L A B S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
E QU IP ME N T
NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT Wheel Chair Goniometer Inch Tape Knee Hammer BP Apparatus Aneriod Examination Table Shoulder Wheel Quadriceps Table Static Bicycle Supination- Pronation Board Ankle Exercises Swiss Ball, Medicine Balls Traction Table Finger Ladder Parallel Bars All Types Of Walkers(Each) All Types Of Stick All Types Of Crutches Ropes And Pulleys Springs, Slings Cervical, Collar, Ls Belt Equilibrium Board Re-Education Board Splints
Quantity Required
26 Crepe Bandage 27
Electro theraphy Equipment I. Wax Bath Ii. Auto Tract(Cervical & Lumbar Traction Machine Iii. Us(Ultra Sound) Iv. Electrical Muscle Stimulator V. Interferential Therapy Vi. Short Wave Diathermy Vii. Ultra Violet Radiation Viii. Tens Ix. Massager(Vibrator) X. Infra Red (Luminous/Non-Luminious) Xi. Hydro Collator Packs Xii.Heat Pads
434
MULTIPURPOS E HEALTH WORK ER [ FEMALE] L A B S.No.
Name Of The Equipment
E QU I PM E NT
Quantity Required
Charts 1
Chart For Carbohydrates
1
2
Chart For Proteins
1
3
Chart For Vitamins
1
4
Chart On Balanced Diet
1
5
Chart On AIDS
1
6
Chart On Skelton System
1
7
Chart On Muscular System
1
8
Chart On Neruous System
1
9
Chart On Circulatory System
1
10
Chart Digestive System
1
11
Chart On Respiratory System
1
12
Chart Excretory System
1
13
Chart On First Aid
1
14
Chart On Skin
1
15
Chart On Skull With Brain
1
16
Eye Structure Chart
1
17
Chart On Heart Structure
1
18
Charts On Ear
1
19
Reproductive System Female Chart
1
20
Reproductive Male Chart
1
21
Chart On Kidney
1
Stainless Steel Equipment 22
Trolly Iron
3
23
Back Rest
2
24
Knee Hammer With Pin And Basins
1
25
Wash Basin Stand With Basins
1
435
26
Foetus Scope
1
27
Bedside Lockers Iron
1
28
Enamel Cans
1
29
Medium Enamel Basins
2
30
Medium Trays
5
31
Spirit Lamps
5
32
Dressing Scissors
6
33
Myo'sscissors
6
34
Tounge Dipresser
6
35
Cusco's Speculum
3
36
Sims Speculum
3
37
Kiellands Forceps
1pair
38
Wriglis Forceps
1pair
39
Ulterine Retractors
1pair
40
Abdominal Retractors
1pair
41
D&C Dilators All Sizes
1set
42
Vulsulum
1
43
Uterine Sound
1
44
Toothed Forceps
2
45
Current
2
46
Straight Scissors
3
47
Curved Scissors
3
48
Straight Artery Forceps
5
49
Curved Artery Forceps
5
50
Sponge Holders
5
51
Chittle Forceps
5
52
Amupule Cutter
5
53
Suture Removal
5
54
Kidney Trays
10
55
Auto Clave
1 436
56
Stainless Steel Bowls
5
57
Aluminum Trays
5
58
Iron Saline Stands
5
59
No toothed Forceps
4
60
Dummy Baby Dolls
2
Rubber Articles 61
Nylon Tubes
3
62
Mucus Suckers
3
63
Rubber Catheters
3
64
Ice Caps
2
65
Hot Water Bag
2
66
Makein Tosh Sheet
5
67
Ambu Bag
1
68
I/V Canulas All Sizes
1packet
69
Syringes All Sizes
1box
70
Droppers Plastic
1 Box
Bandages 71
Adhesive Plaster
3 rolls
72
Cotton Rolls
3 rolls
73
Crape Bandages
3
74
Kelly's Pad
4
75
Plastic Jugs With Cap
5
76
Plastic Bed Pans
5
77
Rectal Catheter
5
78
Finger Glove Set
1box
79
Breast Pumps
5
80
Bandage Cloth
1packet
Machines 81
Oral Thermometer
5
82
Rectal Thermometer
5 437
83
Weight Scale
1
84
Urinals Plastic
3
85
Nelson Inhaler
3
86
Height Measuring Scales
1
87
Test Tube Stands
5
88
Projector With Screen
1
89
Electrical Bp Appratus
1
90
Electrical Gluco Meter
1
91
Bp Apparatus
3
92
Stethoscope
5
93
Community Bags With Articles
5
94
Pillows
4
95
Mattresses
5
96
Towels
10
97
Small Stainless Steel Basins 20cm
5
98
Bowls 10cm
10
99
All Types Of Needles Sets
1set
100
Hypo Dermic Needle
5
Chemicals 101
Benedict's Solutions 1000ml
2bottles
102
Surgical Spirit 1000ml
2bottles
103
Hydrogen Peroxide(H2O2) 1000ml
2bottles
104
Sterileum 1000ml
2bottles
105
White Fields Ointment
2bottles
106
Betadine Solution
2bottles
438